Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 7, 2010
Registration No. 333-152504
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
AMENDMENT NO. 7
TO
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
         
Delaware   4731   20-2454942
         
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
4900 S. Pennsylvania Ave.
Cudahy, Wisconsin 53110
(414) 615-1500
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
 
Mark A. DiBlasi
President and Chief Executive Officer
Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc.
4900 S. Pennsylvania Ave.
Cudahy, Wisconsin 53110
(414) 615-1500
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)
 
Copies to:
 
     
Bruce E. Macdonough, Esq.
Brandon F. Lombardi, Esq.
Greenberg Traurig, LLP
2375 East Camelback Road, Suite 700
Phoenix, Arizona 85016
(602) 445-8000
  Jay O. Rothman, Esq.
Jessica Lochmann Allen, Esq.
Foley & Lardner LLP
777 East Wisconsin Ave.
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
(414) 271-2400
 
 
 
 
Approximate Date of Commencement of Proposed Sale to the Public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
             
Large Accelerated Filer  o
  Accelerated Filer  o   Non-Accelerated Filer  þ
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller Reporting Company  o
 
                     
      Proposed Maximum Aggregate
    Amount of
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered     Offering Price(1)     Registration Fee(2)
Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, offered by the registrant
    $ 170,000,000.00       $ 7,961.00  
Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, offered by the selling stockholders
    $ 26,000,000.00       $ 1,213.80  
Total
    $ 196,000,000.00       $ 9,174.80  
                     
(1)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2)  Previously paid.
 
 
 
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subject to Completion, Dated May 7, 2010
 
 
 
Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc.
 
10,600,644 Shares of Common Stock
 
We are selling 9,000,000 shares of our common stock and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are selling an aggregate of 1,600,644 shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the shares of our common stock sold by the selling stockholders.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We currently expect the initial public offering price of our common stock will be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share. Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “RRTS.”
 
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9 for a description of various risks you should consider in evaluating an investment in our common stock.
 
                 
    Per Share   Total
Initial public offering price
  $       $    
                 
Underwriting discount (1)
  $       $    
                 
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
  $       $    
                 
Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders
  $       $  
 
 
(1) For a description of additional compensation to be paid to Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated and BB&T Capital Markets, please see “ Underwriting .”
 
 
We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 1,590,096 shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of our common stock to purchasers on or about           , 2010.
 
 
 
 
Baird BB&T Capital Markets Stifel Nicolaus
 
                    , 2010


Table of Contents

(NORTH AMERICAN NETWORK MAP)


 

 
Table of Contents
 
         
    page
 
    1  
    9  
    17  
    18  
    18  
    19  
    21  
    22  
    24  
    35  
    51  
    56  
    66  
    69  
    71  
    75  
    77  
    80  
    83  
    83  
    83  
    F-1  
  EX-1
  EX-3.1
  EX-3.2
  EX-5
  EX-10.14
  EX-10.15
  EX-10.16
  EX-10.17
  EX-23.1
 
No dealer, salesperson, or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of the date of this prospectus.
 
Through and including          , 2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
 
 
Market and Industry Data and Forecasts
 
This prospectus includes estimates of market share and industry data and forecasts that we obtained from industry publications and surveys. Industry publications and surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of included information. We have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources, nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein.


Table of Contents

 
Prospectus Summary
 
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors” and our financial statements and related notes.
 
Unless otherwise stated in this prospectus, the terms “RRTS,” “we,” “us,” or “our” refer to Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc. and its subsidiaries; “GTS” means Group Transportation Services Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries; and “GTS merger” means the merger of GTS with and into a wholly owned subsidiary of RRTS, which will occur simultaneously with the consummation of this offering and add third-party logistics and transportation management solutions to RRTS’ suite of services.
 
Our Business
 
We are a leading non-asset based transportation and logistics services provider offering a full suite of solutions, including customized and expedited less-than-truckload, truckload and intermodal brokerage, and domestic and international air. Following the GTS merger, third-party logistics and transportation management solutions will be added to our services. We utilize a proprietary web-enabled technology system and a broad third-party network of transportation providers to serve a diverse customer base in terms of end market focus and annual freight expenditures. Our third-party transportation providers consist of individuals or small teams that own or lease their own over-the-road transportation equipment and provide us with dedicated freight capacity (which we refer to as independent contractors), and asset-based, over-the-road transportation companies that provide us with freight capacity under non-exclusive contractual arrangements (which we refer to as purchased power). Across all transportation modes, from pickup to delivery, we leverage relationships with a diverse group of over 9,000 third-party carriers to provide scalable capacity and reliable, customized service to our more than 35,000 customers in North America. Although we service large national accounts, we primarily focus on small to mid-size shippers, which we believe represent an expansive and underserved market. Our customized transportation and logistics solutions are designed to allow our customers to reduce operating costs, redirect resources to core competencies, improve supply chain efficiency, and enhance customer service. As a non-asset based transportation provider, we do not own any tractors or other power equipment used to transport our customers’ freight. As a result, our business model requires minimal investment in transportation equipment and facilities, thereby enhancing free cash flow generation and returns on our invested capital and assets. In 2009, our capital expenditures as a percentage of revenues were 0.5%, as discussed in “ Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data .” Further, our business model is highly scalable and flexible, featuring a variable cost structure that helped contribute to the growth of our operating income and our improvement from a net loss of approximately $3.8 million in 2008 to net income of approximately $0.2 million in 2009 despite the recent economic downturn.
 
Less-than-truckload services involve the transport of consolidated freight of several shippers to multiple destinations on one vehicle. Based on our research, we believe that we are the largest non-asset based provider of less-than-truckload services in North America in terms of revenue. Our less-than-truckload business generated revenues of $316.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Within our less-than-truckload business, we operate 17 service centers throughout the United States and complement our service center network with over 200 delivery agents, which are independent companies that de-consolidate and deliver a portion of our less-than-truckload freight. Our point-to-point less-than-truckload model enables more direct transportation of freight from shipper to end user than does the traditional hub and spoke model employed by many other less-than-truckload service providers. With fewer handlings, consolidations, and de-consolidations per less-than-truckload shipment, we believe we are positioned to deliver freight more cost-efficiently, faster, and with fewer damage or lost goods claims than many of our competitors. We recently completed the complementary acquisition of certain assets and related operations of Bullet Freight Systems, Inc., a provider of non-asset based less-than-truckload logistics services with operations in California, Oregon, Washington, and Illinois. We refer to this acquisition as the Bullet acquisition. We believe the Bullet acquisition is an example of our ability to identify, execute, and integrate acquisition targets that enhance our service capabilities and financial profile.
 
Truckload brokerage involves the sale and management of transportation services related to the transport of a single shipper’s freight to a single destination. This includes locating a qualified truckload carrier that can move the freight on schedule, negotiating favorable rates for our customers, and managing the entire shipping process from pickup through delivery. We are a leading truckload brokerage operation in North America in terms of revenue. Our truckload brokerage business generated revenues of $134.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Within our truckload brokerage business, we operate nine company dispatch offices and augment our dispatch office network with an additional 42 brokerage agents, which are exclusive third parties that originate a portion of our truckload brokerage revenues and receive a percentage of the net margin generated.
 
The GTS merger will add third-party logistics and transportation management solutions to our existing suite of services, which will allow us to offer our customers a “one-stop” transportation and logistics solution, including access to the most cost-effective and time-sensitive modes of transportation within our broad network. Third-party logistics providers, such as GTS, offer customized transportation management solutions, which include pricing, contract management, transportation mode and carrier selection, freight tracking, freight bill payment and audit, cost reporting and analysis, and dispatch. The U.S. third-party logistics sector increased from $45.3 billion in 1999 to $127.0 billion in 2008 (and did not experience a decline in any year during such period), according to


1


Table of Contents

Armstrong & Associates, a leading supply chain market research firm. Although we believe, based on our industry knowledge, that the U.S. 3PL sector declined in 2009, we also believe that the market penetration of third-party logistics will expand in the future. Since February 2008, we and GTS have been under common control and the management teams of both companies have developed a strong working relationship and are implementing a cohesive plan to enhance our collective growth initiatives. With minimal integration requirements and a similar focus on small to mid-size shippers, we believe that we are well-positioned to realize synergies with GTS as a combined entity.
 
According to the American Trucking Associations, or the ATA, beginning in October 2006, the over-the-road freight sector experienced year-over-year declines in tonnage, primarily reflecting a weakening freight environment in the U.S. construction, manufacturing, and retail sectors. During 2009, our less-than-truckload tonnage decreased 4.6% from 2008, while less-than-truckload tonnage in the U.S. over-the-road freight sector declined 23.2% during the same period. Throughout this downturn, we actively managed our less-than-truckload business by adding new customers and streamlining our cost structure to enhance our operating efficiency and improve margins. We believe our variable cost, non-asset based operating model serves as a competitive advantage and allows us to provide our customers with cost-effective transportation solutions regardless of broader economic conditions. We believe we are well-positioned for continued growth, profitability, and market share expansion as an anticipated rebound occurs in the over-the-road freight sector.
 
Recent Developments
 
We are in the process of compiling our results for the first quarter of 2010, which includes the full quarter impact of our December 2009 Bullet acquisition described in this prospectus. We expect to report the following results:
 
                 
    Quarter Ended March 31,  
    2009 (1)     2010 (2)  
    (in millions)  
 
Revenues
  $ 104.4     $ 127.2  
Operating income
    2.1       6.5  
Net income (loss)
    (0.6 )     1.7  
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
    (1.1 )     1.2  
 
 
(1) Our results for the first quarter of 2009 do not reflect the impact of the December 2009 Bullet acquisition.
 
(2) Our results for the first quarter of 2010 do not reflect the impact of this offering.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
We consider the following to be our principal competitive strengths, which collectively helped us improve from a net loss of approximately $3.8 million in 2008 to net income of approximately $0.2 million in 2009 notwithstanding an industry-wide decline in less-than-truckload tonnage from 2008 to 2009 and the related increased pressures on pricing during that period. Adverse general economic conditions and negative industry trends required us to close and consolidate several of our terminals, reduce our hourly and salaried headcount, and pursue additional less-than-truckload customers to help offset the adverse impact of the 23.2% decline in less-than-truckload tonnage in the U.S. over-the-road freight sector from 2008 to 2009 and the adverse impact of the competitive pricing environment. In addition, we increased our recruitment efforts to expand our truckload brokerage agent network to help address the reduction in our truckload brokerage revenues that also resulted from market tonnage declines and a competitive pricing environment.
 
Comprehensive Logistics and Transportation Management Solutions.   Our broad offering of transportation and logistics services allows us to manage a shipper’s freight from dispatch through final delivery utilizing a wide range of transportation modes. Following the GTS merger, we will have the ability to provide third-party logistics and transportation management solutions to shippers seeking to redirect resources to core competencies, improve service, reduce costs, and utilize the most appropriate modes of transportation. We leverage our scalable, proprietary technology systems to manage our multi-modal nationwide network of service centers, delivery agents, dispatch offices, brokerage agents, independent contractors, and purchased power. As a result of our integrated offering of services and solutions, we believe we have a competitive advantage in terms of service, delivery time, and customized solutions. The key attributes of our service offerings include the following:
 
  n    Leading Non-Asset Based, Customized Less-than-Truckload Services.   Based on our research, we believe we are the largest non-asset based provider of customized less-than-truckload services in North America in terms of revenue. We believe our point-to-point less-than-truckload model allows us to offer faster transit times with lower incidence of damage, providing us with a distinct competitive advantage over asset-based less-than-truckload carriers employing the traditional hub and spoke model. In addition, we believe our variable cost structure and the utilization of our dedicated independent


2


Table of Contents

  contractor base positions us to maintain consistent operating margins during periods of economic decline or tightening industry capacity.
 
  n    Leading Truckload Freight Brokerage Services.   We are a leading truckload brokerage operation in North America in terms of revenue, offering temperature-controlled, dry van, and flatbed services. While we serve a diverse customer base and provide a comprehensive truckload solution, we specialize in the transport of refrigerated foods, poultry, and beverages. Similar to our less-than-truckload services, we utilize our network of purchased power and dedicated independent contractor base in an effort to maintain consistent operating margins, even during periods of economic decline.
 
  n    Comprehensive Outsourced Transportation Management Solutions .  After giving effect to the GTS merger, we will offer third-party logistics and transportation management solutions, which include pricing, contract management, transportation mode and carrier selection, freight tracking, freight bill payment and audit, cost reporting and analysis, and dispatch, resulting in the control of the transportation of freight and related information through the most efficient means from pickup through delivery. With a flexible operating model, scalable technology system, and access to a dynamic multi-modal carrier network, we believe we can tailor our services to each customer’s individual needs and desired level of outsourcing.
 
Flexible Operating Model.   Because we utilize a broad network of purchased power, independent contractors, and other third-party transportation providers to transport our customers’ freight, our business is not characterized by the high level of fixed costs and required concentration on asset utilization that is common among many asset-based transportation providers. As a result, we are able to focus solely on providing quality service and specialized transportation and logistics solutions to our customers, which we believe provides a significant competitive advantage. Our flexibility to scale our independent contractor base to react to contractions in freight capacity or increases in purchased transportation costs allows us to maintain attractive margins on our freight and continue to meet customer demand. Furthermore, our operating model requires minimal investment in transportation equipment and facilities, which enhances our returns on invested capital and assets.
 
Well-Positioned to Capitalize on Acquisition Opportunities.   The domestic transportation and logistics industry is large and highly fragmented, thereby providing significant opportunities to make strategic acquisitions. Our scalable platform, experienced management team, and ability to identify, execute, and integrate acquisitions provide us with a competitive advantage when seeking potential acquisition candidates. Furthermore, our ability to leverage our substantial infrastructure and technology capacity allows us to maximize the benefits of acquisitions. As a result of our extensive strategic planning and execution throughout the recent downturn, we are uniquely positioned to take advantage of continuing consolidation opportunities given our improved capital position following this offering. We believe that this offering will also improve our ability to capitalize on acquisition opportunities by deleveraging our business and reducing our significant historical interest expense.
 
Focus on Serving a Diverse, Underserved Customer Landscape.   We serve over 35,000 customers, with no single customer accounting for more than 3.0% of our 2009 revenue. In addition, we serve a diverse mix of end markets, with no industry sector accounting for more than 18.0% of our 2009 revenue. We concentrate primarily on small to mid-size shippers with annual transportation expenditures of less than $25 million, which we believe represents an underserved market. Our services are designed to satisfy these customers’ unique needs and desired level of integration. Furthermore, we believe our target customer base presents attractive growth opportunities for each of our service offerings given that many small to mid-size shippers have not yet capitalized on the benefits of third-party transportation management.
 
Scalable Technology Systems.   Our web-enabled technology is designed to serve our customers’ distinct logistics needs and provide them with cost-effective solutions and consistent service on a shipment-by-shipment basis. In addition to managing the physical movement of freight, we offer real-time shipment tracking, order processing, and automated data exchange. Our technology also enables us to more efficiently manage our multi-modal capabilities and broad carrier network, and provides the scalability necessary to accommodate significant growth.
 
Experienced and Motivated Management Team.   We have assembled an experienced and motivated management team, led by our chief executive officer, Mark A. DiBlasi. Mr. DiBlasi has over 30 years of industry experience and previously managed a $1.2 billion-revenue division of FedEx Ground, Inc., a division of FedEx Corporation. Although our senior management team has limited experience managing a public company, its members have an average of 25 years of industry experience leading high-growth logistics operations and draw on substantial knowledge gained from previous leadership positions at FedEx Ground, Inc., FedEx Global Logistics, Inc., and YRC Worldwide, Inc. Our executives’ experience is also expected to help our company address and mitigate negative industry trends and the various risks inherent in our business, including significant competition, reliance on independent contractors, a prolonged economic downturn, the integration of recently acquired companies, and fluctuations in fuel prices.
 
Our Growth Strategies
 
We believe our business model has positioned us well for continued growth and profitability, which we intend to pursue through the following initiatives:
 
Continue Expanding Customer Base.   In 2009, we expanded our customer base by over 10,000 customers (over 4,000 of which were added through the Bullet acquisition), and we intend to continue to pursue greater market share in the less-than-truckload,


3


Table of Contents

truckload brokerage, and transportation management solutions markets. The GTS merger will further expand our customer base, enhance our geographic coverage, and create a broader menu of services for existing and future customers. Our expanded reach and broader service offering will provide us with the ability to gain new customers seeking a “one-stop’’ transportation and logistics solution. We also expect to expand our customer base as GTS utilizes our less-than-truckload sales force of over 100 people to expand the market reach of our transportation management solutions offering following the GTS merger. Based on our research, we also believe the pool of potential new customers will grow as the benefits of third-party logistics and transportation management solutions continue to be embraced by shippers.
 
Increase Penetration with Existing Customers.   With a more comprehensive service offering and an expanded network resulting from the Bullet acquisition and the GTS merger, we believe we will have substantial cross-selling opportunities and the potential to capture a greater share of each customer’s annual transportation and logistics expenditures. Along with our planned cross-selling initiatives, we believe that macroeconomic factors will provide us with additional opportunities to further penetrate existing customers. During the recent economic downturn, existing customers generally reduced their number of shipments and pounds per shipment. We believe an economic rebound will result in increased revenue through greater shipment volume, improved load density, and the addition of new customers, and will allow us to increase profits at a rate exceeding our revenue growth.
 
Continue Generating Operating Improvements.   Over the last 18 months, we have completed a number of operating improvements, such as headcount reductions, terminal consolidations, and carrier and delivery agent rate reductions. These improvements streamlined our cost structure, improved operating efficiency, and enhanced our margins. In order to continue to capitalize on these improvements and enhance our competitive position, as well as accelerate earnings growth, we are implementing additional initiatives designed to:
 
  n    improve routing efficiency and lane density throughout our network;
 
  n    increase utilization of our flexible independent contractor base;
 
  n    reduce per-mile costs;
 
  n    reduce dock handling costs; and
 
  n    enhance our real-time metric reporting to further reduce operating expenses.
 
Pursue Selective Acquisitions.   The transportation and logistics industry is highly fragmented, consisting of many smaller, regional service providers covering particular shipping lanes and providing niche services. We built our less-than-truckload, truckload brokerage, and transportation management solutions (assuming completion of the GTS merger) platforms in part by successfully completing and integrating a number of accretive acquisitions. We intend to continue to pursue acquisitions that will complement our existing suite of services and extend our geographic reach. With a scalable, non-asset based business model, we believe we can execute our acquisition strategy with minimal investment in additional infrastructure and overhead.
 
Our History
 
Our principal strategy has been to evolve into a full-service transportation and logistics provider under a non-asset based structure through the acquisition, integration, and internal growth of complementary businesses. In March 2005, we acquired Dawes Transport, Inc., which we refer to as Dawes Transport, a non-asset based less-than-truckload provider primarily using a blend of purchased power and independent contractors. In June 2005, we acquired Roadrunner Freight Systems, Inc., which we refer to as Roadrunner Freight, a provider of less-than-truckload services.
 
In January 2006, Mark A. DiBlasi joined us as chief executive officer to lead the final integration of our two less-than-truckload businesses, the expansion of our current management team and the transformation of our company into a full-service transportation and logistics provider. In March 2007, we expanded our service offering through the acquisition of Sargent Transportation Group, Inc. and related entities, providers of truckload brokerage services, which we collectively refer to as Sargent.
 
In December 2009, we acquired certain assets and related operations of Bullet Freight Systems, Inc. through our wholly owned subsidiary, Bullet Transportation Services, Inc., which we refer to as Bullet. Bullet is a non-asset based transportation and logistics company that provides a variety of services throughout the United States and into Canada. Bullet provides less-than-truckload services as well as truckload and intermodal (transporting a shipment by more than one mode, primary via rail and truck) brokerage and air freight forwarding. Bullet has operations in California, Oregon, Washington and Illinois and utilizes independent contractors and an extensive network of third-party purchased power providers to deliver its freight. Bullet provides its services to a broad range of industries and serves over 4,000 customers, including leading manufacturers, retailers and wholesalers. The Bullet acquisition increased our market share across all of our service offerings by providing greater less-than-truckload coverage throughout North America and geographically expanding our truckload brokerage operation. In addition, the integration of shipments from Bullet’s customer base into our operations increased the freight density and balance in our less-than-truckload network. We believe this additional density and greater balance will result in higher operating margins and improved levels of customer service through reduced transit times and fewer claims. The operations we acquired in the Bullet acquisition had aggregate revenues of approximately $48 million for the period from January 1, 2009 to the acquisition date of December 11, 2009. The impact of Bullet on our net income during that period would not have been material.


4


Table of Contents

GTS Merger
 
One of our key strategic objectives has been to acquire a third-party logistics and transportation management solutions operation with a scalable technology system and management infrastructure capable of assimilating and enhancing our collective growth initiatives. To address this objective, simultaneous with the consummation of this offering, we will acquire GTS, a provider of third-party logistics and transportation management solutions based in Hudson, Ohio. With the addition of GTS’ service offering, we will be able to provide shippers with a “one-stop” transportation and logistics solution, including access to the most cost-effective and time-sensitive modes of transportation within our broad network of third-party carriers. In 2009, GTS had revenues of approximately $35 million and a net loss of approximately $0.2 million.
 
As a result of the GTS merger, the stockholders of GTS will become stockholders of our company and each share of GTS outstanding common stock will be exchanged for 141.848 shares of our common stock, or an aggregate of 3,230,324 shares. The GTS merger is conditioned upon the consummation of this offering, the approval of the GTS merger by our and GTS’ creditors, and upon other conditions set forth in the merger agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The GTS merger is more fully described on page 66 of this prospectus under “ Certain Relationships and Related Transactions .”
 
The following chart represents our business segments immediately following the consummation of the GTS merger.
 
(CHART)
 
Risk Factors
 
There are a number of risks and uncertainties that may affect our financial and operating performance. You should carefully consider the risks discussed in “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 9 of this prospectus before investing in our common stock, which include but are not limited to the following:
 
  n    the competitive nature of the transportation industry;
 
  n    our ability to maintain the level of service that we currently provide to our customers;
 
  n    the ability of our carriers to meet our needs and expectations, and those of our customers;
 
  n    our reliance on independent contractors to provide transportation services to our customers;
 
  n    general economic, political, and other risks that are out of our control, including any prolonged delay in a recovery of the U.S. over-the-road freight sector;
 
  n    the limited experience of our senior management in managing a public company; and
 
  n    seasonal fluctuations in our business.
 
Our Offices
 
We maintain our principal executive offices at 4900 S. Pennsylvania Ave., Cudahy, Wisconsin 53110. Our telephone number is (414) 615-1500. Our website is located at www.rrts.com. The information contained on our website or that can be accessed through our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.


5


Table of Contents

The Offering
 
Common stock offered:
 
  By us 9,000,000 shares
 
  By the selling stockholders 1,600,644 shares
 
  Total common stock offered 10,600,644 shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering 29,535,460 shares
 
Use of proceeds We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be $123.5 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses. We intend to use all of such net proceeds to reduce outstanding indebtedness. See “ Use of Proceeds .” We will not receive any proceeds from sales by the selling stockholders in this offering.
 
New York Stock Exchange symbol RRTS
 
As of December 31, 2009, and after giving retroactive effect to the conversion of each share of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Series B preferred stock (including accrued but unpaid dividends) into a single class of new common stock on a 149.314-for-one basis, we would have had 17,192,595 shares of outstanding common stock, consisting of the following:
 
  n    14,827,327 shares issuable upon conversion of our Class A common stock, 259,806 of which are shares of redeemable common stock;
 
  n    282,502 shares issuable upon conversion of our Class B common stock; and
 
  n    2,082,766 shares issuable upon conversion of our Series B preferred stock, 290,998 of which are attributable to the conversion of accrued but unpaid dividends as of December 31, 2009.
 
The 29,535,460 shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering includes the 17,192,595 shares described in the preceding paragraph, the 9,000,000 shares to be sold by us in this offering, and the following:
 
  n    3,230,324 shares of our common stock to be issued in connection with the GTS merger, which includes 138,809 shares that are attributable to an acquisition-related increase in outstanding GTS shares subsequent to December 31, 2009; and
 
  n    112,541 shares of our common stock to be issued upon the offering-related conversion of dividends that accrue on our Series B preferred stock from December 31, 2009 through an assumed offering date of May 10, 2010.
 
The 29,535,460 shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes the following:
 
  n    1,542,264 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options with a weighted average exercise price of $11.37 per share;
 
  n    516,498 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of GTS options with a weighted average exercise price of $9.79 per share, which will be converted into options to purchase shares of our common stock upon consummation of the GTS merger; and
 
  n    4,016,248 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants with a weighted average exercise price of $11.21 per share.
 
Unless otherwise noted, all share information in this prospectus assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and reflects (i) a 149.314-for-one stock split of all outstanding shares of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Series B preferred stock effective May 7, 2010, and (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Series B preferred stock (including accrued but unpaid dividends) into a single class of new common stock on a one-for-one basis, which will be effected in connection with the consummation of this offering, all of which is generally referred to herein as the conversion.


6


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data
 
The following table summarizes selected consolidated financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated. You should read the following information together with the more detailed information contained in “ Capitalization ,” “ Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data ,” “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ,” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.
 
                         
(In thousands, except share and per share data)   Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data
                       
Revenues
  $ 538,007     $ 537,378     $ 450,351  
Operating income
    17,934       7,280       13,202  
Net income (loss)
    935       (3,834 )     167  
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
    935       (3,834 )     (1,783 )
                         
Weighted average common stock outstanding:
                       
Basic
    15,113,563       15,112,667       15,109,830  
Diluted
    15,133,571       15,112,667       15,109,830  
                         
                         
Earnings (loss) per share available to common stockholders
                       
Basic
  $ 0.06     $ (0.25 )   $ (0.12 )
Diluted
  $ 0.06     $ (0.25 )   $ (0.12 )
                         
                         
Pro forma diluted earnings per share (a)
                  $ 0.01  
                         
Pro forma diluted earnings per share (as adjusted) (b)
                  $ 0.26  
                         
Other Data
                       
Working capital (end of period)
  $ 15,539     $ 13,467     $ 19,453  
Capital expenditures
    1,867       1,098       2,246  
Capital expenditures as a percentage of revenues (c)
    0.3 %     0.2 %     0.5 %
 
                 
    As of December 31, 2009  
(In thousands)
  Actual     As Adjusted (d)  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
               
Cash
  $ 667     $ 667  
Total current assets
    63,765       63,765  
Property and equipment, net
    5,292       5,292  
Total assets
    290,835       288,575 (e)
Total current liabilities
    44,312       36,912  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    7,400        
Total debt (including current maturities)
    128,060 (f)     17,380  
Series A preferred stock subject to mandatory redemption
    5,000       5,000  
Redeemable common stock
    1,740       3,897 (g)
Total stockholder’s investment
    117,201       223,464 (h)
 
 
(a) Pro forma diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the pro forma number of weighted average shares outstanding used in the calculation of diluted earnings per share, but after assuming conversion of our Series B preferred stock (including accrued but unpaid dividends) into shares of our common stock and the exercise of any dilutive stock options and warrants.
 
(b) Pro forma diluted earnings per share (as adjusted) is computed by dividing net income, adjusted for the elimination of approximately $10.7 million in interest expense and the related tax benefit of approximately $4.1 million, assuming the retirement of approximately $123.5 million of our outstanding debt (including accrued interest and prepayment penalties), by the pro forma number of weighted average shares outstanding used in the calculation of diluted earnings per share, but after assuming conversion of our Series B preferred stock (including accrued but unpaid dividends) into shares of our common stock, the exercise of any dilutive stock options and warrants, and the issuance of shares in this offering (all of the proceeds of which issuance will be used to retire our outstanding indebtedness).
 
(c) Our management uses capital expenditures as a percentage of revenues to evaluate our operating performance and measure the effectiveness of our non-asset based structure. We believe this financial measure is useful in evaluating the efficiency of our operating model compared to other companies in our industry.
 
(d) The as adjusted column is unaudited and gives effect to:
 
  n    The conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series B preferred stock (including accrued but unpaid dividends) into shares of our common stock on a 149.314-for-one basis upon the completion of this offering; and


7


Table of Contents

  n    The sale by us of 9,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the range shown on the cover page of this prospectus) and the application of the estimated net proceeds of $123.5 million as set forth in “ Use of Proceeds.
 
(e) Reflects a non-cash write-off of approximately $2.3 million of debt issuance costs as a result of the retirement of our outstanding debt in connection with this offering.
 
(f) The actual total debt amount does not include (i) approximately $9.8 million of prepayment penalties we would have incurred as of December 31, 2009 from the repayment of our junior subordinated notes in connection with this offering, or (ii) approximately $3.0 million of unaccreted discount on our junior subordinated notes.
 
(g) In connection with this offering, the approximately $1.7 million carrying value of these shares will be adjusted to their fair value, using the assumed public offering price of $15.00 per share.
 
(h) Reflects a charge of approximately $15.1 million that would have been incurred as of December 31, 2009 in connection with the repayment of our existing indebtedness in connection with this offering, including (i) approximately $9.8 million of prepayment penalties, (ii) the payment of approximately $3.0 million of unaccreted discount on our junior subordinated notes, and (iii) a non-cash write-off of approximately $2.3 million of debt issuance costs in connection with the repayment of our existing indebtedness included in total assets.


8


Table of Contents

 
Risk Factors
 
You should carefully consider the following risks and other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. If any of the events or developments described below actually occurs, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may suffer. In that case, the trading price of our common stock may decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
We operate in a highly competitive industry and, if we are unable to adequately address factors that may adversely affect our revenue and costs, our business could suffer.
 
Competition in the transportation services industry is intense. Increased competition may lead to revenue reductions, reduced profit margins, or a loss of market share, any one of which could harm our business. There are many factors that could impair our ability to maintain our current profitability, including the following:
 
  n    competition with other transportation services companies, some of which have a broader coverage network, a wider range of services, and greater capital resources than we do;
 
  n    reduction by our competitors of their freight rates to gain business, especially during times of declining growth rates in the economy, which reductions may limit our ability to maintain or increase freight rates, maintain our operating margins, or maintain significant growth in our business;
 
  n    solicitation by shippers of bids from multiple carriers for their shipping needs and the resulting depression of freight rates or loss of business to competitors;
 
  n    development of a technology system similar to ours by a competitor with sufficient financial resources and comparable experience in the transportation services industry; and
 
  n    establishment by our competitors of cooperative relationships to increase their ability to address shipper needs.
 
If we are unable to maintain the level of service we currently provide to our customers, our reputation may be damaged, resulting in a loss of business.
 
We compete with other transportation providers based on reliability, delivery time, security, visibility, and personalized service. Our reputation is based on the level of customer service that we currently provide. If this level of service deteriorates, or if we are prevented from delivering on our services in a timely, reliable, safe, and secure manner, our reputation and business may suffer.
 
Our third-party carriers must meet our needs and expectations, and those of our customers, and their inability to do so could adversely affect our results of operations.
 
Our business depends to a large extent on our ability to provide consistent, high quality, technology-enabled transportation and logistics solutions. We do not own or control the transportation assets that deliver our customers’ freight, and we do not employ the people directly involved in delivering the freight. We rely on third parties to provide less-than-truckload, truckload and intermodal brokerage, and domestic and international air services and to report certain information to us, including information relating to delivery status and freight claims. This reliance could cause delays in providing our customers with timely delivery of freight, important service data, and in the financial reporting of certain events, including recognizing revenue and recording claims. If we are unable to secure sufficient transportation services to meet our customer commitments, or if any of the third parties we rely on do not meet our needs or expectations, or those of our customers, our results of operations could be adversely affected, and our customers could switch to our competitors temporarily or permanently.
 
Our reliance on independent contractors to provide transportation services to our customers could limit our expansion.
 
Our transportation services are conducted in part by independent contractors, who are generally responsible for paying for their own equipment, fuel, and other operating costs. Our independent contractors are responsible for providing the tractors and trailers they use related to our business. Certain factors such as increases in fuel costs, insurance costs, and the cost of new and used tractors, or reduced financing sources available to independent contractors for the purchase of equipment, could create a difficult operating environment for independent contractors. Turnover and bankruptcy among independent contractors in the over-the-road freight sector often limits the pool of qualified independent contractors and increases the competition among carriers for their services. If we are required to increase the amounts paid to independent contractors in order to obtain their services, our results of operations could be adversely affected to the extent increased expenses are not offset by higher freight rates. Additionally, our agreements with our independent contractors are terminable


9


Table of Contents

by either party upon short notice and without penalty. Consequently, we regularly need to recruit qualified independent contractors to replace those who have left our pool. If we are unable to retain our existing independent contractors or recruit new independent contractors, our results of operations and ability to expand could be adversely affected.
 
A decrease in levels of capacity in the over-the-road freight sector could have an adverse impact on our business.
 
Based on our research, we believe the over-the-road freight sector has experienced levels of excess capacity. The current operating environment in the over-the-road freight sector resulting from an economic recession, fluctuating fuel costs, and other economic factors is beginning to cause a reduction in capacity in the sector generally, and in our carrier network specifically, which could have an adverse impact on our ability to execute our business strategy and on our business.
 
If we are unable to expand the number of our sales representatives and brokerage agents, or if a significant number of our existing sales representatives and brokerage agents leave us, our ability to increase our revenue could be negatively impacted.
 
Our ability to expand our business will depend, in part, on our ability to attract additional sales representatives and brokerage agents. Competition for qualified sales representatives and brokerage agents can be intense, and we may be unable to attract such persons. Any difficulties we experience in expanding the number of our sales representatives and brokerage agents could have a negative impact on our ability to expand our customer base, increase our revenue, and continue our growth.
 
In addition, we must retain our current sales representatives and brokerage agents and properly incentivize them to obtain new customers and maintain existing customer relationships. If a significant number of our sales representatives and brokerage agents leave us, our revenue could be negatively impacted. A significant increase in the turnover rate among our current sales representatives and brokerage agents could also increase our recruiting costs and decrease our operating efficiency.
 
We may not be able to successfully execute our acquisition strategy, and any acquisitions that we undertake could be difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value, and adversely affect our results of operations.
 
We plan to increase our revenue and expand our service offerings in the market regions that we serve through the acquisition of complementary businesses. In the future, suitable acquisition candidates may not be available at purchase prices that are attractive to us. In pursuing acquisition opportunities, we will compete with other companies, some of which have greater financial and other resources than we do. We may not have available funds or common stock with a sufficient market price to complete a desired acquisition, or acquisition candidates may not be willing to receive our common stock in exchange for their businesses. If we are unable to secure sufficient funding for potential acquisitions, we may not be able to complete strategic acquisitions that we otherwise find advantageous. Further, if we make any future acquisitions, we could incur additional debt or assume contingent liabilities.
 
Strategic acquisitions involve numerous risks, including the following:
 
  n    failure of the acquired company to achieve anticipated revenues, earnings, or cash flows;
 
  n    assumption of liabilities that were not disclosed to us or that exceed our estimates;
 
  n    problems integrating the purchased operations with our own, which could result in substantial costs and delays or other operational, technical, or financial problems;
 
  n    potential compliance issues with regard to acquired companies that did not have adequate internal controls;
 
  n    diversion of management’s attention or other resources from our existing business;
 
  n    risks associated with entering markets in which we have limited prior experience; and
 
  n    potential loss of key employees and customers of the acquired company.
 
The risks associated with the Bullet acquisition and a failure to successfully integrate the acquired operations could have an adverse affect on our business.
 
A portion of our growth is expected to come from our December 2009 Bullet acquisition. Our ability to successfully integrate the acquired Bullet operations will depend upon a number of factors and involve risks, some of which are beyond our control. Some of these risks include:
 
  n    unexpected losses of key Bullet employees and customers;


10


Table of Contents

 
  n    difficulties in integrating information technology systems, and processes and procedures of the acquired operations with those of our existing operations; and
 
  n    challenges in managing the increased lanes and services added by Bullet.
 
One or more significant claims, our failure to adequately reserve for such claims, or the cost of maintaining our insurance for such claims, could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
We use the services of thousands of transportation companies and their drivers in connection with our transportation operations. From time to time, these drivers are involved in accidents, and goods carried by these drivers are lost or damaged, and the carriers may not have adequate insurance coverage. Such accidents usually result in equipment damage and, unfortunately, can also result in injuries or death. Although these drivers are not our employees and all of these drivers are independent contractors or work for third-party carriers, from time to time claims may be asserted against us for their actions or for our actions in retaining them. Claims against us may exceed the amount of our insurance coverage, or may not be covered by insurance at all. A material increase in the frequency or severity of accidents, claims for lost or damaged goods, liability claims, or workers’ compensation claims, or unfavorable resolutions of any such claims, could adversely affect our results of operations to the extent claims are not covered by our insurance or such losses exceed our reserves. Significant increases in insurance costs or the inability to purchase insurance as a result of these claims could also reduce our profitability and have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
A significant or prolonged economic downturn, particularly the current downturn in the over-the-road freight sector, or a substantial downturn in our customers’ business, could adversely affect our revenue and results of operations.
 
The over-the-road freight sector has historically experienced cyclical fluctuations in financial results due to, among other things, economic recession, downturns in business cycles, increasing costs and taxes, fluctuations in energy prices, price increases by carriers, changes in regulatory standards, license and registration fees, interest rate fluctuations, and other economic factors beyond our control. All of these factors could increase the operating costs of a vehicle and impact capacity levels in the over-the-road freight sector. Carriers may charge higher prices to cover higher operating expenses, and our operating income may decrease if we are unable to pass through to our customers the full amount of higher purchased transportation costs. Additionally, economic conditions may adversely affect our customers, their need for our services, or their ability to pay for our services. If the current economic downturn causes a reduction in the volume of freight shipped by our customers, our results of operations could be adversely affected. During 2009, less-than-truckload tonnage in the U.S. over-the-road freight sector decreased 23.2% from 2008.
 
Fluctuations in the price or availability of fuel, a prolonged continuation in the upward trend of fuel prices, and limitations on our ability to collect less-than-truckload fuel surcharges may adversely affect our results of operations.
 
We are subject to risks associated with fuel charges from our independent contractors and purchased power in our less-than-truckload and truckload businesses. The tractors operated by our independent contractors and purchased power require large amounts of diesel fuel, and the availability and price of diesel fuel are subject to political, economic, and market factors that are outside of our control. Since 2007, the weekly per-gallon price of diesel fuel has ranged from a high of $4.76 in 2008 to a low of $2.02 in 2009, according to the U.S. Energy Information Administration. The weekly per-gallon price of diesel fuel had risen to $2.94 per gallon by the end of March 2010, reflecting an upward trend from 2009 prices. Our independent contractors and purchased power pass along the cost of diesel fuel to us, and we in turn attempt to pass along some or all of these costs to our customers through fuel surcharge revenue programs. There can be no assurance that our fuel surcharge revenue programs will be effective in the future. Market pressures may limit our ability to assess our fuel surcharges. At the request of our customers, we have at times temporarily capped the fuel surcharges at a fixed percentage pursuant to contractual arrangements that vary by customer. Currently, less than 1% of our customers have contractual arrangements with varying levels of capped fuel surcharges. If fuel surcharge revenue programs, base freight rate increases, or other cost-recovery mechanisms do not offset our exposure to fluctuating fuel costs, our results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
Our executive officers and key personnel are important to our business, and these officers and personnel may not remain with us in the future.
 
We depend substantially on the efforts and abilities of our senior management. Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to retain our current management and to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future. Competition for senior management is intense, and we may not be able to retain our management team or attract additional qualified personnel. The loss of a member of senior management would require our remaining executive officers to divert immediate and substantial attention to fulfilling the duties of the departing executive and to seeking a replacement. The inability to adequately fill


11


Table of Contents

vacancies in our senior executive positions on a timely basis could negatively affect our ability to implement our business strategy, which could adversely impact our results of operations.
 
Seasonal sales fluctuations and weather conditions could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.
 
The transportation industry is subject to seasonal sales fluctuations as shipments generally are lower during and after the winter holiday season. The productivity of our carriers historically decreases during the winter season because companies have the tendency to reduce their shipments during that time and inclement weather can impede operations. At the same time, our operating expenses could increase because harsh weather can lead to increased accident frequency rates and increased claims. If we were to experience lower-than-expected revenue during any such period, our expenses may not be offset, which could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.
 
The cost of compliance with, liability for violations of, or modifications to existing or future governmental regulations could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
 
Our operations are subject to certain federal, state, and local regulatory requirements. These regulations and requirements are subject to change based on new legislation and regulatory initiatives, which could affect the economics of the transportation industry by requiring changes in operating practices or influencing the demand for, and the cost of providing, transportation services. The U.S. Department of Transportation, or the DOT, and its agencies, such as the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, and various state and local agencies exercise broad powers over our business, generally governing such activities as engaging in motor carrier operations, freight forwarding, and freight brokerage operations, as well as regulating safety. As a motor carrier authorized by the DOT, we must comply with the safety and fitness regulations promulgated by the DOT, including those relating to drug and alcohol testing, driver qualification, and hours-of service. There also are regulations specifically relating to the trucking industry, including testing and specifications of equipment, product handling requirements, and hazardous material requirements. In addition, we must comply with certain safety, insurance, and bonding requirements promulgated by the DOT and various state agencies. Compliance with existing, new, or more stringent measures could disrupt or impede the timing of our deliveries and our ability to satisfy the needs of our customers. In addition, we may experience an increase in operating costs, such as security costs, as a result of governmental regulations that have been and will be adopted in response to terrorist activities and potential terrorist activities. The cost of compliance with existing or future measures could adversely affect our results of operations. Further, we could become subject to liabilities as a result of a failure to comply with applicable regulations.
 
Our operations are subject to various environmental laws and regulations, the violation of which could result in substantial fines or penalties.
 
From time to time, we arrange for the movement of hazardous materials at the request of our customers. As a result, we are subject to various environmental laws and regulations relating to the handling, transport, and disposal of hazardous materials. If our customers or carriers are involved in an accident involving hazardous materials, or if we are found to be in violation of applicable laws or regulations, we could be subject to substantial fines or penalties, remediation costs, or civil and criminal liability, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, current and future laws and regulations relating to carbon emissions and the effects of global warming can be expected to have a significant impact on the transportation sector generally and the operations and profitability of some of our carriers in particular, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
 
If our independent contractors are deemed by regulators to be employees, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
Tax and other regulatory authorities have in the past sought to assert that independent contractors in the trucking industry are employees rather than independent contractors. There can be no assurance that these authorities will not successfully assert this position or that tax laws and other laws that currently consider these persons independent contractors will not change. If our independent contractors are determined to be our employees, we would incur additional exposure under federal and state tax, workers’ compensation, unemployment benefits, labor, employment, and tort laws, including for prior periods, as well as potential liability for employee benefits and tax withholdings. Our business model relies on the fact that our independent contractors are independent contractors and not deemed to be our employees, and exposure to any of the above factors could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
 
If, following the GTS merger, we are unable to maintain and enhance our proprietary technology systems, demand for our services and our revenue could decrease.
 
Our transportation management services business will rely heavily on our proprietary technology systems to track and store externally and internally generated market data, analyze the capabilities of our carrier network, and recommend cost-


12


Table of Contents

effective carriers in the appropriate transportation mode. To keep pace with changing technologies and customer demands in the future, we must correctly interpret and address market trends and enhance the features and functionality of our proprietary technology systems in response to these trends. We may be unable to implement the appropriate features and functionality of our technology systems in a timely and cost-effective manner, which could result in decreased demand for our services and a corresponding decrease in our revenue.
 
Following the GTS merger, we may be required to incur substantial expenses and resources in defending intellectual property litigation against us.
 
Following the GTS merger, our use of our proprietary technology systems could be challenged by claims that such use infringes, misappropriates, or otherwise violates the intellectual property rights of third parties. GTS does not currently have any patent protection with respect to its technology systems and we cannot be certain that these technologies do not and will not infringe issued patents or other proprietary rights of others. Any claim, with or without merit, could result in significant litigation costs and diversion of resources, and could require us to enter into royalty and licensing agreements, all of which could have an adverse effect on our business following the GTS merger. We may not be able to obtain such licenses on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, and the terms of any offered licenses may not be acceptable to us. If forced to cease using such intellectual property, we may not be able to develop or obtain alternative technologies. Accordingly, an adverse determination in a judicial or administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary licenses could prevent us from offering the affected services to our customers, which could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
 
Terrorist attacks, anti-terrorism measures, and war could have broad detrimental effects on our business operations.
 
As a result of the potential for terrorist attacks, federal, state, and municipal authorities have implemented and continue to follow various security measures, including checkpoints and travel restrictions on large trucks. Such measures may reduce the productivity of our independent contractors or increase the costs associated with their operations, which we could be forced to bear. For example, security measures imposed at bridges, tunnels, border crossings, and other points on key trucking routes may cause delays and increase the non-driving time of our independent contractors, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. War, risk of war, or a terrorist attack also may have an adverse effect on the economy. A decline in economic activity could adversely affect our revenues or restrict our future growth. Instability in the financial markets as a result of terrorism or war also could impact our ability to raise capital. In addition, the insurance premiums charged for some or all of the coverage currently maintained by us could increase dramatically or such coverage could be unavailable in the future.
 
Our senior management has limited experience managing a public company, and regulatory compliance may divert their attention from the day-to-day management of our business.
 
Our senior management has limited experience managing a publicly traded company and limited experience complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Obligations associated with being a public company will require substantial attention from our senior management and partially divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could adversely impact our operations.
 
We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.
 
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other administrative expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley, as well as rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the New York Stock Exchange, impose significant corporate governance practices on public companies. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time consuming and costly. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. We also expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers.
 
If we fail to maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, it could result in inaccurate financial reporting, sanctions, or securities litigation, or could otherwise harm our business.
 
As a public company, we will be required to comply with the standards adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley regarding internal control over financial reporting. Prior to becoming a public company, we are not required to be compliant with the requirements of


13


Table of Contents

Section 404. The process of becoming compliant with Section 404 may divert internal resources and will take a significant amount of time and effort to complete. We may experience higher than anticipated operating expenses, as well as increased independent auditor fees during the implementation of these changes and thereafter. We are required to be fully compliant under Section 404 by the end of fiscal 2011, and at that time our management will be required to deliver a report that assesses the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, and we will be required to deliver an attestation report of our auditors on our management’s assessment of our internal controls. Completing documentation of our internal control system and financial processes, remediation of control deficiencies, and management testing of internal controls will require substantial effort by us. We cannot assure you that we will be able to complete the required management assessment by our reporting deadline. Failure to implement these changes in a timely, effective or efficient manner could harm our operations, financial reporting or financial results, and could result in our being unable to obtain an unqualified report on internal controls from our independent auditors.
 
Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited, and our failure to raise capital when needed could prevent us from achieving our growth objectives.
 
We may in the future be required to raise capital through public or private financing or other arrangements. Such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all, and our failure to raise capital when needed could harm our business. Additional equity financing may dilute the interests of our stockholders, and debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants and could reduce our profitability. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to grow our business or respond to competitive pressures.
 
The expected results from our 2009 Bullet acquisition and the GTS merger may vary significantly from our expectations.
 
The expected results from the acquired Bullet operations and GTS’ actual 2010 financial results might vary materially from those anticipated by us and disclosed in this prospectus. These expectations are inherently subject to uncertainties and contingencies as well as our assumptions about, among other things, the integration of the Bullet acquisition, purchased transportation costs, new customer growth and existing customer shipping demand, over-the-road freight tonnage levels, the growth in the third-party logistics sector and overall economic conditions. These assumptions may be impacted by factors that are beyond our control. Although we believe that the assumptions underlying our expectations are reasonable, actual results could be materially different.
 
Risks Related to this Offering
 
None of the proceeds from this offering will be available to us in the operation of our business.
 
All of the net proceeds we receive from this offering will be used to reduce our outstanding indebtedness. Accordingly, none of the proceeds will be available to us for acquisitions, capital expenditures, working capital, or other general corporate purposes. We may find it necessary to obtain additional equity or debt financing as we continue to execute our business strategy. In the event additional financing is required, we may not be able to raise it on acceptable terms or at all.
 
The market price for our common stock may be volatile, and you may not be able to sell our stock at a favorable price or at all.
 
Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. An active public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. The price of our common stock in any such market may be higher or lower than the price you pay in this offering. If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will pay a price that was not established in a competitive market. Rather, you will pay the price that we negotiated with the representatives of the underwriters. Many factors could cause the market price of our common stock to rise and fall, including the following:
 
  n    the gain or loss of customers;
 
  n    introductions of new pricing policies by us or by our competitors;
 
  n    variations in our quarterly results;
 
  n    announcements of technological innovations by us or by our competitors;
 
  n    acquisitions or strategic alliances by us or by our competitors;
 
  n    recruitment or departure of key personnel;
 
  n    changes in the estimates of our operating performance or changes in recommendations by any securities analysts that follow our stock; and
 
  n    market conditions in our industry, the industries our customers serve, and the economy as a whole.


14


Table of Contents

In addition, public announcements by our competitors concerning, among other things, their performance, accounting practices, or legal problems could cause the market price of our common stock to decline regardless of our actual operating performance.
 
Our current principal stockholders will continue to have significant influence over us after this offering, and they could delay, deter, or prevent a change of control or other business combination or otherwise cause us to take action with which you might not agree.
 
Upon the closing of this offering and the consummation of the GTS merger, investment funds affiliated with Thayer | Hidden Creek Partners, L.L.C., which funds are collectively referred to in this prospectus as Thayer | Hidden Creek, will together beneficially own approximately 52% of our outstanding common stock (49.5% if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised) and Eos Partners, L.P. and affiliated investment funds, referred to in this prospectus as Eos, will together beneficially own approximately 13% of our outstanding common stock (12.3% if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised). In addition, four of our directors immediately following this offering will be affiliated with Thayer | Hidden Creek. As a result, these stockholders will have significant influence over the election of our board of directors and our decision to enter into any corporate transaction and may have the ability to prevent any transaction that requires the approval of stockholders, regardless of whether or not other stockholders believe that such a transaction is in their own best interests. Such concentration of voting power could have the effect of delaying, deterring, or preventing a change of control or other business combination that might otherwise be beneficial to our stockholders or could limit the price that some investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. The interests of these stockholders may not always coincide with our interests as a company or the interests of our other stockholders. Accordingly, these stockholders could cause us to enter into transactions or agreements that you would not approve or make decisions with which you may disagree.
 
We could be considered a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the New York Stock Exchange.
 
Upon the closing of this offering and the consummation of the GTS merger (but assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option), Thayer | Hidden Creek will beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we could be considered a “controlled company” for purposes of Section 303A of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual and we would be exempt from certain governance requirements otherwise required by the New York Stock Exchange. Under Section 303A, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, a group, or another company is a “controlled company” and is exempt from certain corporate governance requirements, including, among others, the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors. Although we initially expect and intend that a majority of our board of directors will consist of independent directors, we cannot provide assurances that we will not rely on the exemption from this requirement in the future.
 
The large number of shares eligible for public sale could depress the market price for our common stock.
 
The market price for our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the market after this offering, and the perception that these sales could occur may depress the market price. We will have outstanding approximately 29.5 million shares of common stock after this offering. Of these shares, the common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Substantially all of the remaining approximately 18.9 million shares of common stock will be subject to 180-day lock-up agreements with the underwriters. After the 180-day lock-up period, these shares may be sold in the public market, subject to prior registration or qualification for an exemption from registration, including, in the case of shares held by affiliates, compliance with volume restrictions.
 
Any time after we are eligible to register our common stock on a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act or if we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act for any underwritten sale of shares of any of our equity securities, certain of our stockholders will be entitled to require us to register our securities owned by them for public sale. Sales of common stock as restrictions end or pursuant to registration rights may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.
 
You will incur immediate and substantial dilution in your investment because our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares.
 
If you purchase shares in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value per share because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value per share of the shares acquired. This dilution arises because our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of common stock. In addition, there will be options and warrants to purchase shares of common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering that have exercise prices below the initial public offering price. To the extent such options or warrants are exercised in the future, there may be further dilution to new investors.


15


Table of Contents

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws, and Delaware law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, discourage a takeover, and adversely affect existing stockholders.
 
Our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws, and the Delaware General Corporation Law contain provisions that may make it more difficult or delay attempts by others to obtain control of our company, even when these attempts may be in the best interests of stockholders. These include provisions limiting the stockholders’ powers to remove directors or take action by written consent instead of at a stockholders’ meeting. Our certificate of incorporation also authorizes our board of directors, without stockholder approval, to issue one or more series of preferred stock, which could have voting and conversion rights that adversely affect or dilute the voting power of the holders of common stock. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides for our board to be divided into three classes, serving staggered terms. The classified board provision could have the effect of discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us. Delaware law also imposes conditions on the voting of “control shares” and on certain business combination transactions with “interested stockholders.”
 
These provisions and others that could be adopted in the future could deter unsolicited takeovers or delay or prevent changes in our control or management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares over then current market prices. These provisions may also limit the ability of stockholders to approve transactions that they may deem to be in their best interests.


16


Table of Contents

 
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
 
The statements and information contained in this prospectus that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include statements regarding our “expectations,” “anticipation,” “intentions,” “beliefs,” or “strategies” regarding the future. Forward-looking statements also include statements regarding revenue, margins, expenses, and earnings analysis for 2010 and thereafter; potential acquisitions or strategic alliances; and liquidity and anticipated cash needs and availability. All forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are based on information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. Our actual results could differ materially from the forward-looking statements. Among the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially are the factors discussed under “ Risk Factors ,” which include, but are not limited to, the following:
 
  n    the competitive nature of the transportation industry;
 
  n    our ability to maintain the level of service that we currently provide to our customers;
 
  n    the ability of our carriers to meet our needs and expectations, and those of our customers;
 
  n    our reliance on ICs to provide transportation services to our customers;
 
  n    fluctuations in the levels of capacity in the over-the-road freight sector;
 
  n    our ability to attract and retain sales representatives and brokerage agents;
 
  n    our ability to successfully execute our acquisition strategy;
 
  n    the effects of auto liability, general liability, and workers’ compensation claims;
 
  n    general economic, political, and other risks that are out of our control, including any prolonged delay in a recovery of the U.S. over-the-road freight sector;
 
  n    fluctuations in the price or availability of fuel;
 
  n    our reliance on our executive officers and key personnel;
 
  n    seasonal fluctuations in our business;
 
  n    the costs associated with being a public company and our ability to comply with the internal controls and financial reporting obligations of the SEC and Sarbanes-Oxley;
 
  n    the effects of governmental and environmental regulations; and
 
  n    our ability to maintain, enhance, or protect our proprietary technology systems.
 
See “ Risk Factors ” for a more complete discussion of these risks and uncertainties and for other risks and uncertainties. These factors and the other risk factors described in this prospectus are not necessarily all of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could harm our results. Consequently, there can be no assurance that the actual results or developments anticipated by us will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the expected consequences to, or effects on, us.


17


Table of Contents

 
Use of Proceeds
 
Assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range indicated on the cover of this prospectus, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds of $123.5 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $8.4 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
We intend to use all of the net proceeds of this offering to prepay approximately $49.6 million of the outstanding debt under our credit facility, approximately $42.2 million to retire our senior subordinated notes and accrued interest, and approximately $31.7 million to retire our junior subordinated notes, including prepayment penalties and accrued interest. In addition, we intend to use approximately $33.7 million of borrowings under an anticipated new credit facility, which we anticipate entering into in connection with the consummation of this offering, together with approximately $4.1 million of restricted cash, to retire the approximately $21.4 million remaining balance of existing indebtedness and an aggregate of approximately $11.9 million of outstanding debt under GTS’ credit facility, to pay approximately $1.0 million of refinancing fees, and to pay an aggregate of $3.5 million of transaction fees to terminate management and consulting agreements with certain affiliates concurrent with this offering. See “ Certain Relationships and Related Transactions .”
 
Our current credit facility includes a $50.0 million revolving credit facility, a $40.0 million term note, and a $9.0 million incremental term loan. Our credit facility matures in 2012. Availability under the revolving credit facility is subject to a borrowing base of eligible accounts receivable, as defined in the credit agreement. Interest is payable quarterly at LIBOR plus an applicable margin or, at our option, prime plus an applicable margin. At December 31, 2009, the weighted average interest rate on our credit facility was 5.4%. Principal is payable in quarterly installments ranging from $1.9 million per quarter in 2010 increasing to $2.4 million per quarter through December 31, 2011. A final payment of the outstanding principal balance is due in 2012. The revolving credit facility also provides for the issuance of up to $6.0 million in letters of credit. As of December 31, 2009, we had outstanding letters of credit totaling approximately $4.4 million. As of December 31, 2009, approximately $34.5 million was outstanding under the term loans and $35.7 million was outstanding under the revolving credit facility.
 
Our senior subordinated notes were issued in an aggregate principal amount at maturity of approximately $36.4 million and will mature on August 31, 2012. Each senior subordinated note includes cash interest of 12% plus a deferred margin, payable quarterly, that is treated as deferred interest and is added to the principal balance of the note each quarter. The deferred interest ranges from 3.5% to 7.5% depending on our total leverage calculation, payable at maturity in 2012. As of December 31, 2009, there was $41.1 million in aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes outstanding.
 
Our junior subordinated notes were issued in an aggregate face amount of $19.5 million and will mature February 28, 2013. Our junior subordinated notes include interest of 20% accrued quarterly that is deferred and is added to the principal balance of the note each quarter and is payable at maturity on February 28, 2013. In addition, the junior subordinated notes agreement requires us to pay a premium upon repayment of the junior subordinated notes. The applicable premium is based on the timing of the repayment and begins at 50% of the aggregate principal amount and decreases to 10% over the life of the note. Assuming an offering date of May 10, 2010, we anticipate the prepayment penalty will be approximately $10.6 million and that accrued and unpaid interest will total approximately $1.6 million. As of December 31, 2009, there was $16.8 million in aggregate principal amount of junior subordinated notes outstanding, net of an unaccreted discount of $3.0 million.
 
GTS’ credit facility consists of a term loan facility of $10.3 million, of which approximately $9.9 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2009, and a five-year revolving credit facility of up to $4.0 million, of which approximately $1.0 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2009, the weighted average interest rate on GTS’ credit facility was 4.1%.
 
We will not receive any of the net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders, which are estimated to be approximately $22.3 million. See “ Principal and Selling Stockholders .”
 
Dividend Policy
 
Historically, we have not paid dividends on our common stock, and we currently do not intend to pay any dividends on our common stock after the completion of this offering. We currently plan to retain any earnings to finance the growth of our business rather than to pay cash dividends. Payments of any cash dividends in the future will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, and capital requirements as well as other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Our current debt agreements prohibit us from paying dividends without the consent of our lenders.


18


Table of Contents

 
Capitalization
 
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2009:
 
  n    on an actual basis, taking into account the 149.314-for-one stock split of all of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Series B preferred stock;
 
  n    as adjusted to reflect the sale of 9,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us at an assumed public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range indicated on the cover of this prospectus, the deduction of underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses, the application of the net proceeds we will receive from the offering in the manner described in “ Use of Proceeds ;” and the conversion of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Series B preferred stock (including accrued but unpaid dividends) into a single class of newly authorized common stock; and
 
  n    as further adjusted to reflect the GTS merger that will occur simultaneous with the consummation of this offering.
 
See “ Prospectus Summary — The Offering ” for information relating to the expected number of shares to be outstanding after this offering, which assumes an offering date of May 10, 2010 and reflects (i) an additional 138,809 shares that are attributable to an acquisition-related increase in outstanding GTS shares subsequent to December 31, 2009, and (ii) an additional 112,541 shares that are attributable to the offering-related conversion of dividends that accrue on our Series B preferred stock subsequent to December 31, 2009.
 
                         
    As of December 31, 2009  
          As Adjusted for  
(In thousands, except share data)               Offering and
 
    Actual     Offering     GTS Merger (a)  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 667     $ 667     $ 2,176 (b)
                         
Restricted cash
  $ 4,066 (c)   $ 4,066     $  
                         
                         
Debt:
                       
Credit facility
  $ 70,160     $ 17,380     $  
Senior subordinated notes
    41,134              
Junior subordinated notes
    16,766 (d)            
New credit facility
                  28,689 (e)
                         
Total debt
    128,060       17,380       28,689 (e)
                         
                         
Series A preferred stock subject to mandatory redemption , $.01 par value; 5,000 shares authorized; 5,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted
    5,000       5,000       5,000  
                         
Redeemable common stock (f) :
                       
Class A common stock, $.01 par value; 259,806 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted
    1,740              
                         
Newly issued common stock, $.01 par value; no shares issued and outstanding, actual; 259,806 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted
          3,897       3,897  
                         
Stockholders’ investment (g) :
                       
Series B convertible preferred stock, $.01 par value; 1,791,768 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted (h)
    13,950              
Class A common stock, $.01 par value; 14,567,521 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted
    147              
Class B common stock, $.01 par value; 298,628 shares authorized; 282,502 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted
    3              
Newly issued common stock, $.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding, actual; 25,932,789 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted for the offering; 29,024,304 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted for the offering and GTS merger
          259       290 (i)
Additional paid-in capital
    103,698       238,882 (j)     257,487 (k)
Retained deficit
    (597 )     (15,677 ) (l)     (15,560 ) (m)
                         
Total stockholders’ investment
    117,201       223,464       242,217  
                         
Total capitalization
  $ 252,001     $ 249,741     $ 279,803  
                         
 
(a) The GTS merger is conditioned upon the completion of this offering.
 
(b) Reflects the addition of $1.5 million of cash and cash equivalents held by GTS as of December 31, 2009.
 
(c) See Note 1 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We intend to use this restricted cash, which is reflected in other noncurrent assets in our consolidated balance sheet, together with borrowings under our anticipated new credit facility, to pay $3.5 million of transaction fees, to pay approximately $1.0 million of refinancing fees, and to retire the remaining balance of our outstanding debt and all of GTS’ outstanding debt.


19


Table of Contents

(d) We would have been required to pay approximately $29.6 million to retire our junior subordinated notes as of December 31, 2009. The $16.8 million amount shown does not reflect an unaccreted discount of approximately $3.0 million or prepayment penalties of approximately $9.8 million. Assuming an offering date of May 10, 2010, we expect to use approximately $31.7 million of the net proceeds to retire our junior subordinated notes, which amount includes accrued interest subsequent to December 31, 2009.
 
(e) Reflects the remaining $17.4 million balance of our outstanding debt following application of the net proceeds of this offering, plus (i) approximately $10.9 million, inclusive of accrued and unpaid interest, outstanding under the GTS credit facility as of December 31, 2009, (ii) $3.5 million of transaction fees payable in connection with this offering, and (iii) $1.0 million of financing fees, partially offset by the application of $4.1 million of restricted cash. The aggregate net amount of $28.7 million will be retired with borrowings under our anticipated new credit facility.
 
(f) As indicated in the notes to our consolidated financial statements, certain of our shares of Class A common stock have been classified as redeemable because they must be redeemed if certain employees’ employment with us is terminated due to death or disability. These contractual redemption requirements will continue to be applicable to all of the shares of our newly authorized common stock issued upon the automatic conversion of the redeemable Class A common stock in connection with this offering. In connection with this offering, the approximately $1.7 million carrying value of these shares will be adjusted to their fair value, using the assumed public offering price of $15.00 per share.
 
(g) Excludes (i) 2,058,762 shares issuable upon exercise of options outstanding at December 31, 2009 with a weighted average exercise price of $10.98 per share (includes GTS options to be converted into options to acquire shares of our common stock in connection with the GTS merger), and (ii) 4,016,248 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants outstanding at December 31, 2009 with a weighted average exercise price of $11.21 per share.
 
(h) The 1,791,768 shares shown as outstanding at December 31, 2009 does not include 290,998 shares issuable upon conversion of Series B preferred stock accrued dividends as of December 31, 2009.
 
(i) Reflects the issuance of 3,091,515 shares of our newly authorized common stock pursuant to the GTS merger based on the outstanding shares of GTS common stock as of December 31, 2009. In connection with an acquisition by GTS subsequent to December 31, 2009, GTS’ outstanding shares increased. Accordingly, we will issue an additional 138,809 shares, for an aggregate of 3,230,324 shares, of our common stock pursuant to the GTS merger.
 
(j) Reflects the addition of approximately $137.3 million attributable to our sale of 9,000,000 shares in this offering, partially offset by the approximately $2.2 million adjustment of the carrying value of our redeemable common stock from approximately $1.7 million to approximately $3.9 million as described in footnote (f).
 
(k) Reflects the net addition of approximately $22.1 million attributable to the GTS merger, partially offset by the $3.5 million of transaction fees to be paid to certain affiliates to terminate certain management and consulting agreements in connection with this offering.
 
(l) Reflects a charge of approximately $15.1 million that would have been incurred as of December 31, 2009 in connection with the repayment of our existing indebtedness in connection with this offering, including (i) approximately $9.8 million of prepayment penalties, (ii) the payment of approximately $3.0 million of unaccreted discount on our junior subordinated notes, and (iii) a non-cash write-off of approximately $2.3 million of debt issuance costs in connection with repayment of our existing indebtedness.
 
(m) Reflects the addition of approximately $0.3 million attributable to GTS retained earnings, partially offset by a non-cash write-off of approximately $0.2 million of debt issuance costs in connection with the repayment of GTS debt in connection with this offering.
 
Please read the capitalization table together with the sections of this prospectus entitled “ Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data ” and “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, ” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.


20


Table of Contents

 
Dilution
 
At December 31, 2009, our net tangible book deficit (our total assets reduced by approximately $210.8 million of goodwill, $1.4 million of other intangible assets, and all liabilities) was approximately $93.3 million, or $5.43 per share. At December 31, 2009, GTS had a net tangible book deficit of approximately $15.5 million. Our pro forma net tangible book deficit as of December 31, 2009 was approximately $108.8 million, or $5.37 per share. Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, after giving effect to the GTS merger, divided by the pro forma aggregate number of shares of our common stock outstanding. Pro forma outstanding shares of common stock as of December 31, 2009 gives retroactive effect to (1) the proposed modification of our capital structure in connection with this offering to, among other things, convert our Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Series B preferred stock (including accrued but unpaid dividends) into a single class of new common stock on a 149.314-for-one basis; and (2) the GTS merger.
 
Dilution in net tangible book deficit per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering. After giving effect to our sale of 9,000,000 shares at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and our estimated offering expenses, our adjusted pro forma net tangible book deficit at December 31, 2009 would have been approximately $0.4 million, or $0.01 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $5.36 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $15.01 per share to purchasers of shares in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
 
                 
Assumed initial public offering price per share
          $ 15.00  
                 
Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share as of December 31, 2009
  $ (5.37 )        
Increase per share attributable to new investors
    5.36          
                 
Adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering
            (0.01 )
                 
Dilution per share to new investors
          $ 15.01  
                 
 
The following table summarizes on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2009, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by the new investors at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated expenses of this offering.
 
                                         
(In thousands, except share data)   Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
 
    Number     Percent     Amount     Percent     Per Share  
 
Existing stockholders (1)
    18,683,466       63.8 %   $ 124,270       43.9 %   $ 6.65  
New investors
    10,600,644       36.2 %     159,010       56.1 %   $ 15.00  
                                         
Total
    29,284,110       100.0 %   $ 283,279       100.0 %   $ 9.67  
                                         
 
 
(1) Represents the shares of our common stock held by our stockholders and to be held by GTS stockholders upon completion of the GTS merger, reduced by the number of shares to be sold by selling stockholders in this offering.
 
If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the number of shares held by new investors will increase to 12,190,740 shares, or 39.2% of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering.
 
The discussion and tables above exclude the following:
 
  n    138,809 shares of our common stock that we will issue in connection with the GTS merger attributable to an acquisition-related increase in GTS’ outstanding shares subsequent to December 31, 2009;
 
  n    112,541 shares to be issued upon the offering-related conversion of dividends that accrue on our Series B preferred stock from December 31, 2009 through an assumed offering date of May 10, 2010;
 
  n    1,542,264 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options with a weighted average exercise price of $11.37 per share;
 
  n    516,498 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of GTS options with a weighted average exercise price of $9.79 per share, which will be converted into options to purchase shares of our common stock upon consummation of the GTS merger; and
 
  n    4,016,248 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants with a weighted average exercise price of $11.21 per share.
 
The issuance of such shares of common stock will result in further dilution to new investors.


21


Table of Contents

 
Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data
 
The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated. You should read the following information together with the more detailed information contained in “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.
 
                                         
(In thousands, except share and per share data)                              
    Feb. 22, 2005-
    Years Ended December 31,  
    Dec. 31, 2005 (a)     2006 (b)     2007     2008     2009  
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
                                       
Revenues
  $ 250,950     $ 399,441     $ 538,007     $ 537,378     $ 450,351  
Purchased transportation costs
    180,920       302,296       425,568       432,139       354,069  
Personnel and related benefits
    33,138       49,716       55,354       55,000       48,255  
Other operating expenses
    22,280       33,033       37,311       37,539       32,079  
Depreciation and amortization
    556       1,072       1,840       2,004       2,372  
Acquisition transaction expenses
                            374  
Restructuring and IPO expenses
    646                   3,416        
                                         
Operating income
    13,410       13,324       17,934       7,280       13,202  
Interest expense on long-term debt
    7,529       11,457       13,937       12,352       12,531  
Dividends on preferred stock subject to mandatory redemption
                160       200       200  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
    3,239             1,608              
                                         
Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    2,642       1,867       2,229       (5,272 )     471  
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    1,190       1,184       1,294       (1,438 )     304  
                                         
Net income (loss)
    1,452       683       935       (3,834 )     167  
Accretion of Series B preferred stock
                            (1,950 )
                                         
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 1,452     $ 683     $ 935     $ (3,834 )   $ (1,783 )
                                         
Weighted average common stock outstanding:
                                       
Basic
    12,589,410       13,204,882       15,113,563       15,112,667       15,109,830  
Diluted
    12,589,410       13,204,882       15,133,571       15,112,667       15,109,830  
Earnings (loss) per share available to common stockholders:
                                       
Basic
  $ 0.12     $ 0.05     $ 0.06     $ (0.25 )   $ (0.12 )
Diluted
    0.12       0.05       0.06       (0.25 )     (0.12 )
Pro forma diluted earnings per share (c)
                                    0.01  
Pro forma diluted earnings per share (as adjusted) (d)
                                    0.26  
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                       
Total assets
  $ 206,066     $ 259,711     $ 255,880     $ 255,881     $ 290,835  
Total debt (including current maturities)
    93,122       116,306       102,420       98,854       128,060 (e)
Series A preferred stock subject to mandatory redemption
                5,000       5,000       5,000  
Redeemable common stock
    2,150       1,865       1,765       1,740       1,740  
Total stockholders’ investment
    84,036       102,317       103,870       112,724       117,201  
Other Data:
                                       
EBITDA (e)
  $ 10,727     $ 14,396     $ 18,166     $ 9,284     $ 15,574  
Capital expenditures
    1,531       1,052       1,867       1,098       2,246  
Working capital (end of period)
    7,171       19,946       15,539       13,467       19,453  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    9,119       9,516       12,470       (116 )     (56 )
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (179,638 )     (41,857 )     (3,187 )     (6,534 )     (25,418 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    171,627       34,285       (11,535 )     6,346       25,645  
 
(a) We were formed on February 22, 2005 and acquired all outstanding shares of Dawes Transport at the close of business on March 31, 2005. All outstanding shares of Roadrunner Freight were acquired at the close of business on April 29, 2005 by our controlling stockholder through Thayer LTL Holding Corp., referred to as THC. On June 3, 2005, THC was merged into our company. As such, because we were under common control with Roadrunner Freight as of April 29, 2005, the consolidated statement of operations, consolidated balance sheet, and other data for the periods presented include the results of Roadrunner Freight subsequent to the close of business on April 29, 2005.
 
(b) On October 4, 2006, our controlling stockholder, through Sargent Transportation Group, Inc., referred to as STG, acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of a group of companies collectively referred to as Sargent. On March 14, 2007, STG was merged into our company. As such, because we were under common control with Sargent as of October 4, 2006, the consolidated statements of operations, consolidated balance sheet, and other data for the periods presented include the results of Sargent from October 4, 2006.
 
(c) Pro forma diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the pro forma number of weighted average shares outstanding used in the calculation of diluted earnings per share, but after assuming conversion of our Series B preferred stock (including accrued but unpaid dividends) into shares of our common stock and exercise of any dilutive stock options and warrants.
 
(d) Pro forma diluted earnings per share (as adjusted) is computed by dividing net income, adjusted for the elimination of approximately $10.7 million in interest expense and the related tax benefit of approximately $4.1 million, assuming the retirement of approximately $123.5 million of our outstanding debt (including accrued interest and prepayment penalties), by the pro forma number of weighted average shares outstanding used in the calculation of diluted earnings per share, but after assuming conversion of our Series B preferred stock (including accrued but unpaid dividends) into shares of our


22


Table of Contents

common stock, the exercise of any dilutive stock options and warrants, and the issuance of shares in this offering (all of the proceeds of which issuance will be used to retire our outstanding indebtedness).
 
(e) The total debt amount does not include (i) approximately $9.8 million of prepayment penalties we would have incurred as of December 31, 2009 from the repayment of our junior subordinated notes in connection with this offering, or (ii) approximately $3.0 million of unaccreted discount on our junior subordinated notes.
 
(f) EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization. Our management uses EBITDA as a supplemental measure in evaluating our operating performance and when determining executive incentive compensation. Our management believes that EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance compared to other companies in our industry because it assists in analyzing and benchmarking the performance and value of our business. The calculation of EBITDA eliminates the effects of financing, income taxes, and the accounting effects of capital spending. These items may vary for different companies for reasons unrelated to the overall operating performance of a company’s business. EBITDA is not a financial measure presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. Although our management uses EBITDA as a financial measure to assess the performance of our business compared to that of others in our industry, EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
 
  n    EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures, future requirements for capital expenditures, or contractual commitments;
 
  n    EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
 
  n    EBITDA does not reflect the significant interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debts;
 
  n    although depreciation and amortization are noncash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and
 
  n    other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.
 
Because of these limitations, EBITDA should not be considered a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using EBITDA only supplementally. See the consolidated statements of cash flows included in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following is a reconciliation of EBITDA:
 
                                         
(In thousands)                              
    Feb. 22, 2005-
    Years Ended December 31,  
    Dec. 31, 2005     2006     2007     2008     2009  
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 1,452     $ 683     $ 935     $ (3,834 )   $ 167  
Plus: Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    1,190       1,184       1,294       (1,438 )     304  
Plus: Total interest expense
    7,529       11,457       14,097       12,552       12,731  
Plus: Depreciation and amortization
    556       1,072       1,840       2,004       2,372  
                                         
EBITDA
  $ 10,727     $ 14,396     $ 18,166     $ 9,284     $ 15,574  
                                         
 
The following expenses have not been added to net income (loss) in the calculation of EBITDA above:
 
                                         
(In thousands)                              
    Feb. 22, 2005-
    Years Ended December 31,  
    Dec. 31, 2005     2006     2007     2008     2009  
 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
  $ 3,239     $   –     $ 1,608     $     $  
Restructuring and IPO expenses
    646                   3,416        
Acquisition transaction expenses
                            374  


23


Table of Contents

 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with the information set forth under “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements in this discussion regarding industry outlook, our expectations regarding our future performance, liquidity and capital resources, and other non-historical statements in this discussion are forward-looking statements. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties described under “Risk Factors.” Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements.
 
Company Overview
 
We are a leading non-asset based transportation and logistics services provider offering a full suite of solutions, including customized and expedited less-than-truckload (LTL), truckload (TL) and intermodal brokerage, and domestic and international air. Following the GTS merger, third-party logistics (3PL) and transportation management solutions (TMS) will be added to our service offering. We utilize a proprietary web-enabled technology system and a broad third-party network of transportation providers, comprised of independent contractors (ICs) and purchased power, to serve a diverse customer base in terms of end market focus and annual freight expenditures. Although we service large national accounts, we primarily focus on small to mid-size shippers, which we believe represent an expansive and underserved market. Our customized transportation and logistics solutions are designed to allow our customers to reduce operating costs, redirect resources to core competencies, improve supply chain efficiency, and enhance customer service. Our business model is highly scalable and flexible, featuring a variable cost structure that requires minimal investment in transportation equipment and facilities, thereby enhancing free cash flow generation and returns on our invested capital and assets.
 
Because the GTS merger will not occur until the consummation of this offering, our discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations includes only a discussion of our LTL and TL brokerage businesses, which constitute our two reportable operating segments as of December 31, 2009. Segment operating income is the primary profitability measure used by our chief executive officer in assessing segment performance and allocating resources.
 
Our LTL business, which accounted for approximately 70% of our 2009 revenues, involves the pickup, consolidation, linehaul, deconsolidation, and delivery of LTL shipments throughout the United States and into Mexico, Puerto Rico, and Canada. With a network of 17 leased service centers and over 200 third-party delivery agents, we employ a point-to-point LTL model that we believe represents a competitive advantage over the traditional hub and spoke LTL model in terms of faster transit times, lower incidence of damage, and reduced fuel consumption.
 
Within our TL brokerage business, which accounted for approximately 30% of our 2009 revenues, we arrange the pickup and delivery of TL freight through our network of nine company dispatch offices and 42 independent brokerage agents primarily located throughout the Eastern United States and Canada. We offer temperature-controlled, dry van, and flatbed services and specialize in the transport of refrigerated foods, poultry, and beverages. We believe this specialization provides consistent shipping volume year-over-year.
 
Our success principally depends on our ability to generate revenues through our network of sales personnel and independent brokerage agents and to deliver freight safely, on time, and cost-effectively. Customer shipping demand and over-the-road freight tonnage levels, which are subject to overall economic conditions, ultimately drive increases or decreases in revenues. Our ability to operate profitably and generate cash is also impacted by over-the-road freight capacity, pricing dynamics, customer mix, and our ability to manage costs effectively. Within our LTL business, we typically generate revenues by charging our customers a rate based on shipment weight, distance hauled, and commodity type. This amount is typically comprised of a base rate and fuel surcharge. Within our TL brokerage business, we typically charge a flat rate negotiated on each load.
 
We incur costs that are directly related to the transportation of freight, including purchased transportation costs and commissions paid to our brokerage agents. We also incur indirect costs associated with the transportation of freight that include other operating costs, such as insurance and claims. In addition, we incur personnel-related costs and other operating expenses, collectively discussed herein as other operating expenses, essential to administering our operations. We continually monitor all components of our cost structure and establish annual budgets, which are generally used to benchmark costs incurred on a monthly basis.
 
Purchased transportation costs within our LTL business represent amounts we pay to ICs or purchased power providers and are generally contractually agreed-upon rates. Purchased transportation costs within our TL brokerage business are typically based on negotiated rates for each load hauled. We pay commissions to each brokerage agent based on a percentage of margin generated. Purchased transportation costs are the largest component of our cost structure and are generally higher as a percentage of revenues within our TL brokerage business than within our LTL business. Our purchased transportation costs typically increase or decrease in proportion to revenues.
 
Our ability to maintain or grow existing tonnage levels is impacted by overall economic conditions, shipping demand, and over-the-road freight capacity in North America, as well as by our ability to offer a competitive solution in terms of pricing,


24


Table of Contents

safety, and on-time delivery. We have experienced significant fluctuations in year-over-year tonnage levels in recent years. According to the ATA, beginning in October 2006, the over-the-road freight sector experienced year-over-year declines in tonnage, primarily reflecting a weakening freight environment in the U.S. construction, manufacturing, and retail sectors. During 2009, our LTL tonnage decreased 4.6% from 2008, while LTL tonnage in the U.S. over-the-road freight sector declined 23.2% during the same period.
 
The industry pricing environment also impacts our operating performance. Our LTL pricing is typically measured by billed revenue per hundredweight and is dictated primarily by factors such as average shipment size, shipment frequency and consistency, average length of haul, freight density, and customer and geographic mix. Pricing within our TL brokerage business generally has fewer influential factors than pricing within our LTL business, but is also typically driven by shipment frequency and consistency, average length of haul, and customer and geographic mix. The pricing environment for both our LTL and TL operations generally becomes more competitive during periods of lower industry tonnage levels and increased capacity within the over-the-road freight sector.
 
The transportation industry is dependent upon the availability of adequate fuel supplies. We experienced significantly higher average fuel prices during 2008 compared to 2009. Our LTL business typically charges a fuel surcharge based on changes in diesel fuel prices compared to a national index. Although revenues from fuel surcharges generally more than offset increases in fuel costs, other operating costs have been, and may continue to be, impacted by fluctuating fuel prices. The total impact of higher energy prices on other nonfuel-related expenses is difficult to ascertain. We cannot predict future fuel price fluctuations, the impact of higher energy prices on other cost elements, recoverability of higher fuel costs through fuel surcharges, and the effect of fuel surcharges on our overall rate structure or the total price that we will receive from our customers. Depending on the changes in the fuel rates and the impact on costs in other fuel- and energy-related areas, operating margins could be impacted. Whether fuel prices fluctuate or remain constant, our operating income may be adversely affected if competitive pressures limit our ability to recover fuel surcharges. The operating income of our TL brokerage business is not impacted directly by changes in fuel rates as we are able to pass through fuel costs to our customers.
 
Recent Developments and Outlook
 
We are in the process of compiling our results for the first quarter of 2010, which includes the full quarter impact of our December 2009 Bullet acquisition described in this prospectus. We expect to report the following results:
 
                 
    Quarter Ended March 31,  
    2009 (1)     2010 (2)  
    (in millions)  
 
Revenues
  $ 104.4     $ 127.2  
Operating income
    2.1       6.5  
Net income (loss)
    (0.6 )     1.7  
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
    (1.1 )     1.2  
 
 
(1) Our results for the first quarter of 2009 do not reflect the impact of the December 2009 Bullet acquisition.
 
(2) Our results for the first quarter of 2010 do not reflect the impact of this offering.
 
In December 2009, we acquired certain assets and related operations of Bullet Freight Systems, Inc. The acquired operations had aggregate revenues of approximately $48 million for the period from January 1, 2009 to the acquisition date of December 11, 2009. The impact of Bullet on our net income during that period would have been immaterial. Given identified operating efficiencies and synergies associated with the Bullet integration, we expect the acquired operations to generate approximately $50 million in revenues and contribute over $9 million to our operating income in 2010. These expectations are based upon certain assumptions, which include, but are not limited to, the elimination of corporate overhead costs and operating headquarters that were not acquired or assumed in the Bullet acquisition, the integration of certain of the acquired terminal operations into our existing terminal operations, and revenue growth of approximately 6% resulting primarily from anticipated new customer growth and higher estimated average fuel prices in 2010 as compared with 2009.
 
In addition, concurrent with the consummation of this offering, we will acquire GTS through the GTS merger. In 2009, GTS had revenues of approximately $35 million. GTS is in the process of compiling its financial results for the first quarter of 2010 and expects to report approximately $14.2 million in revenues and approximately $0.8 million of operating income, as compared with approximately $6.4 million in revenues and approximately break-even operating income from the first quarter of 2009. The first quarter 2010 results reflect GTS’ acquisitions of two businesses in 2009 and an additional business in mid-February 2010. Based upon the outlook for GTS for 2010, including the full year impact of GTS’ recent acquisitions, we expect GTS to generate approximately $60 million in revenues and approximately $5 million in operating income for 2010. These expectations are based upon certain assumptions, which include but are not limited to inclusion for the full year of operating results for the acquisitions completed by GTS, combined revenue growth of approximately 12% primarily due to new customer growth, and purchased transportation costs as a percentage of revenues consistent with historical levels attained in


25


Table of Contents

the final three fiscal quarters of 2009. As a result of the common control of both GTS and our company, following the GTS merger our results of operations will include the results of GTS from February 29, 2008.
 
THE FORWARD-LOOKING EXPECTATIONS SET FORTH ABOVE ARE BASED ON ASSUMPTIONS THAT ARE INHERENTLY SUBJECT TO UNCERTAINTIES AND CONTINGENCIES, SOME OF WHICH ARE BEYOND OUR CONTROL. ALTHOUGH OUR EXPECTATIONS REFLECT THE MOST RELEVANT AND UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO US, THERE MAY BE MATERIAL DIFFERENCES BETWEEN ACTUAL AND EXPECTED RESULTS AND THIS INFORMATION SHOULD NOT BE RELIED UPON AS BEING NECESSARILY INDICATIVE OF FUTURE RESULTS. NEITHER OUR MANAGEMENT NOR ANY OF OUR REPRESENTATIVES INTENDS TO UPDATE OR OTHERWISE REVISE THESE EXPECTATIONS TO REFLECT NEW CIRCUMSTANCES, AND WE WILL NOT REFER BACK TO THESE EXPECTATIONS IN OUR FUTURE PERIODIC REPORTS FILED WITH THE SEC. NEITHER OUR INDEPENDENT AUDITORS, NOR ANY OTHER INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS, HAVE COMPILED, EXAMINED, OR PERFORMED ANY PROCEDURES WITH RESPECT TO THE PROSPECTIVE EXPECTATIONS SET FORTH ABOVE, NOR HAVE THEY EXPRESSED ANY OPINION OR ANY OTHER FORM OF ASSURANCE ON SUCH INFORMATION OR ITS ACHIEVABILITY, AND ASSUME NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR, AND DISCLAIM ANY ASSOCIATION WITH, SUCH EXPECTATIONS. SEE RISK FACTOR “THE EXPECTED RESULTS FROM OUR 2009 BULLET ACQUISITION AND THE GTS MERGER MAY VARY SIGNIFICANTLY FROM OUR EXPECTATIONS” IN “ RISK FACTORS .”
 
Following this offering we expect to incur reduced interest expense primarily attributable to the reduction of approximately $123.5 million of our outstanding indebtedness. This reduction in interest expense is expected to be partially offset by the incurrence of additional indebtedness in connection with the GTS merger. In addition, in connection with the refinancing, we will incur a one-time charge, expected to be recognized in the second quarter of 2010 when this offering is completed, of approximately $15.2 million. This charge consists of (i) approximately $10.6 million of prepayment penalties, (ii) the payment of approximately $2.6 million of unaccreted discount on our junior subordinated notes, and (iii) the non-cash write-off of approximately $2.0 million of deferred debt issuance costs.
 
We are a private company and are not currently required to prepare or file periodic and other reports with the SEC under the applicable U.S. federal securities laws or to comply with the requirements of U.S. federal securities laws applicable to public companies, such as Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Following this offering we will be required to implement additional corporate governance practices and to adhere to a variety of reporting requirements and accounting rules. Compliance with these and other Sarbanes-Oxley Act obligations will require significant time and resources from management and will increase our legal, insurance, and financial compliance costs. We anticipate that we will incur approximately $1.0 million in additional annual legal, insurance, and financial compliance costs related to Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance and other public company expenses.
 
Results of Operations
 
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our consolidated statement of operations data and such statement of operations data expressed as a percentage of total revenue.
 
                                                 
     (In thousands)   Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Revenues
  $ 538,007       100.0 %   $ 537,378       100.0 %   $ 450,351       100.0 %
Purchased transportation costs
    425,568       79.1 %     432,139       80.4 %     354,069       78.6 %
Personnel and related benefits
    55,354       10.3 %     55,000       10.2 %     48,255       10.7 %
Other operating expenses
    37,311       6.9 %     37,539       7.0 %     32,079       7.1 %
Depreciation and amortization
    1,840       0.3 %     2,004       0.4 %     2,372       0.5 %
Acquisition transaction expenses
          0.0 %           0.0 %     374       0.1 %
Restructuring and IPO expenses
          0.0 %     3,416       0.6 %           0.0 %
                                                 
Operating income
    17,934       3.3 %     7,280       1.4 %     13,202       2.9 %
Interest expense
    14,097       2.6 %     12,552       2.3 %     12,731       2.8 %
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
    1,608       0.3 %           0.0 %           0.0 %
                                                 
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
    2,229       0.4 %     (5,272 )     (1.0 )%     471       0.1 %
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    1,294       0.2 %     (1,438 )     (0.3 )%     304       0.1 %
                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 935       0.2 %   $ (3,834 )     (0.7 )%   $ 167       0.0 %
                                                 


26


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
Revenues
 
Revenues decreased by $87.0 million, or 16.2%, to $450.4 million during 2009 from $537.4 million during 2008. Despite adding over 6,000 new LTL customers in 2009 (excluding customers added in connection with the Bullet acquisition), LTL revenues decreased by $50.4 million, or 13.8%, to $316.1 million during 2009 from $366.5 million during 2008. This was primarily a result of declines in over-the-road freight tonnage, a competitive pricing environment, and declines in diesel fuel prices. During 2009, our LTL tonnage decreased 4.6% from 2008, while LTL tonnage in the U.S. over-the-road freight sector declined 23.2% during the same period. Our LTL tonnage decline compared to prior-year levels abated in each of the first three quarters of 2009 and we experienced tonnage growth of 0.6% during October 2009, 14.0% during November 2009, and 24.6% during December 2009 over prior-year levels. This trend resulted primarily from a 19% increase in our monthly average number of LTL customers during 2009 compared to 2008. We believe that this trend will continue and favorably impact our results in 2010. In that regard, our monthly average number of LTL customers increased 25% during the first quarter of 2010 over to the same period in 2009. In 2009, our LTL revenue per hundredweight, including fuel surcharges, decreased 9.7% from 2008, while LTL revenue per hundredweight in the U.S. over-the-road freight sector declined 12.1% during the same period. TL brokerage revenues declined by $36.6 million, or 21.4%, to $134.8 million during 2009 from $171.4 million during 2008, primarily due to market tonnage declines, a competitive pricing environment, and declines in diesel fuel prices from historic highs experienced in 2008. We partially offset these market factors by continuing to expand our TL brokerage agent network from 24 agents as of June 30, 2008 to 42 agents as of December 31, 2009. We believe this will enhance our TL brokerage revenue growth in the future.
 
Purchased Transportation Costs
 
Purchased transportation costs decreased by $78.0 million, or 18.1%, to $354.1 million during 2009 from $432.1 million during 2008. LTL purchased transportation costs decreased by $43.7 million, or 15.6%, to $235.6 million during 2009 from $279.3 million during 2008, and decreased as a percentage of LTL revenues to 74.5% from 76.2%. Lower freight density and lower revenue per hundredweight were more than offset by our cost reduction initiatives, such as terminal consolidations and targeted rate negotiations with our third-party transportation network. TL brokerage purchased transportation costs decreased by $34.3 million, or 22.4%, to $119.1 million during 2009 from $153.4 million during 2008. As a percentage of TL brokerage revenues, this decrease represents a modest improvement to 88.3% from 89.5%.
 
Other Operating Expenses
 
Other operating expenses (which, in this paragraph, reflects the sum of the personnel and related benefits, other operating expenses, acquisition transaction expenses, and restructuring and IPO expenses line items from the “ Results of Operations ” table above) decreased by $15.3 million, or 15.9%, to $80.7 million during 2009 from $96.0 million during 2008. Within our LTL business, other operating expenses decreased by $11.1 million, or 13.7%, to $69.4 million during 2009 from $80.5 million during 2008. Due to our scalable operating model and targeted cost reduction initiatives, LTL other operating expenses as a percentage of LTL revenues in 2009 remained consistent with 2008 at 22.0%, despite $0.4 million of non-recurring expenses related to the Bullet acquisition in 2009. Within our TL brokerage business, other operating expenses declined $1.0 million, or 8.6%, to $10.8 million during 2009 from $11.8 million during 2008. As a percentage of TL brokerage revenues, this represents an increase to 8.0% from 6.9% and is primarily due to revenue declines resulting from declines in TL industry tonnage and pricing, including fuel costs, as well as increased investment in our TL brokerage agent recruitment efforts. Other operating expenses that were not allocated to our LTL or TL brokerage businesses declined by $3.2 million to $0.5 million during 2009 from $3.7 million during 2008. The $0.5 million incurred during 2009 represents stock-based compensation expense. Of the $3.7 million incurred during 2008, $0.4 million represents management fees that were subsequently waived, $0.7 million represents stock-based compensation expense, and the remaining $2.6 million represents expenses incurred in 2008 as a result of our postponed IPO efforts.
 
Depreciation and Amortization
 
Depreciation and amortization increased to $2.4 million during 2009 from $2.0 million during 2008. Within our LTL business, depreciation and amortization increased by $0.3 million to $1.7 million during 2009 from $1.4 million during 2008, primarily as a result of our decision to replace high cost leased trailers with used trailers. While we do not own the tractors and other powered transportation equipment used to transport our customers’ freight, we own approximately 900 trailers for use in local city pickup and delivery. The depreciation related to these trailers was $0.4 million during 2009. Depreciation and amortization within our TL brokerage business increased by $0.1 million to $0.7 million during 2009 from $0.6 million during 2008.


27


Table of Contents

Operating Income
 
Operating income increased by $5.9 million, or 81.3%, to $13.2 million during 2009 from $7.3 million in 2008. As a percentage of revenues, operating income increased to 2.9% during 2009 from 1.4% during 2008. Within our LTL business, operating income increased by $4.0 million, or 75.0%, to $9.4 million during 2009 from $5.4 million during 2008, which represents an increase as a percentage of LTL revenues to 3.0% during 2009 from 1.5% during 2008. Operating income within our TL brokerage business decreased by $1.3 million, or 22.9%, to $4.3 million during 2009 from $5.6 million during 2008. This represents a slight decline as a percentage of TL brokerage revenues to 3.2% during 2009 from 3.3% during 2008. As discussed above, other operating expenses that were not allocated to our LTL or TL brokerage businesses declined by $3.2 million to $0.5 million during 2009 from $3.7 million during 2008. This positively impacted our operating income by $3.2 million during 2009.
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense was relatively flat from 2008 to 2009, increasing modestly to $12.7 million during 2009 from $12.6 million during 2008.
 
Income Tax
 
Income tax provision was $0.3 million during 2009 compared to a benefit of $1.4 million during 2008. The effective tax rate was 64.5% during 2009 compared to a benefit of 27.3% during 2008. The effective income tax rate in each year varies from the federal statutory rate of 35.0% primarily due to state and Canadian income taxes as well as the impact of items causing permanent differences, the largest of which are meals and entertainment.
 
Net Income (Loss) Available to Common Stockholders
 
Net loss available to common stockholders decreased by $2.1 million to $1.8 million during 2009 from a net loss of $3.8 million during 2008. Net loss available to common stockholders in 2009 was impacted by $2.0 million of accretion of Series B preferred stock dividends. Upon completion of this offering, the shares of Series B preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock and such accretion will be eliminated as of the date of conversion.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
Revenues
 
Revenues decreased by $0.6 million, or 0.1%, to $537.4 million during 2008 from $538.0 million during 2007. Despite declines in over-the-road freight tonnage and a competitive pricing environment, LTL revenues increased by $4.7 million, or 1.3%, to $366.5 million from $361.8 million in 2007. This increase was primarily due to net new business awards and fuel price increases that more than offset industry declines in pricing and tonnage. TL brokerage revenues declined $4.9 million, or 2.8%, to $171.4 million during 2008 from $176.3 million during 2007. This was primarily due to market tonnage declines and a competitive pricing environment, partially offset by higher fuel prices.
 
Purchased Transportation Costs
 
Purchased transportation costs increased by $6.5 million, or 1.5%, to $432.1 million during 2008 from $425.6 million during 2007. LTL purchased transportation costs increased by $10.3 million, or 3.8%, to $279.3 million during 2008 from $269.0 million during 2007 and increased as a percentage of LTL revenues to 76.2% in 2008 from 74.3% in 2007. Increases in fuel costs paid to carriers and lower freight density were partially offset by targeted cost reduction initiatives implemented during 2007 to streamline our cost structure and enhance our position in the event of a market rebound. These initiatives included increasing our recruitment and utilization of ICs where more cost-effective, improving carrier selection tools within our technology system, renegotiating more favorable contracts with delivery agents, and increasing the number of deliveries direct to end users and through our service centers. TL brokerage purchased transportation costs decreased by $3.3 million, or 2.1%, to $153.4 million during 2008 from $156.7 million during 2007. As a percentage of TL brokerage revenues, this represented a modest increase to 89.5% during 2008 from 88.9% during 2007.
 
Other Operating Expenses
 
Other operating expenses (which, in this paragraph, reflects the sum of personnel and related benefits, other operating expenses, acquisition transaction expenses, and restructuring and IPO expenses line items from the “Results of Operations” table above) increased by $3.3 million, or 3.6%, to $96.0 million during 2008 from $92.7 million during 2007. Other operating expenses within our LTL business increased modestly by $0.1 million to $80.5 million during 2008 from $80.4 million in 2007. This was primarily as a result of non-recurring restructuring expenses related to the implementation of cost reduction initiatives, partially offset by increased operating efficiency and savings under a consolidated insurance program. Within our


28


Table of Contents

TL brokerage business, other operating expenses increased by $0.6 million to $11.8 million during 2008 from $11.2 million during 2007, primarily as a result of further investment in TL brokerage agent recruitment efforts. Other operating expenses that were not allocated to our LTL or TL brokerage businesses increased by $2.6 million to $3.7 million during 2008 from $1.1 million during 2007. Of the $1.1 million incurred during 2007, $0.4 million represents management fees that were subsequently waived and $0.7 million represents stock-based compensation expense. Of the $3.7 million incurred during 2008, $0.4 million represents management fees that were subsequently waived, $0.7 million represents stock-based compensation expense, and the remaining $2.6 million represents expenses incurred in 2008 as a result of our postponed IPO efforts.
 
Depreciation and Amortization
 
Depreciation and amortization increased by $0.2 million to $2.0 million during 2008 from $1.8 million during 2007. Within our LTL business, depreciation and amortization increased modestly to $1.4 million during 2008 from $1.2 million during 2007. TL brokerage depreciation and amortization was $0.6 million in both years.
 
Operating Income
 
Operating income decreased by $10.6 million, or 59.4%, to $7.3 million in 2008 from $17.9 million during 2007. As a percentage of revenues, operating income decreased to 1.4% during 2008 from 3.3% during 2007. Within our LTL business, operating income decreased by $5.8 million to $5.4 million during 2008 from $11.2 million during 2007, which represents a decline as a percentage of LTL revenues to 1.5% during 2008 from 3.1% during 2007. Operating income within our TL brokerage business decreased by $2.2 million to $5.6 million during 2008 from $7.8 million during 2007. This represents a decline as a percentage of TL brokerage revenues to 3.3% during 2008 from 4.4% during 2007. As discussed above, other operating expenses that were not allocated to our LTL or TL brokerage businesses increased by $2.6 million to $3.7 million during 2008 from $1.1 million during 2007. This negatively impacted our operating income by $2.6 million during 2008.
 
Interest Expense and Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt
 
Interest expense decreased by $1.5 million, or 11.0%, to $12.6 million during 2008 from $14.1 million during 2007.
 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt of $1.6 million during 2007 relates to the refinancing on March 14, 2007 in conjunction with our merger with Sargent.
 
Income Tax
 
Income tax benefit was $1.4 million during 2008 compared to a provision of $1.3 million during 2007. The effective tax rate was a benefit of 27.3% during 2008 compared to 58.1% during 2007. The effective income tax rate in each year varies from the federal statutory rate of 35.0% primarily due to state and Canadian income taxes and due to the impact of items causing permanent differences , the largest of which are meals and entertainment.
 
Net Income Available to Common Stockholders
 
Net income decreased by $4.7 million to a net loss of $3.8 million during 2008 from net income of $0.9 million during 2007.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Historically, our primary sources of cash have been borrowings under our revolving credit facility, sales of subordinated notes, equity contributions, and cash flow from operations. Our primary cash needs are to fund normal working capital requirements, to finance capital expenditures and to repay our indebtedness. As of December 31, 2009, we had $0.7 million in cash and cash equivalents, $19.5 million in working capital, and $4.4 million of availability under our credit facility.
 
We intend to use all of the net proceeds of this offering to prepay approximately $49.6 million of the outstanding debt under our existing credit facility described below, approximately $42.2 million to retire our senior subordinated notes and accrued interest, and approximately $31.7 million to retire our junior subordinated notes, including prepayment penalties and accrued interest. In addition, we intend to use approximately $33.7 million of borrowings under an anticipated new credit facility described below, which we anticipate entering into in connection with the consummation of this offering, together with approximately $4.1 million of restricted cash, to retire the approximately $21.4 million remaining balance of our existing indebtedness and an aggregate of approximately $11.9 million of outstanding debt under GTS’ credit facility, to pay approximately $1.0 million of refinancing fees, and to pay an aggregate of $3.5 million of transaction fees to terminate management and consulting agreements with certain affiliates concurrent with this offering. See “ Certain Relationships and Related Transactions. ” As a result, immediately following this offering and the GTS merger, we will not have any outstanding debt except for the approximately $33.7 million of estimated borrowings under the new credit facility.


29


Table of Contents

In addition to the contractual obligations described below, we expect that our and GTS’ 2010 capital expenditures will total approximately $2.0 million. We may also be required to pay up to $3.5 million in contingent cash consideration pursuant to the agreement governing the February 2008 acquisition of the operating subsidiaries of GTS. Moreover, we may be required to make aggregate contingent payments of $3.0 million to former owners of businesses that were recently acquired by GTS. Such contingent payments would be paid using funds from our operations or borrowings under our new credit facility.
 
Although we can provide no assurances, the net proceeds from this offering, together with amounts available under our anticipated new credit facility, net cash provided by operating activities, and available cash and cash equivalents should be adequate to finance working capital and planned capital expenditures for at least the next twelve months. Thereafter, we may find it necessary to obtain additional equity or debt financing as we continue to execute our business strategy. In the event additional financing is required, we may not be able to raise it on acceptable terms or at all.
 
Cash Flow
 
A summary of operating, investing and financing activities are shown in the following table:
 
                         
(In thousands)   Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Net cash provided by (used in):
                       
Operating activities
  $ 12,470     $ (116 )   $ (56 )
Investing activities
    (3,187 )     (6,534 )     (25,418 )
Financing activities
    (11,535 )     6,346       25,645  
                         
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
  $ (2,252 )   $ (304 )   $ 171  
                         
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
 
Cash provided by (used in) our operating activities primarily consists of net income (loss) adjusted for certain non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization, loss on early extinguishment of debt, deferred interest, share-based compensation, provision for bad debts, deferred taxes and the effect of changes in working capital and other activities.
 
Cash used in operating activities was $0.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2009 and consisted of $0.2 million of net income plus $7.4 million of non-cash items, consisting primarily of depreciation and amortization, deferred interest and deferred taxes, less $7.7 million of net cash used for working capital purposes and other activities. Cash used for working capital and other activities during 2009 reflected a $4.7 million increase in accounts receivable, a $1.4 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets, a $2.1 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses, and a $0.5 million increase in other liabilities.
 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
 
Cash used in investing activities was $25.4 million during 2009 compared to cash used of $6.5 million during 2008. Our 2009 cash used in investing activities reflects our December 2009 acquisition of certain assets of Bullet Freight Systems, Inc. for $24.2 million, the release of $0.9 million of restricted assets for covenant compliance purposes as well as $2.2 million of capital expenditures used to support our operations.
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
 
Cash provided by financing activities was $25.6 million during 2009 compared to cash provided of $6.3 million during 2008. Our 2009 cash provided by financing activities reflects our net borrowings of $25.5 million for the Bullet acquisition and $0.1 million for working capital and general corporate purposes.
 
Existing Credit Facility
 
On March 14, 2007, we entered into an amended and restated credit agreement, which has been amended since that time and is collectively referred to as our credit facility. Our credit facility is secured by all of our assets and includes a $50.0 million revolving credit facility, a $40.0 million term note, and a $9.0 million incremental term loan. Our credit facility matures in 2012. Availability under the revolving credit facility is subject to a borrowing base of eligible accounts receivable, as defined in the credit agreement. Interest is payable quarterly at LIBOR plus an applicable margin or, at our option, prime plus an applicable margin. Principal is payable in quarterly installments ranging from $1.9 million per quarter in 2010 increasing to $2.4 million per quarter through December 31, 2011. A final payment of the outstanding principal balance is due in 2012. The revolving credit facility also provides for the issuance of up to $6.0 million in letters of credit. As of December 31, 2009, we had outstanding letters of credit totaling approximately $4.4 million. As of December 31, 2009,


30


Table of Contents

approximately $34.5 million was outstanding under the term loans and $35.7 million was outstanding under the revolving credit facility. In addition, we had approximately $4.4 million available under the revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2009. Our credit facility also includes covenants that require us to, among other things, maintain a specified fixed charge coverage ratio and maximum total leverage levels. We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2009.
 
New Credit Facility
 
In April 2010, we and U.S. Bank National Association signed a commitment letter with respect to a new five-year $55 million revolving credit facility effective upon the consummation of this offering. We currently expect to use approximately $33.7 million of borrowings under the new facility, together with the net proceeds from this offering and our restricted cash, to retire all of our and GTS’ outstanding debt, as well as pay approximately $4.5 million of transaction expenses. Borrowings under the credit facility will be subject to a borrowing base equal to 85% of eligible accounts receivable. We anticipate that our new revolving credit facility will be (i) jointly and severally guaranteed by each of our subsidiaries; (ii) secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of our subsidiaries’ tangible and intangible personal property; and (iii) secured by a pledge of all of the capital stock of our subsidiaries.
 
We also expect that our new revolving credit facility will require us to meet financial tests, including a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum cash flow leverage ratio. In addition, our new revolving credit facility will contain negative covenants limiting, among other things, additional indebtedness, capital expenditures, transactions with affiliates, additional liens, sales of assets, dividends, investments and advances, prepayments of debt, mergers and acquisitions, and other matters customarily restricted in such agreements. Our new revolving credit facility will contain customary events of default, including payment defaults, breaches of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, events of bankruptcy and insolvency, failure of any guaranty or security document supporting the new revolving credit facility to be in full force and effect, and a change of control of our business.
 
Our borrowings under the new revolving credit facility will bear interest at LIBOR plus the applicable LIBOR margin of 2.5% - 3.0%, or the stated base rate plus the applicable base rate margin of 1.5% - 2.0%. The applicable margins with respect to the revolving credit facility will vary from time to time in accordance with agreed upon pricing grids based on our total cash flow leverage ratio.
 
Subordinated Debt
 
Our senior subordinated notes were issued in an aggregate principal amount at maturity of approximately $36.4 million and will mature on August 31, 2012. Each senior subordinated note includes cash interest of 12% plus a deferred margin, payable quarterly, that is treated as deferred interest and is added to the principal balance of the note each quarter. The deferred interest ranges from 3.5% to 7.5% depending on our total leverage calculation, payable at maturity in 2012. As of December 31, 2009, there was $41.1 million in aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes outstanding.
 
Our junior subordinated notes were issued in an aggregate face amount of $19.5 million and will mature February 28, 2013. Our junior subordinated notes include interest of 20% accrued quarterly that is deferred and is added to the principal balance of the note each quarter and is payable at maturity on February 28, 2013. In addition, the junior subordinated notes agreement requires us to pay a premium upon repayment of the junior subordinated notes. The applicable premium is based on the timing of the repayment and begins at 50% of the aggregate principal amount and decreases to 10% over the life of the note. As of December 31, 2009, there was $16.8 million in aggregate principal amount of junior subordinated notes outstanding, net of an unaccreted discount of $3.0 million.
 
Contractual Obligations
 
As of December 31, 2009, we had the following contractual obligations:
 
                                         
(In thousands)                              
    Payments Due by Period  
          Less than
    1-3
    3-5
    More than
 
    Total     1 Year     Years     Years     5 Years  
 
Long-term debt (a)
  $ 180,597     $ 16,061     $ 124,291     $ 40,245     $  
Capital leases
    960       427       427       106        
Operating leases
    29,980       6,274       9,867       7,225       6,614  
Preferred stock subject to mandatory redemption
    5,583       200       5,383              
                                         
Total
  $ 217,120     $ 22,962     $ 139,968     $ 47,576     $ 6,614  
                                         
 
 
(a) We expect to retire all of our existing indebtedness and enter into a new revolving credit facility in connection with this offering. We expect that our outstanding indebtedness under our new revolving credit facility will total approximately $33.7 million immediately after this offering, all of which will be due and payable on the fifth anniversary of this offering.


31


Table of Contents

 
Contractual obligations for long-term debt include required principal and interest payments on our credit facility, senior subordinated notes, and junior subordinated notes. The interest rates on these long-term debt obligations are variable and the amounts in the table represent payments on the credit facility, senior subordinated notes, and junior subordinated notes assuming rates of 5.4%, 18.5%, and 20.0% respectively, as were in effect on December 31, 2009.
 
Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest at a floating rate and may be maintained as alternate base rate loans or as LIBOR rate loans. Alternate base rate loans bear interest at (1) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%, (2) the prime rate plus the applicable base rate margin, which margin is 1% to 3.5%, and (3) the LIBOR rate for a 30-day interest period plus 1%. LIBOR rate loans bear interest at the LIBOR rate, as described in the credit facility, plus the applicable LIBOR rate margin, which margin is 2.5% to 5%. At December 31, 2009, the weighted average interest rate on our credit facility was 5.4%. Our senior subordinated notes include cash interest of 12% plus a deferred margin that is treated as payment of deferred interest and is added to the principal balance of the notes each quarter. The deferred interest ranges from 3.5% to 7.5% depending on our total leverage calculation. Our junior subordinated notes include interest of 20% accrued quarterly that is deferred and is added to the principal balance of the note each quarter and is payable at maturity on February 2013.
 
The table does not reflect our planned use of proceeds from this offering to reduce outstanding indebtedness or to pay transaction fees of $3.5 million to certain of our affiliates in connection with this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, other than operating leases as disclosed in the table of Contractual Obligations.
 
Seasonality
 
The transportation industry is subject to seasonal sales fluctuations as shipments generally are lower during and immediately after the winter holiday season because shippers generally tend to reduce the number of shipments during that time. This is because merchandise to be sold or used during the holiday season is generally manufactured, shipped, and delivered before the holiday season. In addition, inclement weather can impede operations and increase operating expenses because harsh weather can lead to increased accident frequency and increased claims. For these reasons, transportation sales have historically been higher in the third quarter of the calendar year than in the fourth quarter.
 
Effects of Inflation
 
Based on our analysis of the periods presented, we believe that inflation has not had a material effect on our operating results as inflationary increases in fuel and labor costs have generally been offset through fuel surcharges and price increases.
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
Commodity Risk
 
In our LTL and TL businesses, our primary market risk centers on fluctuations in fuel prices, which can affect our profitability. Diesel fuel prices fluctuate significantly due to economic, political, and other factors beyond our control. Our ICs and purchased power pass along the cost of diesel fuel to us, and we in turn attempt to pass along some or all of these costs to our customers through fuel surcharge revenue programs. There can be no assurance that our fuel surcharge revenue programs will be effective in the future. Market pressures may limit our ability to pass along our fuel surcharges.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
We have exposure to changes in interest rates on our revolving credit facility and term notes. The interest rate on these credit facilities fluctuates based on the prime rate or LIBOR plus an applicable margin. Assuming the $50.0 million revolving credit facility was fully drawn, a 1.0% increase in the borrowing rate would increase our annual interest expense by $0.5 million. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative trading purposes and are not engaged in any interest rate swap agreements.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires that we make estimates and assumptions. In certain circumstances, those estimates and assumptions can affect amounts reported in the accompanying financial statements and related footnotes. In preparing our financial statements, we have made our best estimates and judgments of certain amounts included in the financial statements, giving due consideration to materiality. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe


32


Table of Contents

to be reasonable. Application of the accounting policies described below involves the exercise of judgment and use of assumptions as to future uncertainties and, as a result, actual results could differ from these estimates. The following is a brief discussion of our critical accounting policies and estimates.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangibles
 
Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the estimated fair value assigned to the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of a business acquired. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually in our second quarter using a two-step process that begins with an estimation of the fair value at the “reporting unit” level. Our reporting units are our operating segments as this is the lowest level for which discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management. The impairment test for goodwill involves comparing the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is required to measure the goodwill impairment loss. The second step includes hypothetically valuing all the tangible and intangible assets of the reporting unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Then, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is compared to the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, we recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to the excess, not to exceed the carrying amount. For purposes of our impairment test, the fair value of our reporting units are calculated based upon an average of an income fair value approach and market fair value approach. Based on these tests, we have concluded that the fair value for all reporting units is substantially in excess of the respective reporting unit’s carrying value. Accordingly, no goodwill impairments were identified in 2009, 2008, or 2007.
 
Other intangible assets recorded consist of two definite lived customer lists. We evaluate our other intangible assets for impairment when current facts or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets to be held and used may not be recoverable. No indicators of impairment were identified in 2009, 2008, or 2007.
 
Income Taxes
 
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of assets and liabilities at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such amounts are recovered or settled. The use of estimates by management is required to determine income tax expense, deferred tax assets and any related valuation allowance and deferred tax liabilities. The determination of a valuation allowance is based on estimates of future taxable income by jurisdiction in which the deferred tax assets will be recoverable. In making such a determination, all available positive and negative evidence, scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations, is considered. When evaluating the need for a valuation allowance as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we considered that we achieved cumulative net income before provision for income taxes for the most recent three years, after considering the impact of offering expenses. Further, we expect to achieve cost savings from the restructuring and synergies related to the Bullet acquisition that will further increase our ability to realize the benefits of the net operating loss carry forwards. The tax deductibility of the goodwill related to our acquisitions will reduce taxable income in future years; however, under our current structure, we estimate that we will generate taxable income in 2010 and will utilize all existing net operating losses carry forwards before their expiration. These estimates can be affected by a number of factors, including possible tax audits or general economic conditions or competitive pressures that could affect future taxable income. Although management believes that the estimates are reasonable, the deferred tax asset and any related valuation allowance will need to be adjusted if management’s estimates of future taxable income differ from actual taxable income. An adjustment to the deferred tax asset and any related valuation allowance could materially impact the consolidated results of operations. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, there was no valuation allowance recorded.
 
At December 31, 2009, we had $37.1 million of gross federal net operating losses which are available to reduce federal income taxes in future years and expire in the years 2025 through 2029. We are subject to federal and state tax examinations for all tax years subsequent to December 31, 2005. Although the pre-2006 years are no longer subject to examinations by the Internal Revenue Service and various state taxing authorities, NOL carryforwards generated in those years may still be adjusted upon examination by the IRS or state taxing authorities if they have been or will be used in the future.
 
As of December 31, 2009, we had no unrecognized tax benefits recorded and no income tax related interest or penalties accrued. It is our policy to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of our income tax expense.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
LTL revenue is recorded when all of the following have occurred: an agreement of sale exists; pricing is fixed or determinable; and collection of revenue is reasonably assured. We use a percentage of completion method to recognize revenue, which results in an allocation of revenue between reporting periods based on the distinctive phases of each LTL


33


Table of Contents

transaction completed in each reporting period, with expenses recognized as incurred. In accordance with ASC 605-20-25-13, management believes that this is the most appropriate method for LTL revenue recognition based on the multiple distinct phases of a typical LTL transaction, which is in contrast to the single phase of a typical TL transaction.
 
TL revenue is recorded when all of the following have occurred: an agreement of sale exists; pricing is fixed or determinable; delivery has occurred; and our obligation to fulfill a transaction is complete and collection of revenue is reasonable assured. This occurs when we complete the delivery of a shipment.
 
We recognize revenue on a gross basis, as opposed to a net basis, because we bear the risks and benefits associated with revenue-generated activities by, among other things, (1) acting as a principal in the transaction, (2) establishing prices, (3) managing all aspects of the shipping process and (4) taking the risk of loss for collection, delivery and returns.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
The issuance by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) of the Accounting Standards Codification (the Codification) on July 1, 2009 (effective for our fiscal year 2009) changes the way that accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP) are referenced. Beginning on that date, the Codification officially became the single source of authoritative nongovernmental GAAP. The change affects the way we refer to GAAP in our financial statements and accounting policies. All existing standards that were used to create the Codification were superseded.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued authoritative accounting guidance which significantly changes the accounting for business combinations in a number of areas, including the treatment of contingent consideration, pre-acquisition contingencies, transaction costs, in-process research and development, and restructuring costs. We adopted this accounting pronouncement in fiscal year 2009 and are applying the accounting treatment for business combinations on a prospective basis.


34


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
Introduction
 
We are a leading non-asset based transportation and logistics services provider offering a full suite of solutions, including customized and expedited LTL, TL and intermodal brokerage, and domestic and international air. Following the GTS merger, third-party logistics and transportation management solutions will be added to our services. We utilize a proprietary web-enabled technology system and a broad third-party network of transportation providers, comprised of ICs and purchased power, to serve a diverse customer base in terms of end market focus and annual freight expenditures. Although we service large national accounts, we primarily focus on small to mid-size shippers, which we believe represent an expansive and underserved market. Our customized transportation and logistics solutions are designed to allow our customers to reduce operating costs, redirect resources to core competencies, improve supply chain efficiency, and enhance customer service. Our business model requires minimal investment in transportation equipment and facilities, thereby enhancing free cash flow generation and returns on our invested capital and assets. Further, our business model is highly scalable and flexible, featuring a variable cost structure that helped contribute to the growth of our operating income and our improvement from a net loss of approximately $3.8 million in 2008 to net income of approximately $0.2 million in 2009 despite the recent economic downturn.
 
According to the ATA, beginning in October 2006, the over-the-road freight sector experienced year-over-year declines in tonnage, primarily reflecting a weakening freight environment in the U.S. construction, manufacturing, and retail sectors. During 2009, our less-than-truckload tonnage decreased 4.6% from 2008, while less-than-truckload tonnage in the U.S. over-the-road freight sector declined 23.2% during the same period. Throughout this downturn, we have actively managed our less-than-truckload business by adding new customers and streamlining our cost structure to enhance our operating efficiency and improve margins. We believe our variable cost, non-asset based operating model serves as a competitive advantage and allows us to provide our customers with cost-effective transportation solutions regardless of broader economic conditions. We believe we are well-positioned for continued growth, profitability, and market share expansion as an anticipated rebound occurs in the over-the-road freight sector.
 
Our History
 
We were formed in February 2005 for the purpose of acquiring Dawes Transport. Dawes Transport was established in Milwaukee, Wisconsin in 1981 to provide LTL service primarily between the Midwest and West Coast using a blend of purchased power and ICs. Shortly thereafter, Roadrunner Freight, a provider of LTL services similar to Dawes Transport in scale and customer mix, but utilizing primarily purchased power, was acquired by a company sponsored by Thayer | Hidden Creek and other stockholders. In June 2005, the parent holding company of Roadrunner Freight was merged with and into us. As a result, Dawes Transport and Roadrunner Freight became our wholly owned subsidiaries as of the merger date, resulting in our current corporate structure. Based on our research, we believe we are the largest non-asset based provider of LTL services in North America in terms of revenue.
 
In January 2006, Mark A. DiBlasi joined us as chief executive officer to lead the final integration of the two LTL businesses, the expansion of the current management team and the transformation of our company into a full-service transportation and logistics provider. Our strategy throughout the transformation was to develop a comprehensive suite of services while maintaining a non-union, non-asset based structure. In October 2006, Sargent was acquired by a company sponsored by Thayer | Hidden Creek. In March 2007, we expanded our service offerings through our merger with Sargent, a TL brokerage operation serving primarily the Eastern United States and Canada.
 
In December 2009, we acquired certain assets of Bullet Freight Systems, Inc. through our wholly owned subsidiary, Bullet Transportation Systems, Inc. Bullet is a non-asset based transportation and logistics company that provides a variety of services throughout the United States and into Canada. Bullet provides LTL services as well as third-party logistics services such as truckload and intermodal brokerage and air freight forwarding. Bullet has operations in California, Oregon, Washington, and Illinois and utilizes independent contractors and an extensive third-party network of purchased power providers to deliver its freight. Bullet provides services to a broad range of industries and serves over 4,000 customers, including leading manufacturers, retailers, and wholesalers.
 
The addition of Bullet increased our market share across all of our service offerings by providing greater LTL coverage throughout North America and geographically expanding our TL brokerage operation. In addition, the integration of shipments from Bullet’s customer base into our operations has increased the freight density and balance in our less-than-truckload network. We believe this additional density and greater balance in our network will result in higher operating margins and improved levels of customer service through reduced transit times and fewer claims.


35


Table of Contents

GTS Merger
 
One of our key strategic objectives has been to acquire a third-party logistics and transportation management solutions operation with a scalable technology system and management infrastructure capable of assimilating and enhancing our collective growth initiatives. We believe the proposed GTS merger, occurring simultaneous with this offering, will satisfy this strategic objective. In February 2008, GTS acquired Group Transport Services, Inc. and GTS Direct, LLC, which collectively provide transportation management solutions. GTS is based in Hudson, Ohio and is led by former executives of FedEx Global Logistics, Inc. Since 2009, GTS has made several complementary acquisitions that have expanded its geographical reach and sales force and enhanced its service offering.
 
The GTS merger will provide us with a number of competitive advantages as well as significant growth opportunities. The addition of a TMS offering will enable us to provide shippers with a comprehensive “one-stop,” multi-modal transportation and logistics solution that meets all of their transportation needs. Through the use of a coordinated sales effort, we believe that we will be able to capitalize on substantial cross-selling opportunities with existing and new customers. The increased geographic coverage and enhanced scale provided by the GTS merger will allow us to service customers outside of our existing terminal network and more effectively compete with larger integrated transportation providers. Incremental LTL volume anticipated from GTS customers will increase freight density within our existing LTL network and allow us to more cost-effectively grow our regional LTL market share as well as expand our terminal network to other regional locations. Our broad network of third-party carriers will provide GTS access to a stable source of cost-effective transportation capacity, which we believe is a competitive advantage, particularly during periods of tightened supply. Our management team and the management team of GTS have developed a strong working relationship and are implementing a cohesive plan to enhance our collective growth initiatives.
 
Our Market Opportunity
 
The transportation and logistics industry involves the physical movement of goods using a variety of transportation modes and the exchange of information related to the flow, transportation, and storage of goods between points of origin and destination. The domestic transportation and logistics industry is an integral part of the U.S. supply chain and the broader economy, representing estimated annual spending of approximately $1.3 trillion in 2008, according to Armstrong & Associates.
 
Within the industry, transportation and logistics providers are generally categorized as “asset-based” or “non-asset based” depending on their ownership of transportation equipment and facilities. Many large transportation and logistics providers are asset-based and have significant capital expenditure and infrastructure requirements. As a result of their significant fixed cost bases, these companies are focused on maintaining high asset utilization in order to maximize returns on invested capital. Conversely, non-asset based providers maintain greater operational flexibility to adapt to changes in freight volumes because they own minimal transportation equipment and facilities and therefore have minimal capital expenditure and infrastructure requirements.
 
The U.S. domestic over-the-road freight sector has been experiencing a downturn that began in late 2006 and has continued through 2009. We believe our variable cost, non-asset based operating model serves as a competitive advantage in this market environment, as we were able to streamline our cost structure and improve efficiencies in response to market conditions. As a result of the freight downturn, many of our competitors across all the LTL, TL, and third-party logistics areas have experienced financial and operational difficulty. Through organic growth and strategic acquisitions, we believe we are well-positioned for market share expansion and earnings growth as an anticipated rebound occurs in the over-the-road freight sector.
 
Industry Sectors
 
Third-Party Logistics
 
Third-party logistics providers offer transportation management and distribution services including the movement, storage, and assembly of inventory. The U.S. 3PL sector increased from $45.3 billion in 1999 to $127.0 billion in 2008 (and did not experience a decline in any year during such period), according to Armstrong & Associates. Only 16.1% of logistics expenditures by U.S. businesses were outsourced in 2008, according to Armstrong & Associates. Although we believe, based on our industry knowledge, that the U.S. 3PL sector declined in 2009, we also believe that the market penetration of third-party logistics will expand in the future as companies increasingly redirect their resources to core competencies and outsource their transportation and logistics requirements as they realize the cost-effectiveness of third-party logistics providers.


36


Table of Contents

Over-the-Road Freight
 
According to the ATA, the U.S. over-the-road freight sector represented approximately $660 billion in revenue in 2008 and accounted for approximately 83% of domestic spending on freight transportation. The ATA estimates that U.S. over-the-road freight transportation will increase to over $1.1 trillion by 2020. The over-the-road freight sector includes both private fleets and “for-hire” carriers (ICs and purchased power). Private fleets consist of tractors and trailers owned and operated by shippers that move their own goods and, according to the ATA, accounted for approximately $290 billion of revenue in 2008. For-hire carriers transport freight belonging to others, including LTL and TL, and accounted for approximately $375 billion in revenue in 2008, according to the ATA.
 
LTL carriers specialize in consolidating shipments from multiple shippers into truckload quantities for delivery to multiple destinations. LTL carriers are traditionally divided into two segments – national and regional. National carriers typically focus on two-day or longer service across distances greater than 1,000 miles and often operate without time-definite delivery, while regional carriers typically offer time-definite delivery in less than two days. According to the ATA, the U.S. LTL market generated $51.8 billion of revenue in 2008.
 
TL carriers dedicate an entire trailer to one shipper from origin to destination and are categorized by the type of equipment they use to haul a shipper’s freight, such as temperature-controlled, dry van, tank, or flatbed trailers. According to the ATA, excluding private fleets, revenues in the U.S. TL segment were approximately $320.4 billion in 2008.
 
Industry Trends
 
We believe the following trends will continue to drive growth in the transportation and logistics industry:
 
Growing Demand for “One-Stop” Transportation and Logistics Service Providers
 
We believe that shippers are increasingly seeking “one-stop” transportation and logistics providers that can offer a comprehensive suite of services to meet all of their shipping needs. We believe shippers will continue to consolidate their vendor base to increase outsourcing efficiencies and focus on core competencies. As a result, we believe that transportation and logistics providers that offer broad geographic coverage and multiple modes of transportation in conjunction with technology-enabled solutions are positioned to gain market share from smaller providers that typically lack the scale, resources, and expertise to remain competitive.
 
Recognition of Outsourcing Efficiencies
 
We believe that companies are increasingly recognizing the potential cost savings, improved service, and increased financial returns gained from outsourcing repetitive and non-core activities to specialized third-party providers. By utilizing third-party transportation and logistics providers, companies can benefit from the specialists’ technology, achieve greater operational flexibility, and redeploy resources to core operations.
 
Consolidation in the Highly Fragmented 3PL, LTL, and TL Sectors
 
The transportation and logistics industry is highly fragmented and, based on our research, no single third-party transportation and logistics provider accounts for more than 5% of the overall U.S. market. Given the large number of small industry participants, we believe there is a significant opportunity for growth and consolidation, especially during periods of economic uncertainty. We believe we are well positioned to take advantage of the continuing consolidation of the transportation and logistics industry due to our quality of service, breadth of service offerings, scalable operating and technology platforms, experienced management team, and financial stability. We also believe better-capitalized companies with scalable operating models, like us, will have significant opportunities to improve profit margins and gain market share as smaller, less flexible competitors exit our industry over time.
 
Increasing Demand for Customized Transportation and Logistics Solutions
 
  n    Complexity of Supply Chains.  Companies are facing increasingly complex supply chains. Rapidly changing freight patterns, the proliferation of outsourced manufacturing and just-in-time inventory systems, increasingly demanding shipper fulfillment requirements, and pressures to reduce costs continue to support the demand for third-party transportation management.
 
  n    Demand for More Frequent, Smaller Deliveries.  Companies are increasingly employing lean inventory management practices to reduce inventory carrying costs. As a result, they are demanding more frequent, smaller deliveries. We believe that by outsourcing transportation management to a specialized 3PL provider, companies are better positioned to maximize efficiency under a lean inventory system.


37


Table of Contents

 
  n    Demand for Improved Customer Service.  Shippers and end users are increasingly demanding total supply chain visibility and real-time transaction processing. By providing information regarding the status and location of goods in transit and verifying safe delivery, successful technology-enabled transportation and logistics providers allow clients to improve customer service.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
We consider the following to be our principal competitive strengths, which collectively helped us increase our operating income and reduce our net losses from 2008 to 2009 notwithstanding industry-wide declines in LTL tonnage and the related increasing pressures on pricing during that period:
 
Comprehensive Logistics and Transportation Management Solutions.  Our broad offering of transportation and logistics services allows us to manage a shipper’s freight from dispatch through final delivery utilizing a wide range of transportation modes. Following the GTS merger, we will have the ability to provide third-party logistics and transportation management solutions to shippers seeking to redirect resources to core competencies, improve service, reduce costs, and utilize the most appropriate modes of transportation. We can accommodate the diverse needs and preferred means of communication of shippers of varying sizes with any combination of services we offer. We leverage our scalable, proprietary technology systems to manage our multi-modal nationwide network of service centers, delivery agents, dispatch offices, brokerage agents, ICs, and purchased power. As a result of our integrated offering of services and solutions, we believe we have a competitive advantage in terms of service, delivery time, and customized solutions.
 
Flexible Operating Model.  Because we utilize a broad network of purchased power, ICs, and other third-party transportation providers to transport our customers’ freight, our business is not characterized by the high level of fixed costs and required concentration on asset utilization that is common among many asset-based transportation providers. As a result, we are able to focus solely on providing quality service and specialized transportation and logistics solutions to our customers, which we believe provides a significant competitive advantage. Our flexibility to scale our independent contractor base to react to contractions in freight capacity or increases in purchased transportation costs allows us to maintain attractive margins on our freight and continue to meet customer demand. Furthermore, our operating model requires minimal investment in transportation equipment and facilities, which enhances our returns on our invested capital and assets. For example, we do not own any tractors or other powered transportation equipment used to transport our customers’ freight. Although we own or lease approximately 1,000 trailers for use in local city pickup and delivery, the book value of our approximately 900 owned trailers and the lease costs for the approximately 100 leased trailers is immaterial to our operations as of December 31, 2009. As a result of our flexible operating model and execution of our strategic plan, we have continued to grow through the economic downturn, with growth in operating income of 81.3% from 2008 to 2009 and our improvement from a net loss of approximately $3.8 million in 2008 to net income of approximately $0.2 million in 2009.
 
Well-Positioned to Capitalize on Acquisition Opportunities.  The domestic transportation and logistics industry is large and highly fragmented, thereby providing significant opportunities to make strategic acquisitions. Our scalable platform, experienced and motivated management team, and proven ability to identify, execute and integrate acquisitions enable us to be an attractive partner for potential acquisition candidates. Furthermore, our ability to leverage our substantial infrastructure and technology capacity allows us to maximize the benefits of acquisitions. As a result of our extensive strategic planning and execution throughout the recent downturn, we are uniquely positioned to take advantage of continuing consolidation opportunities given our improved capital position following this offering. We believe that this offering will also improve our ability to capitalize on acquisition opportunities by deleveraging our business and reducing our significant historical interest expense.
 
Focus on Serving a Diverse, Underserved Customer Landscape.  We serve over 35,000 customers, with no single customer accounting for more than 3.0% of our 2009 revenue. In addition, we serve a diverse mix of end markets, with no industry sector accounting for more than 18.0% of our 2009 revenue. We concentrate primarily on small to mid-size shippers with annual transportation expenditures of less than $25 million, which we believe represents an underserved market. Our services are designed to satisfy these customers’ unique needs and desired level of integration. Furthermore, we believe our target customer base presents attractive growth opportunities for each of our current and future service offerings given that many small to mid-size shippers have not yet capitalized on the benefits of third-party transportation management.
 
Scalable Technology Systems.  We have invested significant resources to develop and continually enhance our scalable, proprietary technology systems. Our web-enabled technology is designed to serve our customers’ distinct logistics needs and provide them with cost-effective solutions and consistent service on a shipment-by-shipment basis. In addition to managing the physical movement of freight, we offer real-time shipment tracking, order processing, and automated data exchange. Our technology also enables us to more efficiently manage our multi-modal capabilities and broad carrier network, and provides the scalability necessary to accommodate significant growth.
 
Experienced and Motivated Management Team.  We have been successful in attracting a knowledgeable and talented senior management team with an average of 25 years of industry experience and a complementary mix of operational and


38


Table of Contents

technical capabilities, sales and marketing experience, and financial management skills. Our management team is led by our chief executive officer, Mark A. DiBlasi. Mr. DiBlasi has over 30 years of industry experience and previously managed a $1.2 billion-revenue business unit of FedEx Ground, Inc., a division of FedEx Corporation. Our executives have experience leading high-growth logistics companies and/or business units such as FedEx Ground, Inc., FedEx Global Logistics, Inc., and YRC Worldwide, Inc. Additionally, several members of our management team founded and ran their own transportation and logistics companies prior to joining us or being acquired by us. We believe this provides us with an entrepreneurial culture and a team capable of executing our growth strategies. Our executives’ experience is also expected to help our company address and mitigate negative industry trends and the various risks inherent in our business, including significant competition, reliance on independent contractors, a prolonged economic downturn, the integration of recently acquired companies, and fluctuations in fuel prices.
 
Our Growth Strategies
 
We believe our business model has positioned us well for continued growth and profitability, which we intend to pursue through the following initiatives:
 
Continue Expanding Customer Base.  In 2009, we expanded our customer base by over 10,000 customers (over 4,000 of which were added through the Bullet acquisition), and we intend to continue to pursue greater market share in the LTL, TL brokerage and TMS markets. The GTS merger will further expand our customer base, enhance our geographic coverage and create a broader menu of services for existing and future customers. Our expanded reach and broader service offering will provide us with the ability to add new customers seeking a “one-stop” transportation and logistics solution. We expect to establish additional customer relationships in connection with the GTS merger by utilizing our LTL sales force of over 100 people to expand the market reach of our TMS offering, which will be added to our suite of services through the GTS merger. Based on our research, we also believe the pool of potential new customers will grow as the benefits of third-party transportation management solutions continue to be embraced by shippers.
 
Increase Penetration with Existing Customers.  With a more comprehensive service offering and an expanded network resulting from the Bullet acquisition and the GTS merger, we will have substantial cross-selling opportunities and the potential to capture a greater share of each customer’s annual transportation and logistics expenditures. Along with our planned cross-selling initiatives, we believe that macroeconomic factors will provide us with additional opportunities to further penetrate existing customers. During the recent economic downturn, existing customers generally reduced their number of shipments and pounds per shipment. We believe an economic rebound will result in increased revenue through greater shipment volume, improved load density, and the addition of new customers, and will allow us to increase profits at a rate exceeding our revenue growth.
 
Continue Generating Operating Improvements.  Over the last 18 months, we have completed a number of operating improvements, such as headcount reductions, terminal consolidations, and carrier and delivery agent rate reductions. These improvements streamlined our cost structure, improved operating efficiency, and enhanced our margins. We believe that we would have generated approximately $5.3 million of additional cost savings if we had implemented these headcount reductions, terminal consolidations and other improvements at the beginning of 2009. As a result of our improvement efforts with respect to purchased transportation costs, our linehaul cost per mile, excluding fuel surcharges, decreased from $1.24 at the beginning of 2009 to $1.16 by year-end. By contrast, according to statistics provided in ITS Trans4cast Letter, an industry publication by Internet Truckstop (an Internet-based provider of transportation industry and load data), industry-wide linehaul cost per mile increased from approximately $1.39 to $1.42 during the same period. In order to continue to capitalize on these improvements and enhance our competitive position, as well as accelerate earnings growth, we are implementing additional initiatives designed to:
 
  n    improve routing efficiency and lane density throughout our network;
 
  n    increase utilization of our flexible IC base;
 
  n    reduce per-mile costs;
 
  n    reduce dock handling costs; and
 
  n    enhance our real-time metric reporting to further reduce operating expenses.
 
Pursue Selective Acquisitions.  The transportation and logistics industry is highly fragmented, consisting of many smaller, regional service providers covering particular shipping lanes and providing niche services. We built our LTL, TL brokerage, and TMS (assuming completion of the GTS merger) platforms in part by successfully completing and integrating a number of accretive acquisitions. According to a recent article in The Journal of Commerce, one in four transportation companies are looking to complete a sale transaction in the next 18 months. We intend to continue to pursue acquisitions that will complement our existing suite of services and extend our geographic reach. Our LTL delivery agents also present an opportunity for growth via acquisition. If we decide to offer outbound LTL service from a new strategic location, we could


39


Table of Contents

potentially acquire one of our delivery agents and train them to manage local pickup, consolidation, and linehaul dispatch using our technology systems. With a scalable, non-asset based business model, we believe we can execute our acquisition strategy with minimal investment in additional infrastructure and overhead.
 
Our Services
 
We are a leading non-asset based transportation services provider offering a full suite of customized transportation solutions with a primary focus on serving the specialized needs of small to mid-size shippers. Because we do not own the transportation equipment used to transport our customers’ freight, we are able to focus solely on providing quality service rather than on asset utilization. Our customers generally communicate their freight needs to one of our transportation specialists on a shipment-by-shipment basis via telephone, fax, Internet, e-mail, or electronic data interchange. We leverage our proprietary technology systems and a diverse group of over 9,000 third-party carriers to provide scalable capacity and reliable service to more than 35,000 customers in North America.
 
Less-than-Truckload
 
Based on our industry knowledge, we believe we are the largest non-asset based provider of LTL transportation services in North America in terms of revenue. We provide LTL service originating from points within approximately 150 miles of our service centers to most destinations throughout the United States and into Mexico, Puerto Rico, and Canada. Through GTS’ network relationships, we expect to substantially expand our coverage area and service points beyond those historically served by our service center locations. Within the United States, we offer national, long-haul service (1,000 miles or greater), inter-regional service (between 500 and 1,000 miles), and regional service (500 miles or less). We serve a diverse group of customers within a variety of industries, including retail, industrial, paper goods, manufacturing, food and beverage, health care, chemicals, computer hardware, and general commodities.
 
As the diagram below illustrates, we utilize a point-to-point LTL model that is differentiated from the traditional, asset-based hub and spoke LTL model. Our model does not require intermediate handling at a break-bulk hub (a large terminal where freight is offloaded, sorted, and reloaded), which we believe represents a competitive advantage in terms of timeliness, lower incidence of damage, and reduced fuel consumption. For example, we can transport LTL freight from Cleveland, Ohio to Los Angeles, California without stopping at a break-bulk hub, while the same shipment traveling through a traditional hub and spoke LTL model would likely be unloaded and reloaded at break-bulk hubs in, for example, Akron, Ohio and Adelanto, California prior to reaching its destination.
 
Representative Asset-Based National Hub and Spoke LTL Model
versus Non-Asset Based National Point-to-Point LTL Model
 
     
Asset-based
national hub and spoke LTL model

(HUB AND SPOKE GRAPHIC)
 
Non-asset based
national point-to-point LTL model

(POINT-TO-POINT GRAPHIC)


40


Table of Contents

We believe our model allows us to offer LTL average transit times more comparable to that of deferred air freight service than to standard national LTL service, yet more cost-effective. Our LTL claims ratio (the ratio of claims to revenues including fuel surcharge) was 0.8% during 2009. Key aspects of our LTL service offering include the following:
 
  n    Pickup . In order to stay as close as possible to our customers, we prefer to handle customer pickups whenever cost-effective. We generally pick up freight within 150 miles of one of our service centers, utilizing primarily city ICs. Although we do not own the tractors or other powered transportation equipment used to transport our customers’ freight, we own or lease approximately 1,000 trailers for use in local city pickup and delivery (not for linehaul or our other LTL operations). We do not separately reflect the use of these trailers as a component of our pricing. In 2009, we picked up approximately 82% of our customers’ LTL shipments. The remainder was handled by agents with whom we generally have long-standing relationships.
 
  n    Consolidation at Service Centers.  Key to our model is a network of 17 service centers, as illustrated by the map below, that we lease in strategic markets throughout the United States. At these service centers, numerous smaller LTL shipments are unloaded, consolidated into truckload shipments, and loaded onto a linehaul unit scheduled for a destination city. In order to continually emphasize optimal load building and enhance operating margins, dock managers review every load before it is dispatched from one of our service centers.
 
  n    Linehaul.  Linehaul is the longest leg of the LTL shipment process. In dispatching a load, a linehaul coordinator at one of our service centers uses our proprietary technology to optimize cost-efficiency and service by assigning the load to the appropriate third-party transportation provider, either an IC or purchased power provider. In 2009, ICs handled approximately 48% of our linehaul shipments. As industry-wide freight capacity tightens with an anticipated market rebound, we believe our recruitment and retention efforts will allow us to increase IC utilization in order to maintain service and cost stability.
 
  n    De-consolidation and Delivery.  Within our unique model, linehaul shipments are transported to service centers, delivery agents, or direct to end users without stopping at a break-bulk hub, as is often necessary under the traditional, asset-based hub and spoke LTL model. This generally reduces physical handling and damage claims, and reduces delivery times by one to three days on average. In 2009, we delivered approximately 21% of LTL shipments through our service centers, 77% through our delivery agents, and 2% direct to end users.
 
  n    Benefits of a Delivery Agent Network.  While many national asset-based LTL providers are encumbered by the fixed overhead associated with owning or leasing most or all of their de-consolidation and delivery facilities, we maintain our variable cost structure through the extensive use of delivery agents. As illustrated on the map below, we use over 200 delivery agents to complement our service center footprint and to provide cost-effective full state, national, and North American delivery coverage. Delivery agents also enhance our ability to handle special needs of the final consignee, such as scheduled deliveries and specialized delivery equipment.


41


Table of Contents

LTL Service Center and Delivery Agent Network
 
(SERVICE CENTER MAP)
 
As illustrated by the graph below, our change in LTL tonnage during 2009 outperformed the average for publicly traded LTL providers as well as the broader ATA LTL tonnage index.
 
Change in LTL Tonnage (1)
 
(MAP)
 
 
(1) Reflects change relative to the comparable quarter of the prior year.
(2) Source: Publicly available information. Represents a weighted average for the following group of publicly traded LTL providers, which we believe to be representative of the LTL industry: ABF Freight System, Inc. (a division of Arkansas Best Corporation); Con-Way Freight Inc. (a division of Con-way Inc.); FedEx Freight Corporation (a division of FedEx Corporation); Old Dominion Freight Line, Inc.; Saia, Inc.; UPS Freight (a division of United Parcel Service, Inc.); Vitran Corporation Inc., and YRC National Transportation, Inc. and YRC Regional Transportation, Inc. (both divisions of YRC Worldwide Inc.).


42


Table of Contents

 
As illustrated by the graph below, our 2009 change in pricing, or revenue per hundredweight (including fuel surcharges), also outperformed the average for the publicly traded LTL providers set forth above.
 
Change in LTL Revenue per Hundredweight, Including Fuel Surcharges (1)
 
(MAP)
 
 
(1) Reflects change relative to the comparable quarter of the prior year.
(2) Source: Publicly available information. Represents a weighted average for the same industry group set forth in the prior table.
 
We believe a rebound in the over-the-road freight sector would provide greater freight density and increased shipping volumes, thereby allowing us to build full trailer loads more quickly and deliver freight faster under our point-to-point model. We believe this will further distinguish our LTL service offering as even more comparable in speed to deferred air freight service, leading to enhanced market share and improved operating margins.


43


Table of Contents

 
Truckload Brokerage
 
We are a leading TL brokerage operation in North America in terms of revenue. We provide a comprehensive range of TL solutions for our customers by leveraging our broad base of over 7,000 third-party carriers who operate temperature-controlled, dry van, and/or flatbed capacity. Although we specialize in the transport of refrigerated foods, poultry and beverages, we also provide a variety of TL transportation solutions for dry goods ranging from paper products to steel, as well as flatbed service for larger industrial load requirements. We arrange the pickup and delivery of TL freight either through our nine company dispatch offices (operated by our employees) or through our network of 42 independent brokerage agents. Our dispatch offices and brokerage agents are located primarily throughout the Eastern United States and Canada, as illustrated on the map below.
 
TL Dispatcher and Agent Network
 
(TL DISPATCHER MAP)
 
Company Dispatchers.  Our 39 company brokers, whom we refer to as dispatchers, not only engage in the routing and selection of our transportation providers, but also serve as our internal TL sales force, responsible for managing existing customer relationships and generating new customer relationships. Because the performance of these individuals is essential to our success, we offer attractive incentive-based compensation packages that we believe keep our dispatchers motivated, focused, and service-oriented.
 
We typically earn a margin ranging from 10-20% of the cost of a standard TL shipment. On shipments generated by one of our dispatchers, we retain 100% of this margin. This differs for shipments generated by our brokerage agents, to whom we pay commissions as described below.
 
Dispatch Office Expansion.  We have traditionally expanded our dispatch operations based upon the needs of our customers. Going forward, we plan to open new dispatch offices, particularly in geographic areas where we lack coverage of the local freight market. Importantly, opening a new dispatch office requires only a modest amount of capital – it usually involves leasing a small amount of office space and purchasing communication and information technology equipment. Typically the largest investment required is in working capital as we generate revenue growth from new customers. While the majority of growth within our dispatch operations has been organic, we will continue to evaluate selective acquisitions that would allow us to quickly penetrate new customers and geographic markets.
 
Independent Brokerage Agents.  In addition to our dispatchers, we also maintain a network of independent brokerage agents that have partnered with us for a number of years. Brokerage agents complement our network of dispatch offices by bringing pre-existing customer relationships, new customer prospects, and/or access to new geographic markets. Furthermore, they typically provide immediate revenue and do not require us to invest in incremental overhead. Brokerage agents own or lease their own office space and pay for their own communications equipment, insurance, and any other costs associated with running their operation. We only invest in the working capital required to execute our quick pay strategy and generally pay a commission to our brokerage agents ranging from 40-70% of the margin we earn on a TL shipment. Similar to our


44


Table of Contents

dispatchers, our brokerage agents engage in the routing and selection of transportation providers for our customer base and perform sales and customer service functions on our behalf.
 
Brokerage Agent Expansion.  We believe we offer brokerage agents a very attractive partnership opportunity. We offer access to our reliable network of over 175 ICs (operating over 300 power units) and over 7,000 purchased power providers and invest in the working capital required to pay these carriers promptly and assume collection responsibility. We believe this has contributed to our reputation for quality and reliable service, as well as to the consistent growth of our brokerage agent network. Since June 30, 2008, we have expanded our TL brokerage agent network from 24 agents to 42 agents. Additionally, 16 of our brokerage agents each generated more than $1 million in revenue in 2009. We believe our increased development efforts and attractive value proposition will allow us to further expand our brokerage agent network and enhance the growth of our TL brokerage business.
 
Transportation Management Solutions
 
GTS’ TMS offering, which will be added to our suite of services through the GTS merger, is designed to provide comprehensive or à la carte third-party logistics services. GTS provides the necessary operational expertise, information technology capabilities, and relationships with third-party transportation providers to meet the unique needs of its customers. For customers that use the most comprehensive service plans, GTS complements their internal logistics and transportation management personnel and operations, enabling them to redirect resources to core competencies, reduce internal transportation management personnel costs and, in many cases, achieve substantial annual freight savings. Following the GTS merger, key aspects of our TMS capabilities will include the following:
 
  n    Procurement.  After an in-depth consultation and analysis with our customer to identify cost savings opportunities, we will develop an estimate of our customer’s potential savings and cultivate a plan for implementation. If necessary, we will manage a targeted bid process based on a customer’s traffic lanes, shipment volumes, and product characteristics, and negotiate rates with reputable carriers. In addition to a cost-efficient rate, the customer will receive a summary of projected savings as well as our carrier recommendation.
 
  n    Shipment Planning.  Utilizing GTS’ proprietary technology systems and an expansive multi-modal network of third-party transportation providers, we will determine the appropriate mode of transportation and select the ideal provider. In addition, we will provide load optimization services based on freight patterns and consolidation opportunities. We will also provide rating and routing services, either on-site with one of our transportation specialists, off-site through our centralized call center, or online through our website. Finally, we will offer merge-in-transit coordination to synchronize the arrival and pre-consolidation of high-value components integral to a customer’s production process, enabling them to achieve reduced cycle times, lower inventory holding costs, and improved supply chain visibility.
 
  n    Shipment Execution.  GTS’ transportation specialists are adept at managing time-critical shipments. Its proprietary technology system will prompt a specialist to hold less time-sensitive shipments until other complementary freight can be found to complete the shipping process in the most cost-effective manner. We will maintain constant communication with third-party transportation providers from dispatch through final delivery. As a result, our expedited services will be capable of meeting virtually any customer transit or delivery requirement. Finally, we will provide the ability to track and trace shipments either online or by phone through one of our transportation specialists.
 
  n    Audit and Payment Services.  We will capture and consolidate our customers’ entire shipping activity and offer weekly electronic billing. We will also provide freight bill audit and payment services designed to eliminate excessive or incorrect charges from our customers’ bills.
 
  n    Performance Reporting and Improvement Analysis.  Customers utilizing our web reporting system will have the ability to query freight bills, develop customized reports online, and access data to assist in financial and operational reporting and planning. GTS’ specialists are also actively driving process improvement, continually using its proprietary technology to identify incremental savings opportunities and efficiencies for our customers.
 
With a broad TMS offering, we believe we can accommodate a shipper’s unique needs with any combination of services along our entire spectrum, and cater to their preferred means of shipment processing and communication.
 
We believe GTS’ comprehensive service approach and focus on building long-term customer relationships lead to greater retention of existing business compared to a more short-term gain sharing model employed by many 3PLs. We believe GTS’ approach is more sustainable as industry freight capacity tightens and it becomes more difficult for 3PLs employing the gain sharing model to generate substantial incremental savings for shippers after the first year of implementation. Before becoming fully operational with a customer, GTS conducts thorough feasibility and cost savings analyses and collaborates with the customer to create a project scope and timeline with measurable milestones. We believe this approach enables GTS to


45


Table of Contents

identify any potential issues, ensure a smooth integration process, and set the stage for long-term customer satisfaction. Within its TMS operation, GTS has consistently met customer implementation deadlines and achieved anticipated levels of freight savings.
 
Capacity
 
We offer scalable capacity and reliable service to our more than 35,000 customers in North America through a diverse third-party network of over 9,000 transportation providers. Our various transportation modes include LTL, TL and intermodal brokerage, and domestic and international air. No single carrier accounted for more than 4.0% of our 2009 purchased transportation costs. We ensure that each carrier is properly licensed and regularly monitor their capacity, reliability, and pricing trends. With enhanced visibility provided by our proprietary technology systems, we leverage the competitive dynamics within our network to renegotiate freight rates that we believe are out of market. This enables us to provide our customers with more cost-effective transportation solutions while enhancing our operating margins.
 
We continually focus on building and enhancing our relationships with reliable transportation providers to ensure that we not only secure competitive rates, but that we also gain access to consistent capacity, especially during peak shipping seasons. Because we do not own any transportation equipment used to deliver our customers’ freight, these relationships are critical to our success. We typically pay our third-party carriers either a contracted per mile rate or the cost of a shipment less our contractually agreed upon commission, and generally pay within seven to ten days from the delivery of a shipment. We pay our third-party carriers promptly in order to drive loyalty and reliable capacity.
 
Our third-party network of transportation providers can be divided into the following groups:
 
Independent Contractors.  Independent contractors are individuals or small teams that own or lease their own over-the-road transportation equipment and provide us with dedicated freight capacity. ICs are a key part of our long-term strategy to maintain service and provide cost stability. In selecting our ICs, we adhere to specific screening guidelines in terms of safety records, length of driving experience, and personnel evaluations. In the event of a rebound in the transportation sector, freight capacity would likely tighten and purchased power providers would likely reduce fleet sizes to eliminate under-utilized assets. Should this occur, we believe we are well positioned to increase our utilization of ICs as a more cost-effective and reliable solution.
 
To enhance our relationship with our ICs, we offer per mile rates that, based on our research, we believe are highly competitive and often above prevailing market rates. In addition, we focus on keeping our ICs fully utilized in order to limit the number of “empty” miles they drive. We regularly communicate with our ICs and seek new ways to enhance their quality of life. As a result of our efforts, we have experienced increased IC retention. In our opinion, this ultimately leads to better service for our customers.
 
Purchased Power.  In addition to our large base of ICs, we have access to approximately 8,000 unrelated asset-based over-the-road transportation companies that provide us with freight capacity under non-exclusive contractual arrangements. We have established relationships with carriers of all sizes, including large national trucking companies and small to mid-size regional fleets. With the exception of safety incentives, purchased power providers are generally paid under a similar structure as ICs within our LTL and TL brokerage businesses. In contrast to contracts established with our ICs, however, we do not cover the cost of liability insurance for our purchased power providers.
 
Delivery Agents.  For the de-consolidation and delivery stages of our LTL shipment process, our network of 17 service centers is complemented by over 200 delivery agents. The use of delivery agents is also a key part of our long-term strategy to maintain a variable cost, scalable operating model with minimal overhead.
 
Intermodal Brokerage.  We maintain intermodal capability through relationships with third-party carriers who rent capacity on Class 1 railroads throughout North America. Intermodal transportation rates are typically negotiated between us and the capacity provider on a customer-specific basis.
 
Domestic/International Air Carriers.  For our customers’ domestic/international air freight needs, we operate under an exclusive arrangement with FreightCo Logistics, a third-party provider, to provide such services to our customers. Under our arrangement, FreightCo Logistics is responsible for all services, and we receive a commission based on a percentage of the total bill. In 2009, our domestic/international air freight services represented less than 1% of our LTL revenues.
 
Customers
 
Our goal is to establish long-term customer relationships and achieve year-over-year growth in recurring business by providing reliable, timely, and cost-effective transportation and logistics solutions. While we possess the scale, operational expertise, and capabilities to serve shippers of all sizes, we focus primarily on small to mid-size shippers, which we believe represent a large and underserved market. We serve over 35,000 customers within a variety of end markets, with no customer accounting for more than 3.0% of 2009 revenue and no industry sector accounting for more than 18.0% of 2009


46


Table of Contents

revenue. Additionally, we added over 10,000 customers in 2009, both through organic growth and through the Bullet acquisition. Our organic growth was driven by our new sales team initiative and a focus on shippers seeking to reduce their exposure to asset-based logistics providers. We believe this reduces our exposure to a decline in shipping demand from any customer and a cyclical downturn within any end market.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
In addition to our 42 TL brokerage agents, we currently market and sell our transportation and logistics solutions through over 100 sales personnel located throughout the United States and into Canada. We are focused on actively expanding our sales force to new geographic markets where we lack a strong presence. Our objective is to leverage our collective, national sales force to sell our full suite of transportation services. In addition to expanding our sales force, we intend to leverage a broader service offering and capitalize on substantial cross-selling opportunities with existing and new customers. We believe this will allow us to capture a greater share of a shipper’s annual transportation and logistics expenditures.
 
Our sales force can be categorized by primary service offering:
 
  n    Less-than-Truckload.  Our LTL sales force of over 100 people consists of corporate account executives, account executives, sales managers, inside sales representatives, and commission sales representatives. In March 2007, we hired a vice president of sales and marketing to lead the implementation of a detailed strategy to drive positive new business trends with significant growth in new account shipments and revenue. Under his leadership, we significantly upgraded a large portion of our sales force by replacing underperforming personnel.
 
  n    Truckload Brokerage.  We have 39 dispatchers and 42 independent brokerage agents located primarily in the Eastern United States and Canada. We believe that this decentralized structure enables our salespeople to better serve our customers by developing an understanding of local and regional market conditions, as well as the specific transportation and logistics issues facing individual customers. Our dispatchers and brokerage agents seek additional business from existing customers and pursue new customers based on this knowledge and an understanding of the value proposition we can provide.
 
  n    Transportation Management Solutions.  The GTS sales force has grown from approximately 10 to over 50 salespeople and agents from 2007 to 2009. We will also utilize our LTL sales force to enhance the market reach and penetration of GTS’ TMS offering and to capitalize on the opportunity to cross-sell a broader menu of services to new and existing customers.
 
Competition
 
We compete in the North American transportation and logistics services sector. Our marketplace is extremely competitive and highly fragmented. We compete with a large number of other non-asset based logistics companies, asset-based carriers, integrated logistics companies, and third-party freight brokers, many of whom have larger customer bases and more resources than we do. According to Transport Topics, a transportation industry publication, we are one of the 20 largest LTL providers in North America. Based on our industry knowledge, we believe that we are the largest non-asset based provider of LTL services in North America in terms of revenue. In addition, according to Transport Topics, we are one of the 25 largest TL brokerage providers in North America. We believe that GTS’ TMS business competes primarily with internal shipping departments at companies that have complex multi-modal transportation requirements, many of which represent potential sales opportunities for us.
 
Active participants in our markets include:
 
  n    global asset-based integrated logistics companies such as FedEx Corporation and United Parcel Service, Inc., against whom we compete in all of our service lines;
 
  n    asset-based freight haulers, such as Arkansas Best Corporation, Con-Way, Inc., Old Dominion Freight Line Inc., and YRC Worldwide, Inc., against whom we compete in our core LTL and TL service offerings;
 
  n    non-asset based freight brokerage companies, such as C.H. Robinson Worldwide, Inc. and Landstar System, Inc., against whom we compete in our core LTL and TL service offerings;
 
  n    third-party logistics providers that offer comprehensive transportation management solutions, such as Echo Global Logistics, Inc., Schneider Logistics, Inc., and Transplace, Inc., against whom GTS competes in its TMS offering; and
 
  n    smaller, niche transportation and logistics companies that provide services within a specific geographic region or end market.


47


Table of Contents

 
We believe we effectively compete with various market participants by offering shippers attractive transportation and logistics solutions designed to deliver the optimal combination of cost and service. To that end, we believe our most significant competitive advantages include:
 
  n    our comprehensive suite of transportation and logistics services, which, following the GTS merger, will allow us to offer a “one-stop” value proposition to shippers of varying sizes and accommodate their diverse needs and preferred means of processing and communication;
 
  n    our non-asset based, variable cost business model, which allows us to focus greater attention on providing optimal customer service than on maintaining high levels of asset utilization;
 
  n    our focus on an expansive market of small to mid-size shippers who often lack the internal resources necessary to manage complex transportation and logistics requirements and whose freight volumes may not garner the same level of attention and customer service from many of our larger competitors;
 
  n    our proprietary technology systems, which allow us to provide scalable capacity and high levels of customer service across a variety of transportation modes; and
 
  n    our knowledgeable management team with experience leading high-growth logistics companies and/or business units, which allows us to benefit from a collective entrepreneurial culture focused on growth.
 
Seasonality
 
Our operations are subject to seasonal trends that have been common in the North American over-the-road freight sector for many years. Our results of operations for the quarter ending in March are on average lower than the quarters ending in June, September, and December. Typically, this pattern has been the result of factors such as inclement weather, national holidays, customer demand, and economic conditions.
 
Technology
 
We believe the continued development and innovation of our technology systems is essential not only to improving our internal operations and financial performance, but also to providing our customers with the most cost-effective, timely, and reliable transportation and logistics solutions. We regularly evaluate our technology systems and personnel to ensure that we maintain a competitive advantage and that all critical applications are scalable and operational as we grow.
 
Through ongoing investment of time and financial resources, we have developed numerous proprietary, customized applications that allow us to track, query, manipulate, and interpret a range of different variables related to our operations, our network of third-party transportation providers, and our customers. Our objective is to allow our customers and vendors to easily do business with us via the Internet. Our customers have the ability, through a paperless process, to receive immediate pricing, place orders, track shipments, process remittance, receive updates on arising issues, and review historical shipping data through a variety of reports over the Internet.
 
Our LTL operation utilizes a combination of an IBM Series I5 computer system and web-based servers with customized software applications to improve every aspect of our LTL model and manage our broad carrier base from pickup through final delivery. Our corporate headquarters and service centers are completely integrated, allowing real-time data to flow between locations. Additionally, we make extensive use of electronic data interchange, or EDI, to allow our service centers to communicate electronically with our carriers’ and customers’ internal systems. We offer our EDI-capable customers a paperless process, including document imaging and shipment tracking and tracing. As part of our ongoing initiative to enhance our information technology capabilities, our LTL operation has developed a proprietary carrier selection tool used to characterize carriers based on total cost to maximize usage of the lowest available linehaul rates.
 
Our TL brokerage operation uses a customized OMNI technology system to broker our customers’ freight. Our software enhances our ability to track our third-party drivers, tractors, and trailers, which provides customers with visibility into their supply chains. Additionally, our systems allow us to operate as a paperless operation through electronic order entry, resource planning and dispatch.
 
GTS continually enhances its proprietary TMS technology system, which we will add through the GTS merger, and has integrated other proven transportation management software packages with the goal of providing customers with broad-based, highly competitive solutions. Through an extensive use of database configuration and integration techniques, hardware and software applications, communication mediums, and security devices, GTS is able to design a customized solution to address each customer’s unique shipping needs and preferred method of processing. GTS’ web-based technology will allow us to process and service customer orders, track shipments in real time, select optimal modes of transportation, execute customer billing, provide carrier rates, establish customer specific profiles, and retain critical information for analysis. We will use this system to maximize supply chain efficiency through mode, carrier, and route optimization.


48


Table of Contents

All of our operations have multiple levels of contingency and disaster recovery plans focused on ensuring continuous service to our customers. We do not currently have registered intellectual property rights, such as patents, with respect to our technology systems. We maintain trade secret protection over our technology systems and keep strictly confidential our proprietary, customized applications.
 
Facilities
 
Our corporate headquarters are located in Cudahy, Wisconsin, where we lease 28,824 square feet of space. The primary functions performed at our corporate headquarters are accounting, treasury, marketing, human resources, linehaul support, claims, safety and information technology support. We lease 5,170 square feet of space in Mars Hill, Maine, which houses our TL brokerage operation headquarters. GTS leases approximately 24,000 square feet of space in Hudson, Ohio, which will house our TMS operation following the GTS merger.
 
We lease 17 service centers for our LTL operation, each of which is interactively connected. Each service center manages and is responsible for the freight that originates in its service area. The Bullet acquisition provided us the opportunity to consolidate and optimize certain service centers where there was overlapping coverage. The typical service center is configured to perform cross-dock and limited short-term warehouse operations. In addition, our TL brokerage operation leases eight of its nine company dispatch offices throughout the Eastern United States and Canada. We believe that our current facilities are capable of supporting our operations for the foreseeable future; however, we will continue to evaluate leasing additional space as needed to accommodate growth.
 
Employees
 
As of December 31, 2009, we employed approximately 925 personnel, which included approximately ten management personnel, approximately 145 sales and marketing personnel, approximately 255 operations and other personnel, approximately 205 accounting and administrative personnel, approximately ten information technology personnel, and approximately 300 LTL dock personnel. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement and we consider relations with our employees to be good.
 
Regulation
 
The federal government has substantially deregulated the provision of ground transportation and logistics services via the enactment of the Motor Carrier Act of 1980, the Trucking Industry Regulatory Reform Act of 1994, the Federal Aviation Administration Authorization Act of 1994, and the ICC Termination Act of 1995. Prices and services are now largely free of regulatory controls, although states have the right to require compliance with safety and insurance requirements, and interstate motor carriers remain subject to regulatory controls imposed by the DOT and its agencies, such as the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration. Motor carrier, freight forwarding, and freight brokerage operations are subject to safety, insurance, and bonding requirements prescribed by the DOT and various state agencies. Any air freight business is subject to commercial standards set forth by the International Air Transport Association and federal regulations issued by the Transportation Security Administration.
 
We are also subject to various environmental and safety requirements, including those governing the handling, disposal and release of hazardous materials, which we may be asked to transport in the course of our operations. If hazardous materials are released into the environment while being transported, we may be required to participate in, or may have liability for response costs and the remediation of such a release. In such case, we also may be subject to claims for personal injury, property damage, and damage to natural resources.
 
Our business is also subject to changes in legislation and regulations, which can affect our operations and those of our competitors. For example, new laws and initiatives to reduce and mitigate the effects of greenhouse gas emissions could significantly impact the transportation industry. Future environmental laws in this area could adversely affect our ICs’ costs and practices and our operations.
 
We are also subject to regulations to combat terrorism that the Department of Homeland Security (including Customs and Border Protection agencies) and other agencies impose.
 
We believe that we are in substantial compliance with current laws and regulations. Our failure to continue in compliance could result in substantial fines or revocation of our permits or licenses.
 
Insurance
 
We insure our ICs against third-party claims for accidents or damaged shipments and we bear the risk of such claims. We maintain insurance for vehicle liability, general liability, and cargo damage claims. In our LTL and TL operations, we maintain an aggregate of $20.0 million of vehicle liability and general liability insurance. The vehicle liability insurance has a


49


Table of Contents

$500,000 deductible. In our LTL and TL operations, we carry aggregate insurance against the first $1.0 million of cargo claims, with a $100,000 deductible. Because we maintain insurance for our ICs, if our insurance does not cover all or any portion of the claim amount, we may be forced to bear the financial loss. We attempt to mitigate this risk by carefully selecting carriers with quality control procedures and safety ratings.
 
In addition to vehicle liability, general liability, and cargo claim coverage, our insurance policies also cover other standard industry risks related to workers’ compensation and other property and casualty risks. We believe our insurance coverage is comparable in terms and amount of coverage to other companies in our industry. We establish insurance reserves for anticipated losses and expenses and periodically evaluate and adjust the reserves to reflect our experience.


50


Table of Contents

 
Management
 
Directors and Executive Officers
 
The following table sets forth certain information regarding our directors and executive officers:
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Mark A. DiBlasi
    54     President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director
Peter R. Armbruster
    51     Vice President – Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary
Brian J. van Helden
    41     Vice President – Operations
Scott L. Dobak
    47     Vice President – Sales and Marketing
Scott D. Rued
    53     Chairman of the Board
Judith A. Vijums
    44     Vice President and Director
Ivor J. Evans
    67     Director
James J. Forese
    74     Director
Samuel B. Levine
    43     Director
Brian D. Young
    55     Director
Pankaj Gupta
    34     Director
William S. Urkiel
    64     Director Nominee
Chad M. Utrup
    37     Director Nominee
James L. Welch
    55     Director Nominee
 
Our board of directors believes that its members encompass a range of talent, skill, and experience sufficient to provide sound and prudent guidance with respect to our operations and interests, and reflect the diversity of our company’s stockholders, employees, and customers. The information below with respect to our directors includes each director’s experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills that led our board of directions to the conclusion that he or she should serve as a director.
 
Mark A. DiBlasi has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since January 2006. Mr. DiBlasi has served as a director of our company since July 2006. Prior to joining our company, Mr. DiBlasi served as Vice President – Southern Division for FedEx Ground, Inc., a division of FedEx Corporation, from July 2002 to January 2006. Mr. DiBlasi was responsible for all operational matters of the $1.2 billion-revenue Southern Division, which represented one-fourth of FedEx Ground, Inc.’s total operations. From February 1995 to June 2002, Mr. DiBlasi served as the Managing Director of two different regions within the FedEx Ground, Inc. operation network. From August 1979 to January 1995, Mr. DiBlasi held various positions in operations, sales, and terminal management at Roadway Express before culminating as the Chicago Breakbulk Manager. We believe Mr. DiBlasi’s qualifications to serve as a director of our company include his over 30 years of experience in the transportation industry, including as our President and Chief Executive Officer.
 
Peter R. Armbruster has served as our Vice President – Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary since December 2005. From March 2005 to December 2005, Mr. Armbruster served as our Vice President – Finance. Mr. Armbruster held various executive positions at Dawes Transport from August 1990 to March 2005. Prior to joining Dawes Transport, Mr. Armbruster was with Ernst & Young LLP from June 1981 to July 1990, where he most recently served as Senior Manager.
 
Brian J. van Helden has served as our Vice President – Operations since April 2007. Prior to joining our company, Mr. van Helden served as a Managing Director for FedEx Ground, Inc., a division of FedEx Corporation, from July 2003 to April 2007, where he was responsible for operational matters in the Midwest and New England.
 
Scott L. Dobak has served as our Vice President – Sales and Marketing since January 2007. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Dobak served as Vice President – Corporate Sales for Yellow Transportation, Inc. where he was responsible for the $1.5 billion-revenue Corporate Sales Division from December 2000 to January 2007. Mr. Dobak was the Regional Vice President of Sales and Marketing – Chicago from July 1997 to December 2000 with Yellow Transportation, Inc. Prior to that, Mr. Dobak served as an Area General Manager for Yellow Transportation, Inc. from January 1995 to July 1997.
 
Scott D. Rued has served as our Chairman of the Board since March 2010 and has been a director of our company since March 2005. Mr. Rued also served as our Chairman of the Board from March 2005 to July 2008. Mr. Rued has been a Managing Partner of Thayer | Hidden Creek since 2003. Mr. Rued also serves as a director of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., a publicly traded supplier of integrated system solutions for the global commercial vehicle market. From 1989 to 2003, Mr. Rued held various executive positions at Hidden Creek Industries. We believe Mr. Rued’s qualifications to serve as a director of our company include his experience in the transportation industry, including as our Chairman of the Board for over three years, his expertise in corporate strategy and development, his demonstrated business acumen, and his experience on other public company boards of directors.


51


Table of Contents

Judith A. Vijums has served as a director of our company since March 2005 and as our Vice President since March 2007. Ms. Vijums has served as a Managing Director of Thayer | Hidden Creek since 2003. From 1993 to 2003, Ms. Vijums held various leadership positions at Hidden Creek Industries and actively participated in the management of several Hidden Creek Industries portfolio companies, including Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., Dura Automotive Systems, Inc., Tower Automotive, Inc. and Automotive Industries Holdings, Inc. We believe Ms. Vijums’ qualifications to serve as a director of our company include her expertise in the management and corporate development of various transportation companies, and her experience with public and financial accounting matters.
 
Ivor (“Ike”) J. Evans has served as a director of our company since March 2005 and served as our Chairman of the Board from July 2008 to March 2010. Mr. Evans has served as Operating Partner of Thayer | Hidden Creek since March 2005. Mr. Evans served as a director of both Union Pacific Corporation and Union Pacific Railroad from 1999 until February 2005, and as Vice Chairman of Union Pacific Railroad from January 2004 until his retirement in February 2005. From 1998 until his election as Vice Chairman, Mr. Evans served as the President and Chief Operating Officer of Union Pacific Railroad. From 1990 to 1998, Mr. Evans served in various executive positions at Emerson Electric Company. Mr. Evans also serves on the board of directors of Arvin Meritor, Inc., Textron Inc., Cooper Industries, Ltd., and Spirit AeroSystems Holdings, Inc. We believe Mr. Evans’ qualifications to serve as a director of our company include his experience in the transportation industry, including his service at Union Pacific Railroad, and his corporate governance expertise.
 
James J. Forese has served as a director of our company since March 2005. Mr. Forese has served as an Operating Partner of Thayer | Hidden Creek since 2003. Prior to joining Thayer | Hidden Creek, Mr. Forese served as President and Chief Executive Officer of IKON Office Solutions, Inc. (formerly Alcoa Standard Corporation) from 1998 to 2002 and retired as Chairman in February 2003. Prior to joining IKON, Mr. Forese served as Controller and Vice President of Finance for IBM Corporation and Chairman of IBM Credit Corporation. Since 2003, Mr. Forese has served on the board of directors of SFN Group (formerly Spherion Corporation), and has been Chairman since May 2007. Since January 2005, Mr. Forese has served on the board of directors of IESI-BFC Ltd., and has been Chairman since January 2010. Mr Forese has served as a member of the board of directors of various IBM subsidiaries, Lexmark International, Inc., NUI Corporation, Southeast Bank Corporation, Unisource Worldwide, Inc., IKON Office Solutions, Inc. and American Management Systems, Incorporated. Mr. Forese was also a member of the board of directors of Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. from April 2003 to November 2008. We believe Mr. Forese’s qualifications to serve as a director of our company include his business experience in senior management positions at complex organizations and his experience on other public company boards of directors.
 
Samuel B. Levine has served as a director of our company since June 2005. Mr. Levine has served as Managing Director of Eos Management, L.P., an affiliate of Eos Partners, L.P., since 1999. We believe Mr. Levine’s qualifications to serve as a director of our company include his experience in business, corporate strategy, and investment matters.
 
Brian D. Young has served as a director of our company since June 2005. Mr. Young has served as General Partner of Eos Partners, L.P. since 1994. We believe Mr. Young’s qualifications to serve as a director of our company include his experience in business, corporate strategy, and investment matters.
 
Pankaj Gupta has served as a director of our company since July 2009. Mr. Gupta joined American Capital, Ltd. in August 2006, and has been a Managing Director since January 2010. Prior to joining American Capital, Mr. Gupta served as Senior Vice President at Audax Group, a Boston and New York-based private equity and mezzanine firm with $4 billion under management, since March 2001. At Audax Group, Mr. Gupta was responsible for the origination, structuring, execution, and monitoring of mezzanine investments. Prior to joining Audax Group, Mr. Gupta was an Associate in the Private Equity Group of Whitney & Co. Prior to Whitney, Mr. Gupta was an Analyst in the High Yield and Merchant Banking Group of CIBC World Markets. Mr. Gupta serves on the board of directors of SMG, a leading provider of entertainment and conference venue management services worldwide. We believe Mr. Gupta’s qualifications to serve as a director of our company include his financial expertise and experience in corporate strategy and investment matters.
 
William S. Urkiel will become a director of our company effective upon the consummation of this offering. Since August 2006, Mr. Urkiel has served as a director of Suntron Corporation. Mr. Urkiel has been a member of the board of directors of Crown Holdings, Inc. since December 2004. From May 1999 until January 2005, Mr. Urkiel served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of IKON Office Solutions. From February 1995 until April 1999, Mr. Urkiel served as the Corporate Controller and Chief Financial Officer at AMP Incorporated. Prior to 1999, Mr. Urkiel held various financial management positions at IBM Corporation. Mr. Urkiel was nominated to our board of directors because of his expertise with accounting and audit matters and because of his experience with corporate finance, investor relations, and corporate governance matters.
 
Chad M. Utrup will become a director of our company effective upon the consummation of this offering. Since January 2003, Mr. Utrup has served as the Chief Financial Officer of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. and as an Executive Vice President since January 2009. Mr. Utrup served as the Vice President of Finance at Trim Systems from 2000 to 2002. Prior to joining Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. in February 1998, Mr. Utrup served as a project management group member at Electronic Data Systems. While with Electronic Data Systems, Mr. Utrup’s responsibilities included financial support and implementing cost recovery and efficiency programs at various Delphi Automotive Systems locations. Mr. Utrup was


52


Table of Contents

nominated to our board of directors because of his executive and operational experience as the chief financial officer of a public company and his broad experience with accounting and audit matters for publicly traded companies.
 
James L. Welch will become a director of our company effective upon the consummation of this offering. Since November 2008, Mr. Welch has served as the President, Chief Executive Officer, and a director of Dynamex Inc. Mr. Welch was a consultant working in Interim Chief Executive Officer roles for private equity companies from August 2007 until October 2008. Mr. Welch served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Yellow Transportation, Inc. from June 2000 until his retirement in February 2007. During his 29 years at Yellow Transportation, Inc., Mr. Welch held positions of increasing responsibility in operations, sales, and general management. Mr. Welch is also a member of the board of directors of SkyWest, Inc. (NASDAQ: SKYW) and Spirit AeroSystems, Inc. (NYSE: SPR). Mr. Welch was nominated to our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the transportation and logistics sector, his demonstrated depth of experience as chief executive officer of a leading asset-based freight hauler, and his experience with corporate governance matters as a director of other public companies.
 
Key Employees
 
After the proposed GTS merger, our TMS operations will be managed by a senior management team lead by Michael P. Valentine and W. Paul Kithcart.
 
Michael P. Valentine has served as Chief Executive Officer of GTS since February 2008. Mr. Valentine founded Group Transportation Services in January 1995 and served in various officer positions, including President and Chief Executive Officer, until February 2008. Mr. Valentine founded GTS Direct in October 1999 and served as its President until February 2008. Prior to founding Group Transportation Services, Mr. Valentine was an independent sales agent with Roberts Express, Inc. from 1988 to 1995.
 
W. Paul Kithcart has served as President of GTS, Group Transportation Services, and GTS Direct since February 2008. Prior to that, Mr. Kithcart served as Vice President of Group Transportation Services from August 2000 to January 2008. Prior to joining Group Transportation Services, Mr. Kithcart held various positions with FedEx Global Logistics, Inc. from 1994 to 2000.
 
There are no family relationships among any of our directors, officers, or key employees.
 
Board of Directors and Committees
 
Our board of directors currently consists of eight members. In connection with this offering, Messrs. Levine, Young, and Gupta will resign from our board of directors. In order to fill the vacancies created by the resignations of Messrs. Levine, Young, and Gupta, effective upon the consummation of this offering Messrs. William S. Urkiel, Chad M. Utrup, and James L. Welch will join our board of directors, all of whom meet the independence standards of the New York Stock Exchange. In compliance with the transitional rules of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, we expect that a majority of our directors will be independent within one year from the closing of this offering.
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for a board of directors consisting of three classes serving three-year staggered terms. Effective upon the consummation of this offering, Messrs. Evans and Forese will serve as Class I directors, each with an initial term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2011. Effective upon the consummation of this offering, Ms. Vijums and Messrs. Urkiel and Utrup will serve as Class II directors, each with an initial term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2012. Effective upon the consummation of this offering, Messrs. DiBlasi, Rued, and Welch will serve as Class III directors, each with an initial term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2013.
 
Our amended and restated bylaws authorize our board of directors to appoint among its members one or more committees, each consisting of one or more directors. Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating/corporate governance committee. Each of our audit, compensation, and nominating/corporate governance committees will consist of all independent directors. We plan to adopt charters for the audit, compensation, and nominating/corporate governance committees describing the authority and responsibilities delegated to each committee by our board of directors substantially as set forth below. Until the establishment of the audit, compensation, and nominating/corporate governance committees, these functions will continue to be performed by our board of directors.
 
We also plan to adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and a Code of Ethics for the CEO and Senior Financial Officers. We will post on our website, at www.rrts.com, the charters of our audit, compensation, and nominating/corporate governance committees; our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics; and our Code of Ethics for the CEO and Senior Financial Officers, and any amendments or waivers thereto; and any other corporate governance materials contemplated by SEC or New York Stock Exchange regulations.


53


Table of Contents

Audit Committee
 
The primary responsibilities of the audit committee, which will be set forth in more detail in its charter, will be to assist our board of directors in the oversight of:
 
  n    the integrity of our financial statements;
 
  n    our compliance with legal regulatory requirements;
 
  n    our independent auditors’ qualifications and independence; and
 
  n    the performance of our internal audit function and our independent auditors.
 
Additionally, the audit committee will be responsible for preparing the disclosure required by Item 407(d)(3)(i) of Regulation S-K.
 
In compliance with the rules of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, our audit committee will consist entirely of independent directors, as defined under the New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules. Effective upon the consummation of this offering, Messrs. Urkiel, Utrup, and Welch will serve as members of our audit committee, with Mr. Utrup initially serving as chairman. Mr. Utrup will serve as the audit committee member who qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” in accordance with applicable rules and regulations of the SEC.
 
Compensation Committee
 
The primary responsibilities of the compensation committee, which will be set forth in more detail in its charter, will be to:
 
  n    review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our executive officers;
 
  n    evaluate the performance of our chief executive officer and other executive officers in light of those goals and objectives;
 
  n    determine and approve the compensation level of our chief executive officer and other executive officers based on this evaluation;
 
  n    make recommendations to our board of directors with respect to incentive-compensation and equity-based plans that are subject to approval by our board of directors; and
 
  n    prepare the disclosure required by Item 407(e)(5) of Regulation S-K.
 
In compliance with the rules of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, our compensation committee will consist entirely of independent directors, as defined under New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules. Effective upon the consummation of this offering, Messrs. Urkiel, Utrup, and Welch will serve as members of our compensation committee, with Mr. Urkiel initially serving as chairman.
 
Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee
 
The principal responsibilities of our nominating/corporate governance committee, which will be set forth in more detail in its charter, will be to:
 
  n    identify candidates qualified to become members of our board of directors, consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors;
 
  n    select, or recommend that our board of directors select, the director nominees for the next annual meeting of stockholders;
 
  n    develop and recommend to our board of directors a set of corporate governance guidelines applicable to our company; and
 
  n    oversee the evaluation of our board of directors and management.
 
The nominating/corporate governance committee will consider persons recommended by stockholders for inclusion as nominees for election to our board of directors if the names, biographical data, and qualifications of such persons are submitted in writing in a timely manner addressed and delivered to our company’s secretary at the address listed herein. The nominating/corporate governance committee will identify and evaluate nominees for our board of directors, including nominees recommended by stockholders, based on numerous factors it considers appropriate, some of which may include strength of character, mature judgment, career specialization, relevant technical skills, diversity, and the extent to which the nominee would fill a present need on our board of directors. Our nominating/corporate governance committee will strive to seek director nominees who represent diverse viewpoints. In evaluating the diversity of nominees for our board of directors, the nominating/corporate governance committee will consider nominees with a broad diversity of experience, professions, skills, geographic representation and backgrounds. The committee will not assign specific weights to particular criteria and expects that no particular criterion will necessarily be applicable to all prospective nominees. Our board of directors believes that the backgrounds and qualifications of the directors, considered as a group, should provide a significant composite mix of experiences, knowledge, and abilities that will allow our board of directors to fulfill its responsibilities. Nominees will not be


54


Table of Contents

discriminated against on the basis of race, religion, national origin, sexual orientation, disability, or any other basis proscribed by law.
 
In compliance with the rules of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, our nominating/corporate governance committee will consist entirely of independent directors, as defined under New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules. Effective upon the consummation of this offering, Messrs. Urkiel, Utrup, and Welch will serve as members of our nominating/corporate governance committee, with Mr. Welch initially serving as chairman.
 
Board Leadership Structure
 
We separate the roles of chief executive officer and chairman of the board in recognition of the differences between the two roles. Our chief executive officer is responsible for setting the strategic direction for our company and the day to day leadership and performance of our company, while the chairman of the board provides guidance to the chief executive officer and sets the agenda for meetings of our board of directors and presides at such meetings. The board believes that separating these roles is in the best interests of our stockholders because it provides the appropriate balance between strategy development, flow of information between management and the board, and oversight of management. Going forward, we will seek independent directors to bring experience, oversight, and expertise from outside of our company and industry. Our board of directors reserves the right to reconsider its leadership structure given the needs of our company at any given time.
 
Board of Directors’ Role in Risk Oversight
 
The role of our board of directors in our company’s risk oversight process includes receiving reports from members of senior management on areas of material risk to our company, including operational, financial, legal and regulatory, and strategic and reputational risks. The board of directors receives these reports from the appropriate executive within the organization to enable it to understand our risk identification, risk management and risk mitigation strategies. This direct communication from management enables our board of directors to coordinate the risk oversight role, particularly with respect to risk interrelationships within our organization.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
We do not currently have a compensation committee. Compensation decisions for our executive officers were made by our board of directors as a whole. Mr. DiBlasi participated in discussions with the board of directors concerning executive officer compensation other than his own. Following the closing of this offering, our compensation committee is expected to be comprised of directors who have not, at any time, had any contractual or other relationship with our company.
 
Director Compensation
 
Following this offering, we intend to use a combination of cash and stock-based incentive compensation to attract and retain qualified candidates to serve on our board of directors. In setting director compensation, we will consider the amount of time that directors spend fulfilling their duties as a director, including committee assignments.
 
Prior to the closing of this offering, we did not pay our directors any compensation. Following completion of this offering, we will seek to provide director compensation packages that are customary for boards of directors for similarly situated companies. Initially, we will pay each independent director an annual retainer fee of $30,000, payable quarterly. The chairman of the audit committee will receive an extra $5,000 per year over the standard independent director compensation. The chairman of the compensation committee will receive an extra $5,000 per year over the standard independent director compensation. The chairman of the nominations committee will receive an extra $3,000 per year over the standard independent director compensation. Although we anticipate that we will also make equity-based awards to our directors, we have not made any determinations with respect to such awards as of the date of this prospectus. We will also reimburse each director for travel and related expenses incurred in connection with attendance at board and committee meetings.


55


Table of Contents

 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
 
This section discusses the principles underlying our executive compensation policies and decisions and the most important factors relevant to an analysis of these policies and decisions. It provides qualitative information regarding the manner and context in which compensation is awarded to and earned by our executive officers and places in perspective the data presented in the narrative and tables that follow.
 
Overview
 
The objectives of our compensation program for our executive officers seek to promote the creation of long-term stockholder value by:
 
  n    tying a portion of those executives’ total compensation to company and individual performance measures that are expected to position our company for long-term success; and
 
  n    attracting, motivating, and retaining high-caliber executives with the skills necessary to achieve our business objectives in a competitive market for talent.
 
We use a mix of five components in pursuing these objectives:
 
  n    base salary;
 
  n    annual cash bonuses;
 
  n    equity awards in the form of stock options;
 
  n    benefits and perquisites; and
 
  n    arrangements regarding compensation upon termination of employment.
 
Our practice has been and will continue to be to combine the components of our executive compensation program to align compensation with measures that correlate with the creation of long-term stockholder value and to achieve a total compensation level appropriate for our size and corporate performance. In pursuing this, we offer an opportunity for income in the event of successful corporate financial performance, matched with the prospect of less compensation in the absence of successful corporate financial performance. Our philosophy is to make a greater percentage of an employee’s compensation based on our company’s performance as he or she becomes more senior, with a significant portion of the compensation of our executive officers based on the achievement of company performance goals because the performance of these officers is more likely to have a direct impact on our achievement of strategic and financial goals that are most likely to affect stockholder value. At the same time, our board of directors believes that we must attract and retain high-caliber executives, and therefore must offer a mixture of fixed and incentive compensation at levels that are attractive in light of the competitive market for senior executive talent.
 
Historically, our board of directors has reviewed the total compensation of our executive officers and the mix of components used to compensate those officers on an annual basis. In determining the total amount and mix of compensation components, our board of directors strives to create incentives and rewards for performance consistent with our short-term and long-term company objectives. Our board of directors relies on its judgment about each individual rather than employing a formulaic approach to compensation decisions. Our board of directors has not assigned a fixed weighting among each of the compensation components. Our board of directors assesses each executive officer’s overall contribution to our business, scope of responsibilities, and historical compensation and performance to determine his annual compensation. In making compensation decisions, our board takes into account input from our board members and our chief executive officer based on their experiences with other companies. We have not engaged third-party consultants to benchmark our compensation packages against our peers. However, going forward, we anticipate that our compensation committee may, from time to time as it sees fit, retain third-party executive compensation specialists in connection with determining cash and equity compensation and related compensation policies in the future.
 
The GTS merger is not currently anticipated to impact our compensation policies or practices relating to our executive officers for 2010. As we evaluate the impact of the GTS merger on our executive officers’ responsibilities on a go-forward basis, we will adjust our compensation practices accordingly.
 
Role of Our Compensation Committee
 
Historically, our board of directors determined and administered the compensation of our chief executive officer, and our chief executive officer, subject to the approval of our board of directors, determined the compensation of our other executive officers. Following this offering, our newly established compensation committee will make the ultimate decisions regarding executive officer compensation. We do not anticipate that this shift in our compensation determination processes and procedures will affect our executive officers’ 2010 compensation. Our chief executive officer and other executive officers may


56


Table of Contents

from time to time attend meetings of our compensation committee or our board of directors, but will have no final decision authority with respect to executive officer compensation. Annually, our compensation committee will evaluate the performance of our chief executive officer and determine our chief executive officer’s compensation in light of the goals and objectives of our compensation program. The decisions relating to our chief executive officer’s compensation will be made by the compensation committee, which will review its determinations with our board of directors without the presence of management prior to its final determination. Decisions regarding the other executive officers will be made by our compensation committee after considering recommendations from our chief executive officer. As noted above, in the future we may engage an independent compensation consultant to assist the compensation committee in making its compensation determinations.
 
Specific Components of Our Compensation Program
 
Base Salary.  Base salary provides fixed compensation to an executive officer that reflects his or her job responsibilities, experience, value to our company, and demonstrated performance. In setting base salaries, our board of directors considers a variety of factors, including:
 
  n    the nature and responsibility of each executive’s position;
 
  n    the impact, contribution, length of service, expertise, and experience of the executive;
 
  n    competitive market information regarding salaries to the extent available and relevant;
 
  n    the importance of retaining the individual along with the competitiveness of the market for the individual executive’s talent and services; and
 
  n    recommendations of our chief executive officer (except in the case of his own compensation).
 
Our board of directors annually reviews, and adjusts from time to time, the base salaries for our executive officers.
 
Incentive Compensation.  We utilize cash bonuses to align the interests of senior management with stockholders by tying a portion of their compensation to company and individual performance goals. At the end of each fiscal year, our board of directors receives recommended performance measures and ranges from senior management, and then sets performance measures and ranges that it deems appropriate for the subsequent fiscal year. The cash bonus portion of annual compensation is based on our LTL business management incentive plan, which pays a cash bonus based on the achievement of annual company and personal performance goals in order to emphasize pay for company performance and individual performance. At maximum performance levels, cash incentive compensation can equal up to 100% of our chief executive officer’s base salary and 75% of the base salary of our other executive officers.
 
Our board of directors believes that the bulk of cash incentive bonuses should be based on objective measures of financial performance, but believes that more subjective elements are also important in recognizing achievement and motivating executives. Therefore, at the same time that company-wide performance objectives are set, individual performance objectives based on the recommendations of our chief executive officer (except with respect to himself) are set in order to reward performance objectives beyond purely financial measures. Our cash incentive plan is comprised of two targets: (1) financial performance related to the achievement of targeted levels of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, or EBITDA, and (2) individual performance objectives. A description of these targets and the percentage of the maximum annual incentive compensation tied to each follows:
 
  n    EBITDA – 90% of the maximum annual incentive compensation payable to our executive officers (100% in the case of our chief executive officer) is based on achieving specific EBITDA goals. In order for any bonus to be paid based on the individual performance criterion discussed below, a minimum EBITDA goal within our LTL business must be achieved. If the minimum EBITDA threshold is met, an executive officer is eligible to receive a bonus equal to 30% (38% in the case of our chief executive officer) of his base salary. If the minimum EBITDA goal is exceeded by 25%, an executive officer is eligible to receive a bonus equal to 55% (75% in the case of our chief executive officer) of his base salary. If the minimum EBITDA goal is exceeded by 40%, an executive officer was eligible to receive a bonus equal to 75% (100% in the case of our chief executive officer) of his base salary. After the end of the fiscal year, our board of directors reviews our company’s actual performance against each of the financial performance objectives established at the end of the previous year and, in determining whether the performance ranges are met, exercises its judgment whether to reflect or exclude the impact of changes in accounting principles and extraordinary, unusual or infrequently occurring events.
 
  n    Individual Performance – Ten percent of the maximum annual incentive compensation payable to our executive officers (other than our chief executive officer) is based on individual performance. Our chief executive officer (subject to the review of our board of directors) makes this determination based on performance metrics designed for each of our other executive officers’ position and level of responsibility related to our overall corporate objectives based our chief executive officer’s industry experience. If the minimum EBITDA threshold is met, and an executive


57


Table of Contents

  officer’s individual performance meets the standards for a bonus, then that executive will receive up to 10% of the maximum bonus he was eligible to receive under the EBITDA criterion. For example, in the case of an executive officer (other than our chief executive officer), if the minimum EBITDA threshold is met, that executive officer is entitled to receive up to 30% of his base salary as a bonus. However, 10% of such 30% is comprised of the individual performance criterion. Therefore, if the EBITDA threshold is met, but the individual performance criterion is not, the executive officer will receive 27% of his base salary as a bonus.
 
At the end of 2008, in light of the economic downturn and its impact on our LTL business and the transportation industry generally, our board of directors suspended our traditional cash incentive plan described above and implemented a temporary cash incentive plan for 2009 based on quarterly EBITDA targets for our LTL operations. There was no individual performance component of our 2009 incentive compensation plan. Under the 2009 cash incentive plan, each of our executive officers was eligible to receive a bonus equal to approximately 5% of his base salary for each fiscal quarter that we met a minimum quarterly EBITDA threshold, or an aggregate of 20% of his base salary if all quarterly EBITDA goals were met. The quarterly EBITDA targets were approximately $1.2 million, $3.2 million, $3.4 million, and $3.2 million for the first, second, third, and fourth fiscal quarters of 2009, respectively. The first and second quarterly EBITDA targets were met in 2009 and bonuses of $30,700, $19,449, $18,900, and $27,525 were paid to Messrs. DiBlasi, Armbruster, van Helden, and Dobak, respectively, pursuant to our 2009 cash incentive plan, or approximately 10% of their 2009 base salary. The third and fourth quarter EBITDA targets were not met.
 
The 2009 cash incentive plan was terminated at the end of 2009. Going forward, our cash incentive plan will again be comprised of annual EBITDA targets and individual performance objectives.
 
Equity Compensation.  We grant stock options to align the interests of our executive officers with the interests of our stockholders and to reward our executive officers for superior corporate performance. Historically, we have granted stock options to our executive officers upon their joining our company. All of our stock options vest over a four-year period, with 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the grant date and 6.25% at the end of each subsequent three-month period thereafter. The stock options were all granted with an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of our stock on the grant date, as determined by our board of directors because there has not been a public market for our stock. Our executives will realize value from stock options only if and to the extent the market price of our common stock when the executive exercises the option exceeds the price on the date of grant. The exercise price per share and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of these options will be adjusted in connection with the 149.314-for-one split of our Class A common stock. In 2009, we did not grant any equity awards to our executive officers.
 
Benefits and Perquisites.  Our executive officers participate in the employee benefits that are available to all employees. In addition, historically we provided each of our executive officers with the use of a company car, which program was discontinued in July 2009. We also provide term life insurance policies on all of our executive officers similar to our other employees.
 
Severance Payments.  We provide our executive officers with severance arrangements that are intended to attract and retain qualified executives who have alternatives that may appear to them to be less risky absent these arrangements. These arrangements are also intended to mitigate a potential disincentive for the executive officers to pursue and execute an acquisition of us, particularly where the services of these executive officers may not be required by the acquirer. For quantification of these severance benefits, please see the discussion under “ Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control ” in this prospectus.
 
2010 Compensation
 
In 2010, our compensation program will consist of the same components described above. In setting 2010 base salaries, our board of directors considered each individual officer’s contribution to our business, scope of responsibilities, individual performance, and length of service and gave modest base salary increases of 10% for each executive officer. Mr. DiBlasi’s base salary for 2010 is $345,400, Mr. Armbruster’s base salary for 2010 is $220,800, Mr. van Helden’s base salary for 2010 is $214,775, and Mr. Dobak’s base salary for 2010 is $309,925. We anticipate that the annual cash incentive plan will be reinstated, although the threshold, target, and maximum payments have not yet been determined. However, we expect that the financial performance targets for our cash incentive plan will be expanded to include other financial measurements applicable to the financial performance of the entire organization rather than just our LTL operations, including net income, in addition to EBITDA.
 
In the future, we plan to grant equity awards annually to our executive officers and key employees. The equity-based grant program may include the award of stock options, performance-based vesting restricted stock units, and/or time-based vesting restricted stock units. Equity will be awarded to executive officers and key employees based upon performance and potential to contribute to our company’s success. In the future, we may, in our discretion, weigh awards slightly more toward


58


Table of Contents

restricted stock units because these awards reflect both increases and decreases in stock price from the grant-date market price and thus tie compensation more closely to changes in stockholder value at all levels compared to options, whose intrinsic value changes with stockholder value only when the market price of shares is above the exercise price. In addition, the weighing toward restricted stock units would allow us to deliver equivalent value to option grants with use of fewer authorized shares.
 
Tax Considerations
 
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (Section 162(m)) imposes a $1 million limit on the amount that a public company may deduct for compensation paid to the company’s chief executive officer or any of the company’s four other most highly compensated executive officers who are employed as of the end of the year. This limitation does not apply to compensation that meets the requirements under Section 162(m) for “qualifying performance-based” compensation (i.e., compensation paid only if the individual’s performance meets preestablished objective goals based on performance criteria approved by the stockholders). Prior to this offering, we were not subject to Section 162(m). Going forward, we will seek to maximize the compensation deduction of our executive officers and to structure the performance-based portion of the compensation of our executive officers in a manner that complies with Section 162(m). However, because we will compensate our executive officers in a manner designed to promote our varying corporate objectives, our compensation committee may not adopt a policy requiring all compensation to be deductible. For 2009, cash compensation paid to our executive officers did not exceed the $1 million limit for any covered officer.


59


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table
 
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the total compensation for services in all capacities to us received by our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer, and our two other executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.
 
                                         
Name and
              All Other
   
Principal Position
  Year   Salary (1)   Bonus (2)   Compensation (3)   Total
 
Mark A. DiBlasi
President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director
    2009     $ 302,169     $ 30,700     $ 26,215     $ 359,084  
Peter R. Armbruster
Chief Financial Officer
    2009     $ 191,397     $ 19,449     $ 24,581     $ 235,427  
Brian J. van Helden
Vice President – Operations
    2009     $ 185,996     $ 18,900     $ 22,895     $ 227,791  
Scott L. Dobak
Vice President – Sales and Marketing
    2009     $ 270,915     $ 27,525     $ 26,907     $ 325,347  
 
 
(1) Beginning in January 2009, the base salary for each of Messrs. DiBlasi, Armbruster, van Helden, and Dobak was $300,000, $188,235, $182,750, and $268,750, respectively. Such amounts were increased in July 2009 to $314,000, $200,735, $195,250, and $281,250 as a result of our discontinuation of our automobile usage benefits. As part of our overall cost reduction and savings initiatives, effective November 2009 our executive officers’ base salaries were reduced along with our other employees. The base salary of each of Messrs. DiBlasi, Armbruster, van Helden, and Dobak was reduced by $4,831, $3,088, $3,004, and $4,335, respectively.
(2) Amounts shown reflect bonuses earned based on company performance criteria under our 2009 cash incentive program for the first and second quarters of 2009.
(3) Amounts represent matching contributions to our 401(k) plan of $9,800, $8,434, $8,196, and $9,800 on behalf of Messrs. DiBlasi, Armbruster, van Helden, and Dobak, respectively. We also paid premiums on term life insurance policies on behalf of the executive officers. The taxable portion of the premiums paid for the term life insurance policies is computed based on Internal Revenue Service guidelines and totaled $414, $414, $180, and $270 on behalf of Messrs. DiBlasi, Armbruster, van Helden, and Dobak, respectively. In addition, each of our executive officers also received the benefit of the use of a company issued automobile through July 2009 (when such program was discontinued), the taxable value of which did not exceed $10,000 for any executive officer. In addition, the amounts also include medical and disability insurance benefits paid on behalf of our executive officers.
 
Employment and Other Agreements
 
We have no written employment contracts with any of our executive officers. We have, however, provided employment letter agreements to our named executive officers setting forth their title, base salary, health benefits, and severance benefits in the event of termination. As part of the compensation package provided to our named executive officers, we provide them with (i) the right to participate in our LTL business management incentive plan and to receive awards under our 2010 incentive compensation plan, (ii) the right to participate in all medical, group life insurance, retirement, and other fringe benefit plans as may from time to time be provided to our executives, and (iii) severance benefits. If we terminate the executive’s employment for any reason other than for “cause,” or if he terminates his employment voluntarily for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in the employment letters), he is entitled to receive his current base salary for a period of 12 months in accordance with our normal payroll practices and will be eligible to receive all benefits under welfare benefit plans, practices, policies, and programs provided by us (including medical and group life plans and programs) for the same period.
 
If, during the one-year period following a “change of control” (as defined in the employment letters), the executive’s employment is terminated without cause, he is entitled to receive his current base salary for a period of 12 months in accordance with our normal payroll practices and will be eligible to receive all benefits under welfare benefit plans, practices, policies, and programs provided by us (including medical and group life plans and programs) for the same period. See “ Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control ” in this prospectus.
 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards and 2009 Option Exercises
 
During 2009, no plan-based incentive awards were made to our named executive officers and none of our named executive officers exercised any stock options.


60


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2009
 
The following table provides information with respect to outstanding vested and unvested option awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2009.
 
                                 
                Option
       
    Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options     Exercise
    Option
 
Name
  Exercisable (1)     Unexercisable (1)     Price (1)     Expiration Date  
 
Mark A. DiBlasi
    111,985       7,466     $ 6.70       1/16/16  
Mark A. DiBlasi
    111,985       7,466     $ 13.39       1/16/16  
Mark A. DiBlasi
    69,990       4,667     $ 20.09       1/16/16  
Mark A. DiBlasi
    41,061       18,665     $ 6.70       3/15/17  
Mark A. DiBlasi
    41,061       18,665     $ 13.39       3/15/17  
Peter R. Armbruster
    63,234           $ 6.70       3/31/15  
Peter R. Armbruster
    63,309           $ 13.39       3/31/15  
Peter R. Armbruster
    63,309           $ 20.09       3/31/15  
Brian J. van Helden
    39,521       23,713     $ 6.70       4/9/17  
Brian J. van Helden
    39,521       23,713     $ 13.39       4/9/17  
Brian J. van Helden
    39,521       23,713     $ 20.09       4/9/17  
Scott L. Dobak
    43,473       19,761     $ 6.70       1/29/17  
Scott L. Dobak
    43,473       19,761     $ 13.39       1/29/17  
Scott L. Dobak
    43,473       19,761     $ 20.09       1/29/17  
 
 
(1) All share numbers and exercise prices reflect the conversion of our Class A common stock into our new common stock on a 149.314-for-one basis, as described in “ Description of Capital Stock .”
 
Post-Employment Compensation
 
Pension Benefits
 
We do not offer any defined benefit pension plans for any of our employees. We do have a 401(k) plan in which our employees may participate. In 2009, we made matching contributions to our 401(k) plan of $9,800, $8,434, $8,196, and $9,800, on behalf of Messrs. DiBlasi, Armbruster, van Helden, and Dobak, respectively.
 
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
 
The tables below reflect the amount of compensation to certain of our executive officers in the event of termination of such executive’s employment or a change in control. Other than as set forth below, no amounts will be paid to our named executive officers in the event of termination.
 
Severance Arrangements Upon Termination
 
We have employment letter agreements with our named executive officers. The arrangements reflected in these letter agreements are designed to encourage the officers’ full attention and dedication to our company currently and, in the event of any proposed change of control, provide these officers with individual financial security. Pursuant to the employment letters, if the executive is terminated for any reason other than for “cause,” or if he terminates his employment voluntarily for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in the employment letters), he is entitled to receive his current base salary for a period of 12 months in accordance with our normal payroll practices and will be eligible to receive all benefits under welfare benefit plans, practices, policies, and programs provided by us (including medical and group life plans and programs) for the same period.


61


Table of Contents

Assuming these agreements were in place on December 31, 2009, if our named executive officers were terminated without cause or for good reason (as those terms are defined in the employment letters) on December 31, 2009, they would receive the following salaries over a 12-month period pursuant to their letter agreements:
 
         
Name
  Salary  
 
Mark A. DiBlasi
  $ 314,000  
Peter R. Armbruster
  $ 200,735  
Brian J. van Helden
  $ 195,250  
Scott L. Dobak
  $ 281,750  
 
Severance Arrangements Upon Change of Control
 
Pursuant to the employment letters with our named executive officers, if, during the one-year period following a “change of control” (as defined in the employment letters), the executive’s employment is terminated without cause, he is entitled to receive his current base salary for a period of 12 months in accordance with our normal payroll practices and will be eligible to receive all benefits under welfare benefit plans, practices, policies, and programs provided by us (including medical and group life plans and programs) for the same period.
 
Assuming those letter agreements were in place on December 31, 2009 and a change in control of our company occurred on December 31, 2009 and each of the executive officers listed below was terminated as a result of the change of control, our named executive officers would receive the following salaries over a 12-month period pursuant to their employment letter agreements:
 
         
Name
  Salary  
 
Mark A. DiBlasi
  $ 314,000  
Peter R. Armbruster
  $ 200,735  
Brian J. van Helden
  $ 195,250  
Scott L. Dobak
  $ 281,750  
 
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
 
We do not offer any deferred compensation plans for any of our named executive officers.
 
2010 Incentive Compensation Plan
 
Our board of directors has adopted, subject to approval by our stockholders, a 2010 incentive compensation plan. The incentive plan will terminate no later than (1) March 31, 2020, or (2) 10 years after the board approves an increase in the number of shares subject to the plan (so long as such increase is also approved by the stockholders). The incentive plan provides for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock, dividend equivalents, other stock-related awards and performance awards. Awards may be granted to employees, including executive officers, non-employee directors, and consultants.
 
Share Reserve
 
An aggregate of 2,500,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the incentive compensation plan. As of the date hereof, no shares of common stock have been issued under the incentive compensation plan.
 
Certain types of shares issued under the incentive compensation plan may again become available for the grant of awards under the incentive compensation plan, including restricted stock that is repurchased or forfeited prior to it becoming fully vested; shares withheld for taxes; shares that are not issued in connection with an award, such as upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right; and shares used to pay the exercise price of an option in a net exercise.
 
In addition, shares subject to stock awards that have expired or otherwise terminated without having been exercised in full may be subject to new equity awards. Shares issued under the incentive compensation plan may be previously unissued shares or reacquired shares bought on the market or otherwise.
 
Administration
 
Our board of directors has the authority to administer the incentive compensation plan as the plan administrator. However, our board of directors has the authority to delegate its authority as plan administrator to one or more committees, including its compensation committee. Subject to the terms of the incentive compensation plan, the plan administrator determines recipients, grant dates, the numbers and types of equity awards to be granted, and the terms and conditions of


62


Table of Contents

the equity awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator also determines the exercise price of options granted, the purchase price for rights to purchase restricted stock and, if applicable, phantom stock and the strike price for stock appreciation rights.
 
Grant Limits
 
To the extent that Section 162(m) applies to the incentive compensation plan, no participant will receive an award for more than 2,000,000 shares in any calendar year. In addition, no participant will receive a performance bonus for more than $5,000,000 per twelve-month period (as adjusted on a straight-line basis for the actual length of the performance period).
 
Stock Options
 
Each stock option granted pursuant to the incentive compensation plan must be set forth in a stock option agreement. The plan administrator determines the terms of the stock options granted under the incentive compensation plan, including the exercise price, vesting schedule, the maximum term of the option and the period of time the option remains exercisable after the optionee’s termination of service. The exercise price of a stock option, however, may not be less than the fair market value of the stock on its grant date and the maximum term of a stock option may not be more than ten years. All options granted under the incentive compensation plan will be nonstatutory stock options.
 
Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued under the incentive compensation plan is determined by the plan administrator and may include cash, common stock, a deferred payment arrangement, a broker assisted exercise, the net exercise of the option, and other legal consideration approved by the board of directors.
 
Generally, an optionee may not transfer a stock option other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution unless the stock option agreement provides otherwise. However, an optionee may designate a beneficiary who may exercise the option following the optionee’s death.
 
Restricted Stock Awards
 
Restricted stock awards must be granted pursuant to a restricted stock award agreement. The plan administrator determines the terms of the restricted stock award, including the purchase price, if any, for the restricted stock, and the vesting schedule, if any, for the restricted stock award. The plan administrator may grant shares fully vested as a bonus for the recipient’s past services performed for us. The purchase price for a restricted stock award may be payable in cash, the recipient’s past services performed for us, or any other form of legal consideration acceptable to our board of directors. Shares under a restricted stock award may not be transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution until they are fully vested or unless otherwise provided for in the restricted stock award agreement.
 
Stock Appreciation Rights
 
Each stock appreciation right granted pursuant to the incentive compensation plan must be set forth in a stock appreciation rights agreement. The plan administrator determines the terms of the stock appreciation rights granted under the incentive compensation plan, including the strike price, vesting schedule, the maximum term of the right and the period of time the right remains exercisable after the recipient’s termination of service.
 
Generally, the recipient of a stock appreciation right may not transfer the right other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution unless the stock appreciation rights agreement provides otherwise. However, the recipient of a stock appreciation right may designate a beneficiary who may exercise the right following the recipient’s death.
 
Stock Units
 
Stock unit awards must be granted pursuant to stock unit award agreements. The plan administrator determines the terms of the stock unit award, including any performance or service requirements. A stock unit award may require the payment of at least par value. Payment of any purchase price may be made in cash, the recipient’s past services performed for us, or any other form of legal consideration acceptable to the board of directors. Rights to acquire shares under a stock unit award agreement may not be transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution unless otherwise provided in the stock unit award agreement.
 
Dividend Equivalents
 
Dividend equivalents must be granted pursuant to a dividend equivalent award agreement. Dividend equivalents may be granted either alone or in connection with another award. The plan administrator determines the terms of the dividend equivalent award.


63


Table of Contents

Bonus Stock
 
The plan administrator may grant stock as a bonus or in lieu of our obligations to pay cash or deliver other property under a compensatory arrangement with one of our service providers.
 
Other Stock-Based Awards
 
The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the award, the purchase price, if any, the timing of exercise and vesting, and any repurchase rights associated with such awards. Unless otherwise specifically provided for in the award agreement, such awards may not be transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
 
Performance Awards
 
The right of a participant to exercise or receive a grant or settlement of an award, and the timing thereof, may be subject to such performance conditions, including subjective individual goals, as may be specified by the plan administrator. In addition, the incentive compensation plan authorizes specific performance awards to be granted to persons whom the plan administrator expects will, for the year in which a deduction arises, be “covered employees” (as defined below) so that such awards should qualify as “performance-based” compensation not subject to the limitation on tax deductibility by us under Section 162(m). For purposes of Section 162(m), the term “covered employee” means our chief executive officer and our four highest compensated officers as of the end of a taxable year determined in accordance with federal securities laws. If, and to the extent required under Section 162(m), any power or authority relating to a performance award intended to qualify under Section 162(m) will be exercised by a committee that qualifies under Section 162(m), rather than by our board of directors. We believe that our compensation committee qualifies for this role under Section 162(m).
 
Subject to the requirements of the incentive compensation plan, our compensation committee will determine performance award terms, including the required levels of performance with respect to specified business criteria, the corresponding amounts payable upon achievement of such levels of performance, termination and forfeiture provisions, and the form of settlement. One or more of the following business criteria based on our consolidated financial statements or those of our subsidiaries, divisions or business or geographical units will be used by our compensation committee in establishing performance goals for performance awards designed to comply with the performance-based compensation exception to Section 162(m): (1) earnings per share; (2) revenues or margins; (3) cash flows; (4) operating margin; (5) return on net assets, investment, capital, or equity; (6) economic value added; (7) direct contribution; (8) net income; pretax earnings; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization; earnings after interest expense and before extraordinary or special items; operating income; income before interest income or expense, unusual items and income taxes, local, state, or federal and excluding budgeted and actual bonuses which might be paid under any of our ongoing bonus plans; (9) working capital; (10) management of fixed costs or variable costs; (11) identification or consummation of investment opportunities or completion of specified projects in accordance with corporate business plans, including strategic mergers, acquisitions or divestitures; (12) total stockholder return; and (13) debt reduction. Any of the above goals may be determined on an absolute or relative basis or as compared to the performance of a published or special index deemed applicable by our compensation committee including, but not limited to, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index or a group of companies that are comparable to us. Our compensation committee shall exclude the impact of an event or occurrence which our compensation committee determines should appropriately be excluded, including without limitation (1) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, and other unusual or non-recurring charges, (2) an event either not directly related to our operations or not within the reasonable control of our management, or (3) a change in accounting standards required by generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Changes in Control
 
In the event of certain corporate transactions, all outstanding options and stock appreciation rights under the incentive compensation plan either will be assumed, continued, or substituted by any surviving or acquiring entity. If the awards are not assumed, continued, or substituted for, then such awards shall become fully vested and, if applicable, fully exercisable and will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective date of the corporate transaction. In addition, at the time of the transaction, the plan administrator may accelerate the vesting of such equity awards or make a cash payment for the value of such equity awards in connection with the termination of such awards. Other forms of equity awards such as restricted stock awards may have their repurchase or forfeiture rights assigned to the surviving or acquiring entity. If such repurchase or forfeiture rights are not assigned, then such equity awards may become fully vested. The vesting and exercisability of certain equity awards may be accelerated on or following a change in control transaction if specifically provided in the respective award agreement.


64


Table of Contents

Adjustments
 
In the event that certain corporate transactions or events (such as a stock split or merger) affects our common stock, our other securities or any other issuer such that the plan administrator determines an adjustment to be appropriate under the incentive compensation plan, then the plan administrator shall, in an equitable manner, substitute, exchange, or adjust (1) the number and kind of shares reserved under the incentive compensation plan, (2) the number and kind of shares for the annual per person limitations, (3) the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding awards, (4) the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price relating to any award and/or make provision for payment of cash or other property in respect of any outstanding award, and (5) any other aspect of any award that the plan administrator determines to be appropriate.
 
401(k) Plan
 
We maintain a defined contribution profit sharing plan for our full-time employees, which is intended to qualify as a tax qualified plan under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan provides that each participant may contribute up to 100% of his or her pre-tax compensation, up to the statutory limit. Additionally, we match 100% of each participant’s contributions up to 4% of his or her pre-tax compensation, up to the statutory limit. Under the plan, each employee is fully vested in his or her deferred salary contributions. The plan also permits us to make discretionary contributions of up to an additional 50% of each participant’s contributions up to 4% of his or her pre-tax compensation, up to the statutory limit, which generally vest over three years. In 2009, we made approximately $0.8 million of matching contributions to the plan on behalf of participating employees.
 
Risk Management Considerations
 
Our board of directors believes that our executive compensation program creates incentives to create long-term value while minimizing behavior that leads to excessive risk. The EBITDA financial metric used to determine the amount of an executive’s company-based performance bonus has ranges that encourage success without encouraging excessive risk taking to achieve short-term results. In addition, at maximum performance levels, cash incentive compensation cannot exceed 100% of our chief executive officer’s base salary and 75% of the base salary of our other executive officers. The stock options granted to our executives become exercisable over a four-year period and remain exercisable for up to ten years from the date of grant, encouraging executives to look to long-term appreciation in equity values.


65


Table of Contents

 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
 
GTS Merger
 
Simultaneous with the consummation of this offering, GTS Transportation Logistics, Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary, will merge with and into GTS, and GTS will be the surviving corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of our company. As a result of the GTS merger, the stockholders of GTS will become stockholders of our company. The merger agreement provides that each issued and outstanding share of GTS common stock will be converted into 141.848 shares of our common stock, or a total of 3,230,324 shares. Assuming the exercise of all dilutive stock options and warrants, and disregarding this offering, the combined company would be owned approximately 14.2% by the stockholders of GTS and approximately 85.8% by our current stockholders.
 
Upon consummation of the GTS merger, we will assume all outstanding options to purchase GTS common stock issued by GTS to its employees. Each such option outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the merger will become an option to purchase our common stock, with the number of shares subject to such option and the option price to be adjusted in accordance with the GTS merger exchange ratio.
 
The obligations of the parties to complete the merger depend on (1) the consummation of this offering; (2) the approval of the GTS merger by our creditors; (3) the termination of our management agreement and the GTS management agreement (described below); (4) the satisfaction of our senior subordinated notes and junior subordinated notes, and the GTS credit facility; (5) no GTS stockholder having exercised its appraisal rights pursuant to Delaware law; (6) the representations and warranties of the other party being true and correct in all material respects upon completion of the merger; (7) the other party having performed, in all material respects, all of its agreements and covenants under the merger agreement on or prior to the completion of the merger; (8) the other party having obtained all required corporate approvals of its board of directors and stockholders; (9) the receipt of all required consents to the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement from governmental, quasi-governmental and private third parties; (10) no suit, action or other proceeding by any governmental agency having been pending or threatened that would restrain or prohibit or seeking damages with respect to the merger; and (11) no proceeding in which any party is involved under any U.S. or state bankruptcy or insolvency law.
 
As of April 15, 2010, Thayer | Hidden Creek was the beneficial owner of approximately 71% of our outstanding common stock (not giving effect to the GTS merger) and approximately 79% of GTS’ outstanding common stock. As of April 15, 2010, Eos was the beneficial owner of approximately 22% of our outstanding common stock. Upon consummation of the GTS merger, assuming our sale of 9,000,000 shares in this offering, Thayer | Hidden Creek will be the beneficial owner of approximately 52% of our common stock and Eos will be the beneficial owner of approximately 13% of our common stock.
 
We have attached the Agreement and Plan of Merger, or merger agreement, which is the legal document that governs the merger, as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The foregoing description of the merger agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the merger agreement.
 
Management and Consulting Agreements
 
In April 2005, Dawes Transport entered into a Management and Consulting Agreement with Thayer | Hidden Creek Management, L.P., an affiliate of Thayer | Hidden Creek. In May 2005, Roadrunner Freight entered into a management and consulting agreement with Thayer | Hidden Creek Management, L.P. as well. In June 2005, each of such agreements was superseded by an amended and restated management and consulting agreement between Dawes Transport, Roadrunner Freight, Thayer | Hidden Creek Management, and Eos Management, Inc., an affiliate of Eos. In March 2007, the amended and restated management and consulting agreement was further amended and restated and superseded by an amended and restated management and consulting agreement among Thayer | Hidden Creek Management, Eos Management, our company, Roadrunner Freight, and Sargent, pursuant to which Thayer | Hidden Creek Management and Eos Management provide financial, management, and operations consulting services to these companies. These services include general executive and management, marketing, and human resource services, advice in connection with the negotiation and consummation of agreements, support, and analysis of acquisitions and financing alternatives, and assistance with monitoring compliance with financing arrangements. In exchange for such services, Thayer | Hidden Creek Management and Eos Management are paid aggregate annual management fees, subject to increase upon certain events, of $0.4 million, and are reimbursed for their expenses. Each of Thayer | Hidden Creek Management and Eos Management are also entitled to additional fees for assisting with acquisitions, dispositions, and financings, including this offering. In connection with our acquisitions of Dawes Transport and Roadrunner Freight, we paid Thayer | Hidden Creek Management and Eos Management aggregate transaction fees of $2.8 million. In October 2009, the parties agreed to waive payment of $0.8 million of the management fees owed to them for 2007 and 2008 and to terminate our obligation to pay the 2009 management fee. Four of our current directors are affiliated with Thayer | Hidden Creek Management, and two of our current


66


Table of Contents

directors are affiliated with Eos Management. We expect each of the directors who are affiliated with Eos Management to resign from our board of directors prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
 
In February 2008, GTS entered into a management and consulting agreement with Thayer | Hidden Creek Management, pursuant to which Thayer | Hidden Creek Management provides financial, management, and operations consulting services to GTS. These services include general executive and management, marketing, and human resource services, advice in connection with the negotiation and consummation of agreements, support, and analysis of acquisitions and financing alternatives, and assistance with monitoring compliance with financing arrangements. In exchange for such services, Thayer | Hidden Creek Management is paid an annual management fee, subject to increase upon certain events, of $0.25 million, and is reimbursed for its expenses. Thayer | Hidden Creek Management is also entitled to additional fees for assisting with acquisitions, dispositions, and financings, including the GTS merger. In 2008 and 2009, GTS paid Thayer | Hidden Creek Management fees of $0.6 million and $0.5 million, respectively, which amounts include transaction fees.
 
Upon consummation of this offering, we will pay Thayer | Hidden Creek Management and Eos Management an aggregate transaction fee of $3.5 million to terminate the management and consulting agreements.
 
Following the consummation of this offering, we will enter into an advisory agreement with Thayer | Hidden Creek Management, pursuant to which Thayer | Hidden Creek Management will continue to provide advisory services to us. These services will include identification, support, negotiation, and analysis of acquisitions and dispositions and support, negotiation, and analysis of financing alternatives. In exchange for such services, Thayer | Hidden Creek Management will be reimbursed for its expenses and paid a transaction fee in connection with the consummation of each acquisition or divestiture by us or our subsidiaries, excluding certain specified transactions, and in connection with any public or private debt offering by us or our subsidiaries negotiated by Thayer | Hidden Creek Management. The amount of any such fee will be determined through good faith negotiations between our board of directors and Thayer | Hidden Creek Management.
 
Stockholders’ Agreements
 
We are party to agreements with each of our stockholders, including Thayer | Hidden Creek, Eos, and our executive officers, providing for “piggyback” registration rights. Such agreements provide that if, at any time after the consummation of this offering, we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act for any underwritten sale of shares of any of our equity securities, the stockholders may request that we include in such registration the shares of common stock held by them on the same terms and conditions as the securities otherwise being sold in such registration.
 
In addition to the piggyback registration rights discussed above, Thayer | Hidden Creek, Eos, and certain of our other stockholders have demand registration rights. In March 2007, we entered into a second amended and restated stockholders’ agreement, pursuant to which Thayer | Hidden Creek, Eos, and certain other of our stockholders were granted Form S-3 registration rights. The amended and restated stockholders’ agreement provides that, any time after we are eligible to register our common stock on a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act, Thayer | Hidden Creek, Eos, and certain other of our stockholders may request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of their shares of common stock subject to certain limitations. These stockholders are each limited to a total of two of such registrations. In addition, if, at any time after the consummation of this offering, we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act for any underwritten sale of shares of any of our equity securities, Thayer | Hidden Creek and the other stockholders party to the amended and restated stockholders’ agreement may request that we include in such registration the shares of common stock held by them on the same terms and conditions as the securities otherwise being sold in such registration.
 
Transactions with Management
 
Between June 2005 and April 2007, certain of our executive officers were granted options to purchase an aggregate of 1,002,267 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $12.70, adjusted to reflect the conversion of our Class A common stock into new common stock on a 149.314-for-one basis. The stock options vest over a four-year period, with 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the grant date and 6.25% at the end of each subsequent three month period thereafter, and are included in the principal and selling stockholders table included in this prospectus.
 
Sargent Merger
 
In March 2007, we acquired Sargent by way of a merger. At that time, Sargent was owned by affiliates of Thayer | Hidden Creek, our largest stockholder. By virtue of the merger, each share of Sargent Transportation Group, Inc. that was not otherwise cancelled pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement was converted into the right to receive two-tenths of a share of our common stock. In addition, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,269,274 shares of our common stock at a per share purchase price of $13.39, which expire in 2017. Of such warrants, 2,245,772 were issued to affiliates of Thayer | Hidden Creek.


67


Table of Contents

Senior Subordinated Notes
 
In March 2007, we issued an aggregate principal amount at maturity of approximately $36.4 million of our senior subordinated notes in connection with the merger of Sargent into us. One of the purchasers of our senior subordinated notes was American Capital, Ltd., one of our 5% stockholders included in the principal and selling stockholders table included in this prospectus. As of December 31, 2009, the aggregate principal amount of outstanding senior subordinated notes was $41.1 million. This amount includes $20.5 million owed to American Capital, Ltd., which we intend to pay from the net proceeds of this offering.
 
Junior Subordinated Notes
 
In December 2009, we issued an aggregate face amount at maturity of approximately $19.5 million of our junior subordinated notes in connection with our acquisition of Bullet Freight Systems, Inc. The purchasers of junior subordinated notes and the accompanying warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,746,974 shares of our common stock at a per share exercise price of $8.37 included Eos, one of our largest stockholders, several officers of an affiliate of Thayer | Hidden Creek (including Messrs. Rued, Evans, and Forese, directors of our company), and Baird Financial Corporation, an affiliate of Robert W. Baird & Co., Incorporated that we refer to as the Baird Affiliate. Each of Messrs. Rued, Evans, and Forese purchased, for an aggregate purchase price of $400,000, (i) $400,000 aggregate face amount of our junior subordinated notes, and (ii) warrants to purchase 35,835 shares of our common stock at a per share purchase price of $8.37. As of December 31, 2009, the aggregate principal amount of our outstanding junior subordinated notes was $19.8 million. For additional information with respect to the junior subordinated notes and warrants, see Notes 6 and 7 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Assuming an offering date of May 10, 2010, we expect to use approximately $31.7 million of the net proceeds from this offering to prepay the junior subordinated notes (including principal, interest, and prepayment penalties), of which Eos will receive aggregate payments of $10.2 million, the Thayer | Hidden Creek affiliates will receive aggregate payments of $4.9 million, and the Baird Affiliate will receive a payment of $1.6 million.
 
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
 
In December 2008, we sold an aggregate of 1,791,768 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock to nine of our stockholders for a aggregate purchase price of $12.0 million, of which approximately $9.5 million was purchased by Thayer Equity Investors V, L.P., an affiliate of Thayer | Hidden Creek, and $2.0 million was purchased by Eos. For additional information, see the section entitled “ Description of Capital Stock — Preferred Stock .”
 
Directed Share Program
 
All members of our board of directors, our executive officers, our full-time employees, and certain other individuals, including members of the immediate family of our board of directors and executive officers, will be eligible to participate in the directed share program described under “ Underwriting ” at levels that may exceed $120,000. The aggregate number of shares subject to our directed share program is 50,000.
 
Other than as set forth above, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or are to be a party in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any director, executive officer, or holder of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities and members of such person’s immediate family had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. In the future, our audit committee will be responsible for reviewing, approving, and ratifying any such transaction or series of similar transactions.


68


Table of Contents

 
Principal and Selling Stockholders
 
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of May 10, 2010 by the following:
 
  n    each person known by us to own more than 5% of our common stock;
 
  n    each stockholder selling shares in this offering;
 
  n    each of our directors and executive officers; and
 
  n    all of our directors and executive officers as a group.
 
Except as otherwise indicated, each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all common stock beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws. Except as otherwise indicated, each person may be reached as follows: c/o Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc., 4900 S. Pennsylvania Ave., Cudahy, Wisconsin 53110.
 
The table assumes (i) the recapitalization of all outstanding shares of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Series B preferred stock (including accrued but unpaid dividends) into 17,305,136 shares of our common stock on a 149.314-for-one basis, and (ii) the issuance of 3,230,324 shares of our new common stock pursuant to the GTS merger. In calculating the percentage of ownership, all shares of common stock that the identified person or group had the right to acquire within 60 days of May 10, 2010 upon the exercise of options or warrants are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of the shares of common stock owned by that person or group, but are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of the shares of common stock owned by any other person or group.
 
                                         
    Shares
                   
    Beneficially
          Shares
 
    Owned Prior to
          Beneficially
 
    the Offering     Shares Offered
    Owned after the Offering  
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number     Percent     for Sale     Number     Percent  
5% Stockholders:
                                       
Thayer | Hidden Creek Entities (1)
    16,576,375       72.5 %           16,576,375       52.0 %
Eos Funds (2)
    3,912,106       18.5 %           3,912,106       13.0 %
American Capital Entities (3)
    1,493,138       7.3 %     1,493,138             *  
Other Selling Stockholders:
                                       
Sankaty Credit Opportunities, L.P.
    281,152       1.4 %     107,506       173,646       *  
Directors and Executive Officers:
                                       
Mark A. DiBlasi (4)
    414,345       2.0 %           414,345       1.4 %
Peter R. Armbruster (5)
    238,379       1.2 %           238,379       *  
Brian J. van Helden (6)
    154,132       *             154,132       *  
Scott L. Dobak (7)
    154,132       *             154,132       *  
Ivor J. Evans (8)
    35,835       *             35,835       *  
Scott D. Rued (8)
    35,835       *             35,835       *  
Judith A. Vijums (8)
          *                   *  
James F. Forese (8)
    35,835       *             35,835       *  
Samuel B. Levine (9)
          *                   *  
Brian D. Young (9)
          *                   *  
Pankaj Gupta (10)
          *                   *  
All directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)
    1,068,493       5.0 %           1,068,493       3.5 %
 
 
*   Less than one percent.
(1) Represents shares held by Thayer Equity Investors V, L.P., TC Roadrunner-Dawes Holdings, L.L.C., TC Sargent Holdings, L.L.C., Thayer | Hidden Creek Partners II, L.P., and THC Co-investors II, L.P., all of which are affiliates and referred to collectively as the Thayer | Hidden Creek Entities. Includes shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants. Mr. Scott Rued exercises shared voting and dispositive power over all shares held by the Thayer | Hidden Creek Entities. The address of each of the Thayer | Hidden Creek Entities is 1455 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 350, Washington, D.C. 20004.
(2) Represents shares held by Eos Capital Partners III, L.P. and Eos Partners, L.P., which are affiliates and referred to as the Eos Funds. As a General Partner of Eos Partners, L.P., Mr. Young has voting and investment control over and may be considered the beneficial owner of stock owned by the Eos Funds. As a Managing Director of Eos Management, L.P., Mr. Levine has voting and investment control over and may be considered the beneficial owner of stock owned by the Eos Funds. Mr. Levine disclaims any beneficial ownership of the stock owned by the Eos Funds. The address of each of the Eos Funds is 320 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022.
(3) Represents shares held by American Capital, Ltd. and American Capital Equity I, LLC. Mr. Gupta is an officer of each of the American Capital Entities and exercises sole voting and dispositive power over all shares held by the American Capital Entities. Mr. Gupta disclaims beneficial ownership of any such shares. The address of each of the American Capital Entities is 2 Bethesda Metro Center, 14th Floor, Bethesda, MD 20814.
(4) Includes 3,732 shares of common stock and 410,613 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of vested stock options.
(5) Includes 48,527 shares of common stock and 189,852 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of vested stock options.
(6) Includes 154,132 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of vested stock options.


69


Table of Contents

(7) Includes 154,132 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of vested stock options.
(8) Represents shares held by the Thayer | Hidden Creek Entities, as described in note 1. Messrs. Evans, Rued, and Forese, and Ms. Vijums, are each officers of certain of the Thayer | Hidden Creek Entities or their affiliates. Accordingly, Messrs. Evans, Rued, and Forese, and Ms. Vijums may be deemed to beneficially own the shares owned by the Thayer | Hidden Creek Entities. Each of Messrs. Evans, Rued, and Forese, and Ms. Vijums disclaims beneficial ownership of any such shares in which he or she does not have a pecuniary interest. The address of each of Messrs. Evans, Rued, and Forese, and Ms. Vijums is c/o Thayer | Hidden Creek, 80 South 8th Street, Suite 4508, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402.
(9) Represents shares held by the Eos Funds, as described in note 2. As a General Partner of Eos Partners, L.P., Mr. Young has voting and investment control over and may be considered the beneficial owner of stock owned by the Eos Funds. As a Managing Director of Eos Management, L.P., Mr. Levine has voting and investment control over and may be considered the beneficial owner of stock owned by the Eos Funds. Mr. Levine disclaims any beneficial ownership of the shares of stock owned by the Eos Funds. We expect that Messrs. Young and Levine will resign from our board of directors prior to effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The address of Messrs. Young and Levine is c/o Eos, 320 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022.
(10) Represents shares held by the American Capital Entities, as described in note 3. As an officer of each of the American Capital Entities, Mr. Gupta may be deemed to beneficially own the shares owned by the American Capital Entities. Mr. Gupta disclaims beneficial ownership of any such shares in which he does not have a pecuniary interest.


70


Table of Contents

 
Description of Capital Stock
 
Upon the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we will be authorized to issue shares of common stock, $.01 par value, and shares of undesignated preferred stock, $.01 par value. The following description of our capital stock reflects our capital stock authorized under the amendment to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws discussed elsewhere in this prospectus and (i) a 149.314-for-one stock split of each share of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Series B preferred stock effective May 7, 2010, and (ii) the conversion of all of our outstanding Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Series B preferred stock (including accrued but unpaid dividends) into a single class of newly authorized common stock on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. The description is intended to be a summary and does not describe all provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law applicable to us. For a more thorough understanding of the terms of our capital stock, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
 
Common Stock
 
Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders. There is no cumulative voting. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of our company, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any outstanding preferred stock. The common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights, other subscription rights, or redemption or sinking fund provisions.
 
Our certificate of incorporation previously authorized the issuance of Class A and Class B common stock. Each holder of record of Class A common stock was entitled to one vote for each share of Class A common stock. The holders of Class B common stock did not have voting rights. Our certificate of incorporation previously provided that each share of Class B common stock would automatically convert into one share of Class A common stock immediately prior to the closing of our initial public offering. The holders of Class A and Class B common stock were entitled to dividends if and when such dividends were declared by our board of directors.
 
Certain shares of our previously authorized Class A common stock were classified by us as redeemable Class A common stock. See Note 8 to our financial statements included in this prospectus. Such shares were issued to certain of our employees and were subject to mandatory redemption by us at a per share price equal to the closing price of our common stock on any securities exchange on which our stock is then listed, in the event such employee’s employment with us is terminated due to such employee’s death or disability within seven years of the date of issuance. We issued the redeemable Class A common stock only to employees in order to provide them with liquidity in the event of their death or disability. Following the conversion of our Class A common stock into a new class of common stock, 259,806 shares of such new common stock will be subject to the same mandatory redemption provisions as the previous shares of Class A common stock.
 
Preferred Stock
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors, without any vote or action by the holders of our common stock, to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series. Our board of directors is authorized to determine the number of shares and to fix the designations, powers, preferences, and the relative participating, optional, or other rights of any series of preferred stock. Issuances of preferred stock would be subject to the applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange or other organizations on which our securities are then quoted or listed. Depending upon the terms of preferred stock established by our board of directors, any or all series of preferred stock could have preference over the common stock with respect to dividends and other distributions and upon our liquidation. If any shares of preferred stock are issued with voting powers, the voting power of the outstanding common stock would be diluted.
 
Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of 5,000 shares of Series A preferred stock, all of which are currently outstanding. Except with respect to approval of amendments to our certificate of incorporation previously in effect, the holders of our Series A preferred stock do not have voting rights. We, at our option and at any time, are entitled to redeem the Series A preferred stock for an amount equal to $1,000 per share, subject to adjustment to reflect stock splits, reorganizations, and other similar changes. We are obligated to redeem the Series A preferred stock for such amount on November 30, 2012 if such shares are not earlier redeemed. The holders of Series A preferred stock are entitled to annual dividends equal to $40.00 per share, subject to adjustment to reflect stock splits, reorganizations, and other similar changes. In addition, the holders of Series A preferred stock are entitled to receive an amount equal to $1,000 per share in the event of our liquidation or dissolution, subject to adjustment to reflect stock splits, reorganizations, and other similar changes. All of


71


Table of Contents

the shares of our Series A preferred stock will remain outstanding following this offering and such shares and the rights and preferences thereof will not be impacted by the reclassification of our capital stock discussed in this prospectus.
 
Our certificate of incorporation previously authorized the issuance of Series B preferred stock. The holders of our Series B preferred stock had the right to one vote for each share of Class A common stock into which such Series B preferred stock could then be converted. With respect to such vote, such holder had full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Class A common stock, and were entitled to vote, together with holders of Class A common stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Class A common stock had the right to vote. The holders of our Series B preferred stock were entitled, in their sole discretion, to redeem the Series B preferred stock upon the occurrence of, among other things, qualified public offering or sale of our company. The holders of Series B preferred stock were entitled to annual dividends at the rate of 15% per annum, compounding quarterly, on each March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31, subject to adjustment to reflect stock splits, reorganizations, and other similar changes. In addition, in the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of Series B preferred stock were entitled to receive an amount equal to the greater of (i) $1,000 per share plus the aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid Series B dividends, or (ii) the amount such holders would have received assuming full conversion of all of their Series B preferred stock at the then effective Series B conversion price, subject to adjustment to reflect stock splits, reorganizations, and other similar changes.
 
Each share of Series B preferred stock was convertible at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the issuance date of such shares, into shares of Class A common stock. In addition, all outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock were subject to automatic conversion (without any further action by the holders thereof) into shares of Class A common stock immediately prior to a firm commitment underwritten public offering in which the public offering price per share is not less than the Series B preferred stock liquidation value as set forth in our certificate of incorporation and the aggregate proceeds to us are at least $50 million. All of the shares of Series B preferred stock (plus accrued but unpaid dividends) will be converted into an aggregate of approximately 2.2 million shares of new common stock in connection with this offering.
 
Registration Rights
 
Form S-3 Registration Rights
 
Upon receipt of a written request from certain of our stockholders party to our amended and restated stockholders’ agreement, we must use our best efforts to file and effect a registration statement with respect to any of the shares of our common stock held by those stockholders. We are not, however, required to effect any such registration if (1) we are not eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, (2) the aggregate offering price of the common stock to be registered is less than $1.0 million, or (3) the amount of shares to be registered does not equal or exceed 1% of our then-outstanding common stock. Additionally, we are not required to effect more than two Form S-3 registrations on behalf of each such stockholder. A Form S-3 registration will not be deemed to have been effected for purposes of our stockholders’ agreement unless the registration statement or preliminary or final prospectus, as the case may be, relating thereto (i) has become effective under the Securities Act and remained effective for a period of at least 90 days, and (ii) at least 75% of the common stock requested to be included in such registration is so included.
 
Incidental Registration Rights
 
All of our common stockholders are, pursuant to stockholders’ agreements, entitled to include all or part of their shares of our common stock in any of our registration statements under the Securities Act relating to an underwritten offering, excluding registration statements relating to our employee benefit plans or a corporate reorganization. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of securities included in such offering due to marketing reasons. However, if the underwriter reduces the number of securities included in the offering, the reduction in the number of securities held by those stockholders cannot represent a greater percentage of the shares requested to be registered by such stockholders than the lowest percentage reduction imposed upon any other stockholder.
 
Registration Expenses
 
We will pay all expenses incurred in connection with the registrations described above, except for underwriting discounts and commissions and the expenses of counsel representing the holders of registration rights.
 
Indemnification
 
In connection with all of the registrations described above, we have agreed to indemnify the selling stockholders against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.


72


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects
 
General
 
Our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws, and the Delaware General Corporation Law contain certain provisions that could delay or make more difficult an acquisition of control of our company not approved by our board of directors, whether by means of a tender offer, open market purchases, a proxy context, or otherwise. These provisions have been implemented to enable us, particularly but not exclusively in the initial years of our existence as a publicly owned company, to develop our business in a manner that will foster our long-term growth without disruption caused by the threat of a takeover not deemed by our board of directors to be in the best interests of our company and our stockholders. These provisions could have the effect of discouraging third parties from making proposals involving an acquisition or change of control of our company even if such a proposal, if made, might be considered desirable by a majority of our stockholders. These provisions may also have the effect of making it more difficult for third parties to cause the replacement of our current management without the concurrence of our board of directors.
 
There is set forth below a description of the provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law that could impede or delay an acquisition of control of our company that our board of directors has not approved. This description is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, as well as the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
Authorized but Unissued Preferred Stock
 
Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of such series without any further vote or action by our stockholders. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, or other extraordinary transaction. Any issuance of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock, including the loss of voting control to others. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock will also enable our board of directors, without stockholder approval, to adopt a “poison pill” takeover defense mechanism. We have no present plans to issue any additional shares of preferred stock.
 
Number of Directors; Removal; Filling Vacancies
 
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the number of directors shall be fixed only by resolution of our board of directors from time to time. Our certificate of incorporation provides that directors may be removed by stockholders only both for cause and by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the shares entitled to vote. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that vacancies on the board of directors may be filled only by a majority vote of the remaining directors or by the sole remaining director.
 
Classified Board
 
Our certificate of incorporation provides for our board to be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, serving staggered terms. Approximately one-third of our board will be elected each year. See “ Management – Board of Directors and Committees .” The provision for a classified board could prevent a party who acquires control of a majority of our outstanding common stock from obtaining control of the board until our second annual stockholders meeting following the date the acquirer obtains the controlling share interest. The classified board provision could have the effect of discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us and could increase the likelihood that incumbent directors will retain their positions.
 
Stockholder Action
 
Our certificate of incorporation provides that stockholder action may be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders. This provision prohibits stockholder action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws further provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board of directors or a majority of the board of directors. Stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting or to require our board of directors to call a special meeting of stockholders.
 
The provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws prohibiting stockholder action by written consent may have the effect of delaying consideration of a stockholder proposal until the next annual meeting unless a special meeting is called as provided above. These provisions would also prevent the holders of a majority of the voting power of our stock from unilaterally using the written consent procedure to take stockholder action. Moreover, a stockholder could not force stockholder


73


Table of Contents

consideration of a proposal over the opposition of the board of directors by calling a special meeting of stockholders prior to the time our chairman or a majority of the whole board believes such consideration to be appropriate.
 
Advance Notice for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations
 
Our bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before any annual or special meeting of stockholders and for nominations by stockholders of candidates for election as directors at an annual meeting or a special meeting at which directors are to be elected. Subject to any other applicable requirements, including, without limitation, Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, only such business may be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as has been brought before the meeting by, or at the direction of, our board of directors, or by a stockholder who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. The presiding officer at such meeting has the authority to make such determinations. Only persons who are nominated by, or at the direction of, our board of directors, or who are nominated by a stockholder that has given timely written notice, in proper form, to our Secretary prior to a meeting at which directors are to be elected, will be eligible for election as directors.
 
Amendments to Bylaws
 
Our certificate of incorporation provides that only our board of directors or the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the shares entitled to vote at an annual or special meeting of stockholders have the power to amend or repeal our bylaws.
 
Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation
 
Any proposal to amend, alter, change, or repeal any provision of our certificate of incorporation requires approval by the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of all of the shares of our capital stock entitled to vote on such matters, with the exception of certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation that require a vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of such voting power. The requirement of a super-majority vote to approve amendments to the certificate of incorporation or bylaws could enable a minority of our stockholders to exercise veto power over an amendment.
 
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
 
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws limit the liability of directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law. In connection with this offering, we are entering into indemnification agreements with our current directors and executive officers and expect to enter into a similar agreement with any new directors or executive officers.
 
Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for directors, officers, or controlling persons pursuant to the provisions described in the preceding paragraph, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company. The transfer agent’s address is 59 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038 and its telephone number is (877) 777-0800.


74


Table of Contents

 
Shares Eligible for Future Sale
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares, or the availability of shares for sale, will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse as described below, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price to decline or to be lower than it might be in the absence of those sales or perceptions.
 
Sale of Restricted Shares
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will have approximately 29.5 million shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares, the 10,600,644 shares sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. In general, affiliates include executive officers, directors, and 10% stockholders. Shares purchased by affiliates will remain subject to the resale limitations of Rule 144.
 
The remaining shares outstanding prior to this offering are restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.
 
Taking into account the lock-up agreements, and assuming Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated does not release shares from these agreements, approximately 18.9 million of our shares will be eligible for sale in the public market subject to volume, manner of sale, and other limitations under Rule 144 beginning 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part (unless the lock-up period is extended as described below and in “ Underwriting ”).
 
Lock-Up Agreements
 
Our directors, executive officers, and certain stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements in connection with this offering, generally providing that they will not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, or grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of our common stock or any securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock owned by them for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated. The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding sentence will be extended if:
 
  n    during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or material event; or
 
  n    prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding sentence will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event. Despite possible earlier eligibility for sale under the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, shares subject to lock-up agreements will not be salable until these agreements expire or are waived by Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated. These agreements are more fully described in “ Underwriting .”
 
We have been advised by the underwriters that they may at their discretion waive the lock-up agreements; however, they have no current intention of releasing any shares subject to a lock-up agreement. The release of any lock-up would be considered on a case-by-case basis. In considering any request to release shares covered by a lock-up agreement, Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated may consider, among other factors, the particular circumstances surrounding the request, including but not limited to the number of shares requested to be released, market conditions, the possible impact on the market for our common stock, the trading price of our common stock, historical trading volumes of our common stock, the reasons for the request and whether the person seeking the release is one of our officers or directors. No agreement has been made between the representatives and us or any of our stockholders pursuant to which Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated will waive the lock-up restrictions.
 
Rule 144
 
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned restricted securities of an issuer that has been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least six months, and who is not affiliated with such issuer, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of common stock so long as the issuer has met its public information disclosure requirements. In addition, an affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at


75


Table of Contents

least six months would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:
 
  n    1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding; or
 
  n    the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.
 
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to requirements with respect to manner of sale, notice, and the availability of current public information about us.
 
Rule 701
 
Under Rule 701 as currently in effect, each of our employees, officers, directors, and consultants who purchased shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract is eligible to resell these shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance upon Rule 144, but without compliance with specific restrictions. Rule 701 provides that affiliates may sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirement and that non-affiliates may sell their shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation, or notice requirements of Rule 144.
 
Stock Options
 
We intend to file registration statements under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering for shares issued upon the exercise of options and shares to be issued under our employee benefit plans. As a result, any options or shares issued under any benefit plan after the effectiveness of the registration statements will also be freely tradable in the public market. However, such shares held by affiliates will still be subject to the volume limitation, manner of sale, notice, and public information requirements of Rule 144 unless otherwise resalable under Rule 701.
 
Registration Rights
 
After the completion of this offering, holders of restricted shares will be entitled to registration rights on these shares for sale in the public market. See “ Description of Capital Stock – Registration Rights .” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in their becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of the related registration statement.


76


Table of Contents

 
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations For
Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock
 
The following discussion describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, nor does it address any tax consequences arising under any state, local, or foreign tax laws or any other U.S. federal tax laws. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus. These authorities may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. No ruling from the IRS has been or will be sought with respect to the matters discussed below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, or disposition of our common stock, or that any such contrary position would not be sustained by a court.
 
This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of that holder’s particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including, without limitation, U.S. expatriates; partnerships and other pass-through entities; “controlled foreign corporations;” “passive foreign investment companies;” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax; financial institutions; insurance companies; brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies; tax-exempt organizations; tax qualified retirement plans; persons subject to the alternative minimum tax; persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment; real estate investment companies; regulated investment companies; grantor trusts; persons that received our common stock as compensation for performance of services; persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar; and certain former citizens or residents of the U.S.
 
For the purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a “U.S. person” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any of the following:
 
  n    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  n    a corporation or partnership (or other entity treated as a corporation or a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
 
  n    an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax, regardless of its source; or
 
  n    a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more U.S. persons, or (2) has validly elected to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
If a partnership (or other entity taxed as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock and partners in such partnerships are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the specific U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.
 
Distributions on our Common Stock
 
We have not declared or paid distributions on our common stock since inception and do not intend to pay any distribution on our common stock in the foreseeable future. In the event we do pay distributions on our common stock, however, these payments will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a tax-free return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain.
 
Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock that are not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by such holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an applicable tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or applicable successor form) certifying such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification, but which qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.


77


Table of Contents

If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on the common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business, the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form).
 
Any dividends paid on our common stock that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. trade or business (or if required by an applicable tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States, unless an applicable tax treaty provides otherwise. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
 
Gain on Disposition of our Common Stock
 
A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:
 
  n    the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, or if required by an applicable tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States;
 
  n    the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or
 
  n    our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes (referred to as a “USRPHC”) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our common stock.
 
Unless an applicable tax treaty provides otherwise, gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States.
 
Non-U.S. holders that are foreign corporations also may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
 
Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate, but may be offset by U.S. source capital losses.
 
We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our United States real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests with respect to a non-U.S. holder only if the non-U.S. holder actually or constructively holds more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition. Furthermore, no assurances can be provided that our stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market.
 
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
 
We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends on our common stock paid to such holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those dividends, together with other information. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the dividends were effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Backup withholding, however, generally will not apply to payments of dividends to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI.
 
Payment of the proceeds from a disposition by a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the non-U.S. holder certifies as to its non-U.S. holder status under penalties of perjury, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, information reporting and backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.


78


Table of Contents

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
 
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS.


79


Table of Contents

 
Underwriting
 
We, the underwriters and the selling stockholders, which selling stockholders may be deemed to be underwriters, named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott & Stringfellow, LLC, and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated are representatives of the underwriters.
 
         
    Number of
 
Underwriters
  Shares  
 
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
       
BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott & Stringfellow, LLC
       
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
             
         
Total
    10,600,644  
         
 
The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.
 
If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional           shares from us to cover such sales. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.
 
The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us.
 
                                 
    Per Share   Total
    Without Over-
  With Over-
  Without Over-
  With Over-
    Allotment   Allotment   Allotment   Allotment
 
Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us
  $       $       $       $    
Underwriting and commissions paid by selling stockholders
  $       $       $       $  
 
Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $      per share from the initial public offering price. Any such securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the underwriters to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $      per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms.
 
We and our executive officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock have agreed with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated or in other limited circumstances. Our agreement does not apply to any shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock issued pursuant to any existing employee benefit plans. See “ Shares Eligible for Future Sale ” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.
 
The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:
 
  n    during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or
 
  n    prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.
 
The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 50,000 shares of the common stock for employees and directors who have expressed an interest in purchasing common stock in the offering. The maximum number of shares that a participant may purchase in this directed share program is limited to the participant’s pro rata allocation of the shares based on the number of shares for which the participant subscribed. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares.


80


Table of Contents

 
Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.
 
Application has been made to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “RRTS.” In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial holders.
 
The underwriters may in the future perform investment banking and advisory services for us from time to time for which they may in the future receive customary fees and expenses.
 
We and the selling stockholders have agreed or will agree to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities under the Securities Act or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.
 
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.
 
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
 
Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.
 
Syndicate-covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
 
Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions. Stabilization and syndicate covering transactions may cause the price of the shares to be higher than it would be in the absence of these transactions. The imposition of a penalty bid might also have an effect on the price of the shares if it discourages presale of the shares.
 
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market.
 
These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
 
In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant member state), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the securities that has been approved by the competent authority in that relevant member state or, where appropriate, approved in another relevant member state and notified to the competent authority in that relevant member state, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the relevant implementation date, an offer of securities may be offered to the public in that relevant member state at any time:
 
  n    to any legal entity that is authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;


81


Table of Contents

  n    to any legal entity that has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or
 
  n    in any other circumstances that do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
Each purchaser of securities described in this prospectus located within a relevant member state will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the securities, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state.
 
The sellers of the securities have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the securities, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the securities on behalf of the sellers or the underwriters.
 
This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”).
 
This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.
 
Our board of directors received an opinion, dated March 1, 2010, from BB&T Capital Markets relating to the fairness of the exchange ratio for each share of GTS common stock to be exchanged for shares of our common stock in connection with the GTS merger. BB&T Capital Markets’ fairness opinion refers to the fairness to our existing stockholders (prior to the GTS merger), from a financial point of view, of the GTS merger. The fairness opinion is subject to further due diligence and the issuance of a bring-down opinion by BB&T Capital Markets at the time of the consummation of the GTS merger. BB&T Capital Markets expresses no opinion and makes no recommendations as to the purchase by any person of shares of our common stock or as to the fairness of the exchange ratio or the GTS merger to the holders of GTS common stock. As compensation for its services, upon completion of the GTS merger, we have agreed to pay BB&T Capital Markets a fairness opinion fee of $150,000.
 
In December 2009, Baird Financial Corporation, an affiliate of Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated that we refer to as the Baird Affiliate, purchased (i) $1.0 million aggregate face amount of our junior subordinated notes and (ii) warrants to purchase 600 shares of our Class A common stock at an exercise price of $1,250 per share for a total purchase price of $1.0 million (the Class A common stock was split on a 149.314-for-one basis effective May 7, 2010 and will be converted into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis at the time of the consummation of this offering, resulting in warrants to purchase 89,588 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $8.37 per share). As a result of the anticipated prepayment of the junior subordinated notes with the proceeds of this offering, the Baird Affiliate will receive a payment equal to the face amount of the junior subordinated notes it purchased plus approximately $0.6 million, which includes prepayment penalties and accrued interest. Based on our fair value estimate of the warrants at the date of issuance, the value associated with the warrants purchased by the Baird Affiliate is approximately $154,000.


82


Table of Contents

 
Legal Matters
 
The validity of the common stock in this offering will be passed upon for us by Greenberg Traurig, LLP, Phoenix, Arizona. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Foley & Lardner LLP, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
 
Experts
 
The financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
Where You Can Find Additional Information
 
We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. For further information with respect to our company and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement, exhibits, and schedules. Anyone may inspect a copy of the registration statement without charge at the public reference facility maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from that facility upon payment of the prescribed fees. The public may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.
 
We intend to make available free of charge on our website at www.rrts.com our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, amendments to such reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy statements, and other information as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained on, or connected to, or that can be accessed via our website is not part of this prospectus.


83


 

 
Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc.
Index to Financial Statements
 
         
    Page
 
Consolidated Financial Statements
       
As of December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
       
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7  


F-1


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of
Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ investment, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the Company’s consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/   DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 
Minneapolis, MN
 
March 3, 2010 (April 2, 2010 as to Note 16) (except for the first and fifth paragraphs of Note 16, as to which the date is May 7, 2010)


F-2


Table of Contents

ROADRUNNER TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
(Dollars in thousands, except share amounts)
 
                         
    Pro Forma
             
    December 31,
    December 31,  
    2009     2009     2008  
    Note 16 (unaudited)              
 
ASSETS
                       
CURRENT ASSETS:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
          $ 667     $ 496  
Accounts receivable, net
            53,080       45,506  
Deferred income taxes
            1,578       2,055  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
            8,440       7,080  
                         
Total current assets
            63,765       55,137  
                         
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
            5,292       4,951  
OTHER ASSETS:
                       
Goodwill
            210,834       185,115  
Other noncurrent assets
            10,944       10,678  
                         
Total other assets
            221,778       195,793  
                         
TOTAL ASSETS
          $ 290,835     $ 255,881  
                         
                         
LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY, AND STOCKHOLDERS’ INVESTMENT                        
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
                       
Current maturities of long-term debt
          $ 7,400     $ 5,500  
Accounts payable
            26,914       24,018  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
            8,520       9,362  
Accrued interest
            1,478       2,790  
                         
Total current liabilities
            44,312       41,670  
                         
LONG-TERM DEBT , net of current maturities
            120,660       93,354  
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
            1,922       1,393  
PREFERRED STOCK SUBJECT TO MANDATORY REDEMPTION
            5,000       5,000  
                         
Total liabilities
            171,894       141,417  
                         
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 13)
                       
REDEEMABLE COMMON STOCK
                       
Class A common stock $.01 par value; 259,806 shares issued and outstanding
            1,740       1,740  
                         
STOCKHOLDERS’ INVESTMENT:
                       
Series B convertible preferred stock; 1,791,768 shares issues and outstanding
          13,950       12,000  
Class A common stock $.01 par value; 14,567,521 shares issued and outstanding
    147       147       147  
Class B common stock $.01 par value; 298,628 shares authorized; 282,502 shares issued and outstanding
    3       3       3  
Additional paid-in capital
    117,649       103,698       101,338  
Retained deficit
    (597 )     (597 )     (764 )
                         
Total stockholders’ investment
    117,201       117,201       112,724  
                         
TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY, AND
STOCKHOLDERS’ INVESTMENT
          $ 290,835     $ 255,881  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-3


Table of Contents

ROADRUNNER TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Revenues
  $   450,351     $   537,378     $   538,007  
Operating expenses:
                       
Purchased transportation costs
    354,069       432,139       425,568  
Personnel and related benefits
    48,255       55,000       55,354  
Other operating expenses
    32,079       37,539       37,311  
Depreciation and amortization
    2,372       2,004       1,840  
Acquisition transaction expenses
    374              
Restructuring and IPO expenses
          3,416        
                         
Total operating expenses
    437,149       530,098       520,073  
                         
Operating income
    13,202       7,280       17,934  
Interest expense:
                       
Interest on long-term debt
    12,531       12,352       13,937  
Dividends on preferred stock subject to mandatory redemption
    200       200       160  
                         
Total interest expense
    12,731       12,552       14,097  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                1,608  
                         
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
    471       (5,272 )     2,229  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    304       (1,438 )     1,294  
                         
Net income (loss)
    167       (3,834 )     935  
Accretion of Series B preferred stock
    (1,950 )            
                         
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ (1,783 )   $ (3,834 )   $ 935  
                         
Earnings (loss) per share available to common stockholders:
                       
Basic
  $ (0.12 )   $ (0.25 )   $ 0.06  
                         
Diluted
  $ (0.12 )   $ (0.25 )   $ 0.06  
                         
Pro forma earnings per share available to common stockholders (Note 16 - unaudited):
Basic
  $ 0.01                  
                         
Diluted
  $ 0.01                  
                         
Weighted average common stock outstanding:
                       
Basic
    15,109,830       15,112,667       15,113,563  
                         
Diluted
    15,109,830       15,112,667       15,133,571  
                         
Pro forma weighted average common stock outstanding:
Basic
    17,047,179                  
                         
Diluted
    17,172,005                  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

 
ROADRUNNER TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ INVESTMENT
 
(Dollars in thousands, except share amounts)
 
                                                                                 
                                                    Accumulated
       
                                        Additional
          Other
    Total
 
    Series B Convertible Preferred Stock     Class A Common Stock     Class B Common Stock     Paid-In
    Retained
    Comprehensive
    Stockholders’
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Income     Investment  
 
BALANCE, January 1, 2007
        $       14,567,521     $   147       282,502     $   3     $  100,019     $   2,135     $   13     $  102,317  
                                                                                 
Share-based compensation
                                                    655                       655  
Purchase and cancellation of common stock
                                                    (25 )                     (25 )
Comprehensive income:
                                                                               
Net change in unrealized gains and losses (net of tax of $1)
                                                                    (12 )     (12 )
Net income
                                                            935               935  
                                                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                                                            923  
                                                                                 
BALANCE, December 31, 2007
        $       14,567,521     $ 147       282,502     $ 3     $ 100,649     $ 3,070     $ 1     $ 103,870  
                                                                                 
Issuance of Series B preferred stock
    1,791,768       12,000                                                               12,000  
Share-based compensation
                                                    698                       698  
Purchase and cancellation of common stock
                                                    (9 )                     (9 )
Comprehensive loss:
                                                                               
Net change in unrealized gains and losses
                                                                    (1 )     (1 )
Net loss
                                                            (3,834 )             (3,834 )
                                                                                 
Total comprehensive loss
                                                                            (3,835 )
                                                                                 
BALANCE, December 31, 2008
    1,791,768     $   12,000       14,567,521     $ 147       282,502     $ 3     $ 101,338     $ (764 )   $     $ 112,724  
                                                                                 
Accretion of Series B preferred stock (15% per annum)
            1,950                                       (1,950 )                      
Issuance of warrants
                                                    3,000                       3,000  
Share-based compensation
                                                    510                       510  
Forgiveness of payable to affiliates
                                                    800                       800  
Net income
                                                            167               167  
                                                                                 
BALANCE, December 31, 2009
    1,791,768     $ 13,950       14,567,521     $ 147       282,502     $ 3     $ 103,698     $ (597 )   $     $ 117,201  
                                                                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-5


Table of Contents

 
ROADRUNNER TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 167     $ (3,834 )   $ 935  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    3,086       2,439       2,290  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                1,608  
Deferred interest
    2,771       1,163       1,261  
(Gain) loss on disposal of buildings and equipment
    (35 )           165  
Share-based compensation
    510       698       655  
Provision for bad debts and freight bill adjustments
    1,186       737       349  
Deferred tax provision (benefit)
    (113 )     (1,721 )     1,054  
Changes in:
                       
Accounts receivable
    (4,671 )     6,273       1,090  
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    (1,409 )     (848 )     530  
Accounts payable
    (330 )     (6,314 )     1,810  
Accrued expenses
    (1,747 )     1,502       1,907  
Other liabilities
    529       (211 )     (1,184 )
                         
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
    (56 )     (116 )     12,470  
                         
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Restricted assets
    934       (5,000 )      
Additional purchase price for acquisition earnouts
          (499 )     (1,349 )
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired
    (24,205 )            
Capital expenditures
    (2,246 )     (1,098 )     (1,867 )
Proceeds from sale of buildings and equipment
    99       63       29  
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (25,418 )     (6,534 )     (3,187 )
                         
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
          12,000        
Repurchase and retirement of stock
          (34 )     (125 )
Borrowings under revolving credit facilities
    71,625       137,025       151,715  
Payments under revolving credit facilities
    (65,215 )     (136,775 )     (135,390 )
Long-term debt borrowings
    25,500             40,000  
Long-term debt payments
    (5,500 )     (5,000 )     (66,490 )
Payment of debt financing fees
    (765 )     (870 )     (1,245 )
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    25,645       6,346       (11,535 )
                         
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    171       (304 )     (2,252 )
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
                       
Beginning of period
    496       800       3,052  
                         
End of period
  $ 667     $ 496     $ 800  
                         
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
                       
Cash paid for interest
  $ 10,342     $ 10,641     $ 9,964  
Cash paid for income taxes (net of refunds)
  $ 470     $ (71 )   $ 118  
Noncash Series B convertible preferred stock dividend
  $ 1,950     $     $  
Noncash forgiveness of payable to affiliates
  $ 800     $     $  
Noncash conversion of notes payable to preferred stock
  $     $     $ 5,000  
Noncash notes and warrants issued for acquisition of business (face amount)
  $ 3,000     $     $  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-6


Table of Contents

 
Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
1.    Organization, Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies
 
Organization and Nature of Business
 
On October 4, 2006, the controlling shareholder of Roadrunner Dawes, Inc. (“RDS”) through Sargent Transportation Group, Inc. (“STG”) acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Big Rock Transportation, Inc., Midwest Carriers, Inc., Sargent Trucking, Inc., B&J Transportation, Inc., and Smith Truck Brokers, Inc. (collectively, “Sargent”). On March 14, 2007, STG merged with RDS and are collectively referred to herein as the “Company.” At the time of the merger, each STG share was converted into two-tenths of a share of the Company’s Class A common stock. In addition, 10-year warrants to purchase 2,269,274 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock at a purchase price of $13.39 per share were issued to the existing shareholders of STG. Additionally, the Company converted $5.0 million of subordinated notes payable to the former owners of Sargent into $5.0 million of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock.
 
The Company is headquartered in Cudahy, Wisconsin. RDS operates as a common and contract motor carrier pursuant to U.S. Department of Transportation authority and is engaged primarily in transportation of less-than-truckload shipments. RDS has 17 service centers and operates throughout the United States. Sargent operates as a transportation and brokerage business from nine offices throughout the continental United States and into Canada.
 
On June 13, 2008, the Company changed its name to Roadrunner Transportation Services Holdings, Inc. to reflect the Company’s comprehensive service offerings. On March 25, 2010, the Company changed its name to Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc. (“RRTS”). Refer to Note 16.
 
Accounting Standards Codification
 
The issuance by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) of the Accounting Standards Codification (the “Codification” or “ASC”) on July 1, 2009 (effective for the Company’s fiscal year 2009) changes the way that accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) are referenced. Beginning on that date, the Codification officially became the single source of authoritative nongovernmental GAAP. The change affects the way the Company refers to GAAP in its financial statements and accounting policies. All existing standards that were used to create the Codification were superseded. The Company adopted and applied the provisions of the ASC and has eliminated references to pre-ASC accounting standards throughout its financial statements.
 
Principles of Consolidation
 
Transfers of net assets or exchanges of equity interests between entities under common control do not constitute business combinations. Because RDS and STG had the same controlling stockholder immediately before and after the March 14, 2007 merger (the “STG Merger”), the STG Merger has been accounted for as a combination of entities under common control on a historical cost basis in a manner similar to a pooling of interests. The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared as if the STG Merger had occurred on October 4, 2006, the date of common control. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of STG for all periods presented. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Segment Reporting
 
The Company’s chief operating decision maker, the chief executive officer, assesses performance and makes resource allocation decisions of the two reportable segments: a less-than truckload segment (“LTL”) and a truck brokerage segment (“TL”).
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash equivalents are defined as short-term investments that have an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase and are readily convertible into cash. The Company maintains cash in several banks and, at times, the balances may exceed federally insured limits. The Company does not believe it is exposed to any material credit risk on cash. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, approximately $9.7 million and $7.5 million, respectively, of checks drawn in


F-7


Table of Contents

 
excess of book balances were classified as accounts payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Cash equivalents consist of overnight investments in an interest bearing sweep account.
 
Restricted Cash
 
In December 2008, the Company deposited $5.0 million into a restricted cash account pursuant to the terms of the Keep Well Agreement (see Note 6) entered into in conjunction with the issuance of its Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (see Note 9). The restricted cash may be released for payment of principal, compliance with restrictive covenants or ordinary course liquidity needs, as defined in the Keep Well Agreement. The Keep Well Agreement states that once funds are drawn from the restricted cash account, they cannot be replaced, and the agreement terminates when all funds are used or all senior debt obligations have been paid in full. As of December 31, 2009, restricted cash of $4.1 million is included in other noncurrent assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. During 2009, the Company used approximately $0.9 million for compliance with restrictive covenants.
 
Accounts Receivable
 
Accounts receivable represent trade receivables from customers and are stated net of an allowance for doubtful accounts and pricing allowances of approximately $1.1 million and $0.9 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Management estimates the portion of accounts receivable that will not be collected and accounts are written off when they are determined to be uncollectible. Accounts receivable are uncollateralized and are generally due 30 days from the invoice date.
 
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
 
The Company provides reserves for accounts receivable. The rollforward of the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Beginning balance
  $ 889     $  1,437     $ 1,703  
Provision, charged to expense
    1,186       737       349  
Write-offs, less recoveries
    (953 )     (1,285 )     (615 )
                         
Ending balance
  $   1,122     $ 889     $   1,437  
                         
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense as incurred. For financial reporting purposes, depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:
 
         
Buildings and leasehold improvements
  5-15 years    
Furniture and fixtures
  5 years    
Equipment
  5 years    
 
Accelerated depreciation methods are used for tax reporting purposes.
 
Property and equipment and other long-lived assets are reviewed periodically for possible impairment. The Company evaluates whether current facts or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets to be held and used may not be recoverable. If such circumstances are determined to exist, an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows produced by the long-lived asset, or the appropriate grouping of assets, is compared to the carrying value to determine whether impairment exists. If an asset is determined to be impaired, the loss is measured based on quoted market prices in active markets, if available. If quoted market prices are not available, the estimate of fair value is based on various valuation techniques, including discounted value of estimated future cash flows. The Company reports an asset to be disposed of at the lower of its carrying value or its estimated net realizable value.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangibles
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets result from business acquisitions. The Company accounts for business acquisitions by assigning the purchase price to tangible and intangible assets and liabilities. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their fair values and the excess of the purchase price over amounts assigned is recorded as goodwill.


F-8


Table of Contents

 
Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually using a two-step process that begins with an estimation of the fair value at the “reporting unit” level. The Company’s reporting units are its operating segments as this is the lowest level for which discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management. The impairment test for goodwill involves comparing the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is required to measure the goodwill impairment loss. The second step includes hypothetically valuing all the tangible and intangible assets of the reporting unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Then, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is compared to the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, the Company recognizes an impairment loss in an amount equal to the excess, not to exceed the carrying amount. For purposes of the Company’s impairment test, the fair value of its reporting units are calculated based upon an average of an income fair value approach and market fair value approach. Based on these tests, the Company concluded that the fair value for all reporting units is substantially in excess of the respective reporting unit’s carrying value. Accordingly, no goodwill impairments were identified in 2009, 2008 or 2007.
 
Other intangible assets recorded consist of two definite lived customer relationships. The Company evaluates its other intangible assets for impairment when current facts or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets to be held and used may not be recoverable. No indicators of impairment were identified in 2009, 2008 or 2007.
 
Debt Issue Costs
 
Debt issue costs represent costs incurred in connection with the financing agreements described in Note 6. The debt issue costs aggregate to $2.3 million and $2.2 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and have been classified in the consolidated balance sheets as other noncurrent assets. Such costs are being amortized over the expected maturity of the financing agreements using the effective interest rate method.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
The Company’s share based payment awards are comprised of stock options. Cost for the Company’s stock options is measured at fair value and recognized over the vesting period of the award.
 
Income Taxes
 
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed annually for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. The provision (benefit) for income taxes is the tax payable or refundable for the period plus or minus the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
Fair values of cash, accounts receivable, junior subordinated debt and accounts payable approximate cost. The estimated fair value of long-term debt has been determined using market information and valuation methodologies, primarily discounted cash flow analysis. These estimates require considerable judgment in interpreting market data, and changes in assumptions or estimation methods could significantly affect the fair value estimates. Based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms and average maturities, the estimated fair value of the subordinated debt was $40.5 million and $35.9 million and the estimated fair value of the preferred stock subject to mandatory redemption was $4.7 million and $4.3 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The estimated fair value of the senior debt approximates its carrying value at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
LTL revenue is recorded when all of the following have occurred: an agreement of sale exists; pricing is fixed or determinable; and collection of revenue is reasonably assured. The Company uses a percentage of completion method to recognize revenue, which results in an allocation of revenue between reporting periods based on the distinctive phases of each LTL transaction completed in each reporting period, with expenses recognized as incurred.
 
TL revenue is recorded when all of the following have occurred: an agreement of sale exists; pricing is fixed or determinable; delivery has occurred; and the Company’s obligation to fulfill a transaction is complete and collection of revenue is reasonable assured. This occurs when the Company completes the delivery of a shipment.
 
The Company recognizes revenue on a gross basis, as opposed to a net basis, because it bears the risks and benefits associated with revenue-generated activities by, among other things, (1) acting as a principal in the transaction,


F-9


Table of Contents

 
(2) establishing prices, (3) managing all aspects of the shipping process, and (4) taking the risk of loss for collection, delivery and returns.
 
Insurance
 
The Company uses a combination of purchased insurance and self-insurance programs to provide for the cost of vehicle liability, cargo damage and workers’ compensation claims. The portion of self-insurance accruals, which are included in accrued expenses and other liabilities, relates primarily to vehicle liability and cargo damage claims. The Company periodically evaluates the level of insurance coverage and adjusts insurance levels based on risk tolerance and premium expense.
 
The measurement and classification of self-insured costs requires the consideration of historical cost experience, demographic and severity factors, and judgments about the current and expected levels of cost per claim and retention levels. These methods provide estimates of the liability associated with claims incurred as of the balance sheet date, including claims not reported. The Company believes these methods are appropriate for measuring these highly judgmental self-insurance accruals. However, the use of any estimation method is sensitive to the assumptions and factors described above, based on the magnitude of claims and the length of time from incurrence of the claims to ultimate settlement. Accordingly, changes in these assumptions and factors can materially affect actual costs paid to settle the claims and those amounts may be different than estimates.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
The Company reports all derivative financial instruments on its balance sheet at fair value and has established criteria for designation and evaluation of effectiveness of transactions entered into for hedging purposes. The Company employs, from time to time, derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate changes and to limit the volatility and impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows. The Company does not enter into other derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. The Company faces credit risk if the counterparties to these transactions are unable to perform their obligations; however, the Company seeks to minimize this risk by entering into transactions with counterparties that are major financial institutions with high credit ratings.
 
The Company may, at its discretion, terminate or de-designate any such hedging instrument agreements prior to maturity. At that time, any gains or losses previously reported in accumulated other comprehensive income on termination would be amortized into interest expense or interest income to correspond to the recognition of interest expense or interest income on the hedged debt. If such debt instrument is also terminated, the gain or loss associated with the terminated derivative included in accumulated other comprehensive income at the time of termination of the debt would be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
New Accounting Pronouncements
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued authoritative accounting guidance which significantly changed the accounting for business combinations in a number of areas, including the treatment of contingent consideration, pre-acquisition contingencies, transaction costs, in-process research and development, and restructuring costs. The Company adopted this accounting pronouncement in fiscal year 2009 and is applying the accounting treatment for business combinations on a prospective basis.
 
2.    Acquisitions
 
On December 11, 2009, the Company acquired certain assets of Bullet Freight Systems, Inc. (“Bullet”) for purposes of expanding its current market presence and service offerings. Bullet operates as a common and contract motor carrier pursuant to U.S. Department of Transportation authority and is engaged primarily in transportation of less-than-truckload shipments. Bullet has operations based out of four service centers and operates throughout the United States. Total consideration was $27.2 million. The acquisition price and related financing fees of approximately $1.1 million were financed with borrowings under credit facilities of $9.0 million and the issuance of $19.5 million face value of junior subordinated notes, including $3.0 million issued to the selling shareholders. In conjunction with the issuance of the junior subordinated notes, the Company issued warrants with a fair value of $3.0 million (see Note 7). The Company incurred $0.4 million of transaction expenses related to this acquisition which are included as acquisition transaction expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
The Bullet assets and liabilities were recorded at their estimated fair market values as of the acquisition date with the excess purchase price over the estimated fair value of net assets being recorded as goodwill. Acquired uncollectible


F-10


Table of Contents

 
accounts receivable was not material. The following is a summary of the allocation of purchase price paid to the fair value of the net assets of Bullet as of the acquisition date (in thousands):
 
         
Accounts receivable
  $ 4,089  
Property and equipment
    170  
Goodwill
    25,719  
Customer relationship intangible asset
    800  
Other noncurrent assets
    46  
Accounts payable and other liabilities
    (3,619 )
         
Total
  $   27,205  
         
 
The Bullet acquisition goodwill is a result of acquiring and retaining the existing Bullet workforce and expected synergies from integrating Bullet’s operations into the Company. The recorded goodwill is included in the LTL segment.
 
On a pro forma basis, assuming the acquisition had closed on January 1, 2008, Bullet would have contributed revenues to the Company of $72.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and $48.0 million for the period ended December 10, 2009. The impact of Bullet to the Company’s net income during these periods would not have been material.
 
3.    Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):
 
                 
    2009     2008  
 
Land and improvements
  $ 47     $ 47  
Buildings and leasehold improvements
    1,198       1,166  
Furniture and fixtures
    5,020       4,552  
Equipment
    5,323       3,617  
                 
Gross property and equipment
    11,588       9,382  
Less: Accumulated depreciation
    (6,296 )     (4,431 )
                 
Property and equipment, net
  $   5,292     $   4,951  
                 
 
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $2.0 million, $1.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively.
 
    Capital Lease
 
Effective January 29, 2009, the Company leased certain equipment under a capital lease. The recorded value of the equipment is included in property and equipment, net as of December 31, 2009 as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Equipment
  $   1,100  
Less: Accumulated amortization
    (175 )
         
Total
  $ 925  
         


F-11


Table of Contents

 
The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments under the capital lease with the present value of the net minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2009 (in thousands):
 
         
Year Ending
  Amount  
 
2010
  $   427  
2011
    427  
2012
    106  
         
Total minimum lease payments
    960  
Less: Amount representing interest
    (110 )
         
Present value of net minimum lease payments(1)
  $ 850  
         
 
      ­ ­
 
(1) Reflected in the consolidated balance sheets as current other liabilities and noncurrent capital lease obligations of $0.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively.
 
4.    Goodwill and Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of RDS, Sargent and Bullet over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired. The Company performs an annual goodwill impairment test on July 1 to determine if there is an impairment in the amount of the recorded goodwill. In 2007, the Company changed the measurement date from December 31 to July 1. The Company concluded there was no impairment as of July 1, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
 
The following is a rollforward of the goodwill balance from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2009 by reportable segment (in thousands):
 
                 
    LTL     TL  
 
Goodwill balance as of December 31, 2007
  $ 159,339     $ 25,507  
Sargent earnout contingency
          269  
                 
Goodwill balance as of December 31, 2008
    159,339       25,776  
Acquisition of Bullet
    25,719        
                 
Goodwill balance as of December 31, 2009
  $ 185,058     $ 25,776  
                 
 
Approximately $95 million of the goodwill and all of the intangibles are deductible for income tax purposes.
 
The customer relationship intangible asset of $1.8 million related to the Sargent acquisition is being amortized over its 5-year useful life and has a net book value of $0.6 million as December 31, 2009. Amortization expense related to the Sargent customer relationship intangible asset of $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.5 million is included in depreciation and amortization in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. Estimated amortization expense related to the Sargent customer relationship intangible asset is $0.4 million in 2010 and $0.3 million in 2011, the final year of amortization.
 
The customer relationship intangible asset of $0.8 million related to the Bullet acquisition is being amortized over its 5-year useful life and has a net book value of $0.8 million as of December 31, 2009. No amortization expense related to the Bullet customer relationship intangible asset was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009. Estimated amortization expense related to the Bullet customer relationship intangible asset is $0.2 million per year through 2014, the final year of amortization.
 
5.    Restructuring and IPO Expenses
 
Beginning September 1, 2008, the Company announced and initiated restructuring initiatives aimed at reducing its fixed cost structure and rationalizing its footprint. These initiatives included the announcement of the closure of certain terminals as well as the reduction in hourly and salaried headcount of approximately 100 employees. Restructuring activities were completed in 2008. In addition, due to deterioration in economic conditions and the significant downturn in the public equity markets, the Company postponed its pursuit of an initial public offering (“IPO”) during the fourth quarter of 2008. Restructuring and IPO related costs included in operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations include costs for severance and related benefits, write-off of IPO costs and other restructuring costs. In the segment reporting (see Note 15), all of these costs except for the IPO costs are reflected in the LTL segment.


F-12


Table of Contents

 
Restructuring and IPO expenses for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    2009     2008  
 
Severance and related costs
  $   –     $ 220  
Other restructuring costs
          589  
IPO expenses
          2,607  
                 
Total restructuring and IPO expenses
  $     $   3,416  
                 
 
Restructuring accrual activity is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Beginning accrual balance
  $   467     $   –  
LTL segment costs incurred
          809  
LTL segment severance and related cost payments
          (220 )
LTL segment other restructuring cost payments
    (401 )     (122 )
                 
Ending accrual balance
  $ 66     $ 467  
                 
 
6.    Long-Term Debt and Interest Rate Caps
 
Long-Term Debt
 
Long- term debt consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):
 
                 
    2009     2008  
 
Senior debt:
               
Revolving credit facility
  $ 35,660     $ 29,250  
Term loans
    34,500       31,000  
Subordinated notes (Note 14)
    41,134       38,604  
Junior subordinated notes, net of unaccreted
               
discount of $3.0 million and $0, respectively (Notes 7 & 14)
    16,766        
                 
Total debt
    128,060       98,854  
Less: Current maturities
    (7,400 )     (5,500 )
                 
Total long-term debt, net of current maturities
  $   120,660     $   93,354  
                 
 
The Company’s senior credit agreement (the “Agreement”) is secured by all assets of the Company and includes a $50.0 million revolving credit facility and a $40.0 million term loan. On December 11, 2009, in connection with the acquisition of Bullet, the Company entered into a consent and third amendment to the Agreement which includes a $9.0 million incremental term loan which matures in 2012. The revolving credit facility and the term loan also mature in 2012. Availability under the revolving credit facility is subject to a borrowing base of eligible accounts receivable, as defined in the Agreement. Interest is payable quarterly at LIBOR plus an applicable margin or, at the Company’s option, prime plus an applicable margin. Principal on the term loan and incremental term loan is payable in quarterly installments ranging from $1.9 million per quarter in 2010 increasing to $2.4 million per quarter through December 31, 2011 and a final payment of $17.6 million due in 2012. The revolving credit facility also provides for the issuance of up to $6.0 million in letters of credit. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had outstanding letters of credit totaling $4.4 million. Total availability under the revolving credit facility was $4.4 million as of December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2009, the interest rate on the revolving credit facility and term notes was LIBOR (0.2% at December 31, 2009) plus 5%.
 
The Agreement contains certain restrictive covenants that require the Company to maintain certain leverage and fixed charge coverage ratios. The Agreement also prohibits dividend payments, restricts management fee payments to related parties (see Note 14) and restricts the incurrence of additional debt. Dividend restrictions apply if certain financial ratios are not met and no event of default exists. The Company entered into a consent, waiver and second amendment to the Agreement effective December 23, 2008 which made certain changes to the Agreement including modification of the restrictive covenants and a consent to enter into the Keep Well Agreement. The Company was in compliance with all covenants, as defined in the second amendment to the Agreement, as of December 31, 2009.


F-13


Table of Contents

 
Effective December 23, 2008, the Company entered into a consent, waiver and amendment to the subordinated notes agreement. Changes included, among other items, amendment of certain covenants and a consent to enter into the Keep Well Agreement. Effective December 11, 2009, the Company entered into a consent and second amendment to the subordinated notes agreement to allow for the acquisition of Bullet. The subordinated notes include cash interest of 12% plus a deferred margin, accrued quarterly, that is treated as deferred interest and is added to the principal balance of the note each quarter. The deferred interest ranges from 3.5% to 7.5% depending on the Company’s total leverage calculation, as defined, payable at maturity on August 31, 2012. Upon redemption of the subordinated notes, the portion of the principal balance that represents interest incurred but not paid will be reflected in the Company’s statement of cash flows as an operating outflow. The subordinated notes are held by American Capital, Ltd. (“American Capital”), Sankaty Credit Opportunities, L.P., Sankaty Credit Opportunities II, L.P. (collectively “Sankaty”), and RGIP, LLC. (“RGIP”), who are also stockholders of the Company (see Note 14).
 
On December 11, 2009, in connection with the Bullet acquisition, the Company entered into a $16.5 million face amount junior subordinated notes agreement. The junior subordinated notes include interest of 20% accrued quarterly that is deferred and is added to the principal balance of the note each quarter and is payable at maturity on February 28, 2013. The majority ($15.5 million) of the junior subordinated notes are held by Eos Capital Partners III, L.P., Eos Partners, L.P. (collectively, “Eos”), Sankaty, RGIP, and certain individuals associated with Thayer I Hidden Creek Partners, L.L.C. (“THCP”), who are also stockholders of the Company (see Note 14). Also in connection with the Bullet acquisition, the former Bullet owners were issued $3.0 million face amount of junior subordinated notes in form identical in all material respects as described above.
 
In addition, the junior subordinated notes agreement requires the Company to pay a premium upon repayment of the junior subordinated notes. The applicable premium begins at 50% and decreases to 10% over the life of the note. At maturity, the premium is equal to 10% of the outstanding balance. Accordingly, this amount is accreted to interest expense and the outstanding note balance over the life of the debt. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, $29,000 and $0, respectively, was recorded in interest expense related to this premium and added to the outstanding junior subordinated notes balance.
 
As discussed in Note 7, the Company issued warrants to the holders of the junior subordinated notes. The value of these warrants is accreted to interest expense over the life of the related debt. The unaccreted portion totaling $3.0 million as of December 31, 2009 has been included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as a reduction in long-term debt.
 
At December 31, 2009, aggregate maturities of long-term debt were as follows (in thousands):
 
         
2010
  $ 7,400  
2011
    9,500  
2012
    94,394  
2013
    16,766  
         
Total
  $   128,060  
         
 
Interest Rate Caps
 
The Company entered into two interest cap agreements and designated them as cash flow hedges on July 26, 2005 and March 15, 2007 (the “Rate Cap Agreements”), respectively, with a commercial bank as a means of managing exposure to variable cash flows on a portion of the Company’s senior debt.
 
The Rate Cap Agreements are indexed to LIBOR and cap rates at either 5.5% or 6.25%, respectively. The Company effectively pays the lower of the three month LIBOR or 5.5% or 6.25%, reset quarterly, on the notional value of the Rate Cap Agreements. The notional value of the Rate Cap Agreements decline in conjunction with the scheduled repayment of the Company’s floating rate debt through March 31, 2010. The notional value of the Rate Cap Agreements was approximately $30.0 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008. The 5.5% interest rate cap agreement terminated on June 30, 2008. The fair value of the Rate Cap Agreement was not material at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Effective January 1, 2008 the Company de-designated these Rate Cap Agreements as cash flow hedges. Upon de-designation, the cumulative gain (loss) recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income was not material.


F-14


Table of Contents

 
7.    Stockholders’ Investment
 
Common Stock
 
Class A common stock has voting rights and Class B common stock does not have voting rights. Class A and Class B common stock participate equally in earnings and dividends. All common stock is subject to a Shareholders’ Agreement which includes restrictions on transferability and “piggyback” registration rights. Such agreement provides that if, at any time after an initial public offering, the Company files a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for any underwritten sale of shares of any of the Company’s equity securities, the stockholders may request that the Company include in such registration the shares of common stock held by them on the same terms and conditions as the securities otherwise being sold in such registration.
 
In addition to piggyback registration rights discussed above, certain of the Company’s stockholders have demand registration rights. In March 2007, in connection with the STG Merger, the Company entered into a second amended and restated stockholders’ agreement, pursuant to which certain of the Company’s stockholders were granted Form S-3 registration rights. The amended and restated stockholders’ agreement provides that, any time after the Company is eligible to register its common stock on a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act, certain of the Company’s stockholders may request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of their shares of common stock. These stockholders are limited to a total of two of such registrations. In addition, if the Company proposes to file a registration statement under the Securities Act for any underwritten sale of shares of any of its securities, stockholders party to the amended and restated stockholders’ agreement may request that the Company include in such registration the shares of common stock held by them on the same terms and conditions as the securities otherwise being sold in such registration.
 
The Shareholder’s Agreement defines certain circumstances, including a change in control, whereby all stockholders are obligated to sell their common stock on the same terms as Thayer Equity Investors V, L.P. (“Thayer V”), the majority shareholder of the Company and an affiliate of THCP. See Note 8 regarding Class A common stock that may be subject to redemption.
 
On March 14, 2007, the Company increased the total number of authorized shares of capital stock from 29,121,230 to 44,799,200, of which 44,495,572 are designated Class A common stock (voting), 298,628 are designated Class B common stock (non-voting), and 5,000 shares are designated as mandatory redeemable preferred stock.
 
Warrants to Acquire Common Stock
 
On March 14, 2007, in connection with the STG Merger, the Company issued to existing STG stockholders warrants to acquire 2,269,274 shares of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $13.39 per share. The warrants are exercisable at the option of the holder any time prior to March 13, 2017.
 
On December 11, 2009, in connection with the issuance of the junior subordinated notes discussed in Note 6, the Company issued warrants to acquire 1,746,974 shares of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $8.37 per share. The warrants are exercisable at the option of the holder any time prior to December 11, 2017. The $3.0 million fair value of the warrants at the date of issuance has been reflected as a component of additional paid-in capital in stockholders’ investment in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
 
No warrants were exercised during the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
8.    Redeemable Common Stock
 
Certain shares of the Company’s outstanding Class A common stock were issued in 2006 and classified as mezzanine equity. These shares, held by current and former employees of the Company, are subject to redemption at fair value by the Company in the event of death or disability of the holder, as defined, during a seven-year period from the date of original issuance. The Company has determined that redemption of these shares of Class A common stock is not probable and, as such, has not adjusted the carrying value of such shares to fair value as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
9.    Preferred Stock
 
Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock
 
In March 2007, the Company issued and had outstanding 5,000 shares of non-voting Series A Preferred Stock (“Series A Preferred Stock”), which are mandatorily redeemable by the Company at $1,000 per share, in cash, on November 30, 2012. The Series A Preferred Stock receives cash dividends annually on April 30 at an annual rate equal to $40 per share and if such dividends are not paid when due such annual dividend rate shall increase to $60 per share


F-15


Table of Contents

 
and continue to accrue without interest until such delinquent payments are made. At both December 31, 2009 and 2008, $142,000 is recorded as a current liability. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are restricted from transferring such shares and the Company has a first refusal right and may elect to repurchase the shares prior to the mandatory November 30, 2012 redemption. Upon liquidation and certain transactions treated as liquidations, as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Series A Preferred Stock has liquidation preferences over the Company’s Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Class A common stock. The number of issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the $1,000 per share repurchase price and the annual cash dividends are all subject to equitable adjustment whenever there is a stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event. As long as there is Series A Preferred Stock outstanding, no dividends may be declared or paid on common stock of the Company. The holders of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to one vote per share for all matters subject to vote.
 
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
 
In December 2008, the Company issued and had outstanding 1,791,768 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”), which are convertible, at the option of the holder, at $6.70 per share into Class A common stock. The Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to receive a dividend which shall be payable in cash when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company at the rate of 15% per annum on each share of Series B Preferred Stock outstanding, compounding quarterly. To the extent not paid, dividends shall accumulate. Upon liquidation and certain transactions treated as liquidations, including a qualified public offering, as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Series B Preferred Stock has liquidation preferences over the Company’s Class A common stock. The number of issued and outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, the $6.70 per share conversion price and the cash dividends are all subject to equitable adjustment whenever there is a stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event. As long as there is Series B Preferred Stock outstanding, no dividends may be declared or paid on Class A common stock of the Company. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to one vote per share for all matters subject to vote equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock into which the shares of Series B Preferred Stock is convertible at the time of the vote.
 
10.   Stock-Based Compensation
 
The Company’s Key Employee Equity Plan (“Equity Plan”), a stock-based compensation plan, permits the grant of stock options to Company employees, consultants and directors for up to 1,894,795 shares of Class A common stock. Stock options are generally granted with an exercise price equal to or in excess of the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. Options vest ratably over a four year service period and are exercisable ten years from the date of grant, but only to the extent vested as specified in each option agreement.
 
As of December 31, 2009, 352,530 shares of Class A common stock remained available for future issuance under the Equity Plan. Any shares issued in connection with the exercise of options are expected to be newly issued shares.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2009, 3,733 options were granted under the Equity Plan at a per share exercise price of $6.70. Stock-based compensation expense was $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The related estimated income tax benefit recognized in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, net of estimated forfeitures, was $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively.
 
The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The fair values of the Company’s common stock for options granted were determined through the contemporaneous application of a discounted cash flow method. Because the Company’s stock is privately held, it is not practical to determine the Company’s share price volatility. Accordingly, the Company uses the historical share price volatility of publicly traded companies within the transportation and logistics sector as a surrogate for the expected volatility of the Company’s stock. The Company’s credit facility prevents payment of dividends to Class A common stockholders; as a result, a zero dividend yield has been assumed in the Company’s Black-Scholes valuation model. The expected life of the options represents the expected time that the options granted will remain outstanding. The risk-free rate used to calculate each


F-16


Table of Contents

 
option valuation is based on the U.S. Treasury rate at the time of option grants for a note with a similar lifespan. The specific assumptions used to determine the weighted average fair value of stock options granted were as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Risk free interest rate
    3.1 %     N/A       4.5% - 4.9%  
Dividend yield
          N/A        
Expected volatility
    42.2 %     N/A       32.5% - 33.4%  
Expected life (years)
    6       N/A       6  
Weighted average fair value of stock options granted
  $   450       N/A     $ 245  
 
A summary of the option activity under the Equity Plan for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, is as follows:
 
                                 
                Weighted-
       
          Weighted-
    Average
       
          Average
    Remaining
    Aggregate
 
          Exercise
    Contractual
    Intrinsic
 
    Shares     Price     Term (Years)     Value  
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2007
    1,401,163     $   10.72       8.6     $   –  
                                 
Granted
    498,859       12,72                  
Exercised
                           
Forfeited
    (286,832 )     12.06                  
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
    1,613,188     $ 11.39       8.1     $  
                                 
Granted
                           
Exercised
                           
Forfeited
    (67,191 )     6.70                  
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
    1,545,997     $ 11.37       7.1     $  
                                 
Granted
    3,733       6.70                  
Exercised
                           
Forfeited
    (7,466 )     6.70                  
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
    1,542,264     $ 11.37       6.1     $  
                                 
 
There were 1,346,066 and 1,036,090 options exercisable at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. At December 31, 2009, for exercisable options, the weighted-average exercise price was $11.22, the weighted average remaining contractual term was 5.9 years and the estimated aggregate intrinsic value was $0. All granted options are non-qualified options. The amount of options vested or expected to vest as of December 31, 2009 does not differ significantly from the amount outstanding.
 
As of December 31, 2009, there was $0.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested options granted under the Equity Plan. This cost is expected to be recognized over a period extending four years from each grant date.
 
11.   Earnings (Loss) Per Share
 
Basic earnings (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common stock outstanding during the period. In 2007, diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average common stock outstanding plus stock equivalents that would arise from the assumed exercise of stock options using the treasury stock method. Diluted earnings per share in 2008 and 2009 did not assume this same exercise of stock options and conversion of warrants as they were deemed anti-dilutive due to the net loss available to common stockholders. There is no difference, for any of the periods presented, in the amount of net income (loss) available to common stockholders used in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share.


F-17


Table of Contents

 
The following table reconciles basic weighted average stock outstanding to diluted weighted average stock outstanding:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Basic weighted average stock outstanding
    15,109,830       15,112,667       15,113,563  
Effect of dilutive securities –
                       
Employee stock options
                20,008  
                         
Dilutive weighted average stock outstanding
    15,109,830       15,112,667       15,133,571  
                         
 
The Company had additional stock options and warrants outstanding of 5,558,512, 3,815,271 and 3,037,644 as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. These shares were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because they were not assumed to be exercised under the treasury stock method or were anti-dilutive. Common stock equivalents related to the conversion of outstanding Series B Preferred Stock have been excluded from the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share as the conversion of these shares into Class A common stock is contingent upon the effectiveness of a qualified public offering of the Company’s stock.
 
12.   Income Taxes
 
The components of the Company’s provision (benefit) for income taxes were as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $ (61 )   $ (23 )   $  
Foreign, state and local
    478       306       240  
                         
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    22       (1,663 )     780  
Foreign, state and local
    (135 )     (58 )     16  
Other
                258  
                         
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
  $   304     $   (1,438 )   $   1,294  
                         
 
The Company’s income tax provision (benefit) varied from the amounts calculated by applying the U.S. statutory income tax rate to the pretax income (loss) as shown in the following reconciliations (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Statutory federal rate
  $ 161     $ (1,793 )   $ 780  
Meals and entertainment
    64       125       173  
State income taxes-net of federal benefit
    184       (138 )     127  
Alternative fuel tax credit
    (195 )            
Canadian income taxes
    2       5       76  
Preferred dividend
    68       68       56  
Other
    20       295       82  
                         
    $   304     $   (1,438 )   $   1,294  
                         


F-18


Table of Contents

 
The tax rate effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant elements of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    2009     2008  
 
Current deferred income tax assets
               
Accounts receivable
  $ 426     $ 349  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    1,152       1,706  
                 
Total
  $ 1,578     $ 2,055  
                 
Noncurrent deferred income tax assets (liabilities)
               
Net operating losses/credits
  $   13,951     $   10,775  
Amortization of intangible assets
    (11,492 )     (8,967 )
Other, net
    73       134  
                 
Total
  $ 2,532     $ 1,942  
                 
 
The net noncurrent deferred income tax asset of $2.5 million and $1.9 million is classified in the consolidated balance sheets as a component of other noncurrent assets at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
At December 31, 2009, the Company had $37.1 million of gross federal net operating losses which are available to reduce federal income taxes in future years and expire in the years 2025 through 2029.
 
There were no unrecognized tax benefits recorded as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. No income tax related interest or penalties were included in accrued income taxes as of December 31, 2009 or 2008. The Company is subject to federal and state tax examinations for all tax years subsequent to December 31, 2005. Although the pre-2006 years are no longer subject to examinations by the Internal Revenue Service and various state taxing authorities, NOL carryforwards generated in those years may still be adjusted upon examination by the IRS or state taxing authorities if they have been or will be used in a future period.
 
13.   Commitments and Contingencies
 
Employee Benefit Plans
 
The Company sponsors a defined contribution profit sharing plan in which substantially all employees of the Company are eligible to participate. The plan calls for the Company to match 100% of employee contributions up to 4% of an employee’s compensation and allows the Company to make a discretionary match as determined by the board of directors up to an additional 50% of contribution up to 4% of an employee’s compensation. Total expense under this plan was $0.8 million, and $0.9 million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
The Company sponsors a defined contribution profit sharing plan for substantially all full-time employees of Sargent. The plan calls for the Company to match 100% of employee contributions up to 3% of an employee’s compensation and 50% of contributions on the next 2% of an employee’s compensation. Total expense under this plan was $0.1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
 
Operating Leases
 
The Company leases terminals and office space under noncancelable operating leases expiring on various dates through 2020. The Company incurred rent expense from operating leases of $8.2 million, $9.7 million and $9.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Aggregate future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases with an initial term in excess of one year were as follows as of December 31, 2009 (in thousands):
 
         
Year Ending
  Amount  
 
2010
  $ 6,274  
2011
    5,660  
2012
    4,207  
2013
    3,618  
2014
    3,607  
Thereafter
    6,614  


F-19


Table of Contents

 
Contingencies
 
In the ordinary course of business, the Company is a defendant in several property and other claims. In the aggregate, the Company does not believe any of these claims will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. The Company maintains liability insurance coverage for claims in excess of $500,000 per occurrence and cargo coverage for claims in excess of $100,000 per occurrence. Management believes it has adequate insurance to cover losses in excess of the deductible amount. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had reserves for estimated uninsured losses of $2.3 million.
 
14.   Related Party Transactions
 
In each of 2008 and 2007, Thayer Capital Management, L.P. (“Thayer”), the management company for Thayer V and an affiliate of THCP, and Eos Management, Inc., an affiliate of Eos, earned $0.4 million in management fees, all of which remained unpaid as of December 31, 2008. In 2009, this amount was forgiven by Thayer and Eos Management, Inc., and is reflected as a capital contribution within the Company’s statement of stockholders’ investment for the year ended December 31, 2009. The 2009 management fee was terminated effective in January 2009. Sargent expensed and paid a $0.1 million management fee to Thayer in 2007.
 
As part of the Sargent acquisition, the Company was required to pay an earnout to the former Sargent owners and now Series A Preferred Stock holders. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, $0.8 million and $0.8 million, respectively, related to amounts earned in 2006 and 2007 was classified as a long-term liability. The Company’s obligation to make further contingent payments to the former Sargent owners terminated as of December 31, 2009.
 
Also as part of the Sargent acquisition, a $3.5 million guarantee was issued by Thayer V. The Sargent earnout payment was guaranteed by Thayer V in the event that a payment was sought to be made and the Company was unable to make the payment because certain coverage ratios required by the senior lenders had not been met. The guarantee terminated upon the issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock.
 
As part of the Bullet acquisition discussed in Note 2, the Company issued $3.0 million face amount of junior subordinated notes plus eight-year warrants exercisable for an aggregate 268,765 shares of Class A common stock payable to the former Bullet owners. Also, as part of the Bullet acquisition, the Company issued $15.5 million face amount of junior subordinated notes plus eight-year warrants exercisable for an aggregate 1,388,620 shares of Class A common stock payable to existing stockholders and their affiliates. The junior subordinated notes are included in the table below.
 
The Company entered into a consulting and non-compete agreement in 2006 with a former employee and current stockholder. The consulting fee is $0.1 million per year through 2016.
 
Certain holders of the Company’s subordinated notes are also stockholders of the Company.
 
The following is a summary of the Company’s transactions with related parties (in thousands):
 
                         
    Principal owed as
    Interest expense
    Fees paid for the
 
    of December 31,
    for the year ended
    year ended
 
    2009     December 31, 2009     December 31, 2009  
 
Subordinated Notes:
                       
American Capital
  $   20,509     $   3,609     $   0  
Sankaty
    20,418       3,637       0  
RGIP
    207       36       0  
                         
Junior Subordinated Notes:
                       
Sankaty
  $ 5,320     $ 84     $ 0  
RGIP
    54       1       0  
Thayer affiliates
    2,579       41       0  
Eos affiliates
    5,374       85       0  
 
                         
    Principal owed as
    Interest expense
    Fees paid for the
 
    of December 31,
    for the year ended
    year ended
 
    2008     December 31, 2008     December 31, 2008  
 
Subordinated Notes:
                       
American Capital
  $   19,263     $   2,857     $   0  
Sankaty
    19,147       2,875       0  
RGIP
    195       29       0  


F-20


Table of Contents

 
                         
    Principal owed as
    Interest expense
    Fees paid for the
 
    of December 31,
    for the year ended
    year ended
 
    2007     December 31, 2007     December 31, 2007  
 
Subordinated Notes:
                       
American Capital
  $   18,684     $   2,830     $   0  
Sankaty
    18,547       2,843       0  
RGIP
    189       29       0  
 
15.   Segment Reporting
 
The Company determines its operating segments based on the information utilized by the chief operating decision maker, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, to allocate resources and assess performance. Based on this information, the Company has determined that it operates in two operating segments which are also reportable segments: LTL and TL.
 
Within the LTL business, the Company operates 17 service centers throughout the United States complemented by relationships with over 200 delivery agents. The LTL model allows for more direct transportation of freight from shipper to end user than does the traditional hub and spoke model. The TL business, across all transportation modes from pickup to delivery, leverages relationships with a diverse group of third-party carriers to provide scalable capacity and reliable, customized service to customers in North America. The majority of both businesses operate in the United States.
 
These reportable segments are strategic business units through which we offer different services. The Company evaluates the performance of the segments primarily based on their respective revenues and operating income. Accordingly, interest expense and other non-operating items are not reported in segment results. In addition, the Company has disclosed a corporate segment which includes stock-based compensation expense, management advisory services expense and IPO expenses.
 
The following table reflects certain financial data of the Company’s reportable segments (in thousands):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Revenues:
                       
LTL
  $   316,119     $   366,528     $   361,821  
TL
    134,815       171,419       176,315  
Eliminations
    (583 )     (569 )     (129 )
                         
Total
  $ 450,351     $ 537,378     $ 538,007  
                         
Operating Income (Loss):
                       
LTL
  $ 9,381     $ 5,360     $ 11,239  
TL
    4,337       5,625       7,813  
Corporate
    (516 )     (3,705 )     (1,118 )
                         
Total operating income
  $ 13,202     $ 7,280     $ 17,934  
Interest expense
    12,731       12,552       14,097  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                1,608  
                         


F-21


Table of Contents

 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes:
  $ 471     $ (5,272 )   $ 2,229  
                         
Depreciation and Amortization:
                       
LTL
  $ 1,716     $ 1,410     $ 1,201  
TL
    656       594       639  
                         
Total
  $ 2,372     $ 2,004     $ 1,840  
                         
Capital Expenditures:
                       
LTL
  $ 1,840     $ 812     $ 1,592  
TL
    406       286       275  
                         
Total
  $ 2,246     $ 1,098     $ 1,867  
                         
Assets:
                       
LTL
  $ 245,508     $ 214,645     $ 219,720  
TL
    45,967       46,138       49,823  
Eliminations
    (640 )     (4,902 )     (13,663 )
                         
Total
  $ 290,835     $ 255,881     $ 255,880  
                         
 
16.   Subsequent Event
 
Subsequent events were evaluated through May 7, 2010.
 
GTS Merger
 
On February 29, 2008, Thayer | Hidden Creek Partners II, L.P. (“THCP II”), through an indirect majority-owned subsidiary, GTS Acquisition Sub, Inc. (“GTS”), acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Group Transportation Services, Inc. and all of the outstanding member units of GTS Direct, LLC. THCP II is an affiliate of Thayer V, the controlling stockholder of the Company. The Company intends to file a Form S-1 to affect an initial public offering. Simultaneous with the consummation of the offering, the parent company of GTS will merge with a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“GTS Merger”). Consistent with the provisions of ASC 805-10, transfers of net assets or exchanges of equity interests between entities under common control do not constitute business combinations. Because the Company and GTS will have the same control group immediately before and after the GTS Merger, the GTS Merger, if consummated, will be accounted for as a combination of entities under common control on a historical cost basis in a manner similar to a pooling of interests.
 
Pro Forma Balance Sheet and Earnings Per Share (unaudited)
 
The pro forma balance sheet presented as of December 31, 2009 reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock into 2,082,766 shares of Class A common stock (290,998 of which are attributable to the conversion of accrued but unpaid dividends as of December 31, 2009), which will occur immediately prior to closing of the proposed initial public offering as if the conversion had occurred on December 31, 2009. The pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share available to common stockholders has been computed to give effect to the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock (using the as-if-converted method) into Class A common stock as though the conversion had occurred on the original date of issuance. In addition, in connection with the offering, all shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be converted into a single class of newly authorized common stock.
 
Company Name Change
 
On March 25, 2010, the Company (formerly known as Roadrunner Transportation Services Holdings, Inc.) changed its name to Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc. The consolidated financial statements have been updated to reflect this change.
 
Stock Split
 
On May 7, 2010, the Company effected a 149.314-for-one stock split of all outstanding shares of its Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Series B preferred stock. The consolidated financial statements have been retrospectively restated to reflect this stock split. The Company’s preferred stock subject to mandatory redemption was not included in the stock split.

F-22


Table of Contents

 
 
 
 
Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc.
 
 
10,600,644 Shares of Common Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Baird
BB&T Capital Markets
Stifel Nicolaus
 
 


Table of Contents

 
 
PART II
 
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
 
The following table sets forth the expenses in connection with the offering described in the registration statement (other than underwriting discounts and commissions). All such expenses are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee, and the New York Stock Exchange listing fee. These expenses will be borne by our company.
 
         
SEC registration fee
  $ 9,175  
FINRA filing fee
    20,100  
Blue Sky fees and expenses
    5,000  
New York Stock Exchange listing fee
    145,000  
Transfer agent and registrar fees
    5,000  
Accountants’ fees and expenses
    400,000  
Legal fees and expenses
    500,000  
Printing and engraving expenses
    350,000  
Roadshow Expenses
    500,000  
Miscellaneous fees
    165,725  
         
Total
  $ 2,100,000  
         
 
Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
 
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, permits, in general, a Delaware corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party to any proceeding (other than an action by, or in the right of, the corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or served another entity in any capacity at the request of the corporation, against liability incurred in connection with such proceeding, including the estimated expenses of litigating the proceeding to conclusion and the expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such proceeding, including any appeal thereof, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, in criminal actions or proceedings, additionally had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. Section 145(e) of the DGCL permits the corporation to pay such costs or expenses in advance of a final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if he or she is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification under the DGCL. Section 145(f) of the DGCL provides that the indemnification and advancement of expense provisions contained in the DGCL shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights to which a director or officer seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled.
 
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide, in general, that we shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all persons whom we shall have the power to indemnify under those provisions from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities, or other matters referred to in or covered by those provisions. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws also provide that the indemnification provided for therein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled as a matter of law or which they may be lawfully granted.
 
The above discussion of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws, and Section 145 of the DGCL is only a summary and is qualified in its entirety by the full text of each of the foregoing.
 
In connection with this offering, we are entering into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and officers to give these directors and officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. We expect to enter into a similar agreement with any new directors or executive officers.
 
Pursuant to the form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1 to this registration statement, the underwriters have agreed to indemnify our directors, officers, and controlling persons against certain civil liabilities that may be incurred in connection with this offering, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act. The underwriters severally and not jointly will indemnify and hold harmless our company and each of our directors, officers, and controlling persons from and against any liability caused by any statement or omission in the registration statement, prospectus, any preliminary prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, in each case to the extent that the statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to us by the underwriters expressly for use therein.


II-1


Table of Contents

 
Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
 
During the three years preceding the filing of the registration statement, we sold the following securities, which were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933. The information below does not reflect the conversion of our Class A common stock, our Class B common stock, or our Series B preferred stock (including accrued but unpaid dividends) into a single class of newly authorized common stock on a 149.314-for-one basis.
 
In March 2007, we issued 16,572 shares of our common stock to our largest existing stockholder, 157.5 shares to an affiliate of our largest existing stockholder, and 175 shares to an accredited investment fund in exchange for Sargent common stock in connection with the merger of Sargent into us. In addition, we issued an aggregate of 15,197.9 warrants, with exercise prices of $2,000 per share, to these entities in connection with the Sargent merger. No additional consideration was paid for the warrants. We issued these securities to these accredited investors in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. Each entity had adequate access to information about our company through its relationship with our company or through information provided to them.
 
In March 2007, we issued an aggregate of 5,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock to the two former stockholders of Sargent upon conversion of $5,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Sargent subordinated promissory notes held by those stockholders in connection with the merger of Sargent into us. We issued these shares of Series A preferred stock to these stockholders in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. Each holder had adequate access to information about our company through his relationship with our company or through information provided to him in connection with such merger.
 
In December 2008, we issued an aggregate of 12,000 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock to an aggregate of nine of our existing stockholders in exchange for aggregate consideration of $12,000,000, or $1,000 per share. We issued these shares of Series B convertible preferred stock to these stockholders in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. Each holder was at the time, and is currently, a stockholder of our company and party to a stockholders’ agreement with us providing for certain information rights. As a result, each had adequate access to information about our company through its relationship with our company.
 
In December 2009, we issued Series 1 warrants, exercisable for an aggregate of 9,900 shares of our Class A voting common stock, to an aggregate of 13 warrantholders in connection with the financing of the acquisition of Bullet Freight Systems, Inc. and the related sale to such warrantholders of our junior subordinated notes due February 28, 2013 in the aggregate original face amount of $19,500,000. We issued these Series 1 warrants to these warrantholders in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. Each holder had adequate access to information about our company through its relationship with our company or through information provided to it in connection with such acquisition and financing.
 
In December 2009, we issued a Series 2 warrant, exercisable for an aggregate of 1,800 shares of our Class A voting common stock, to Bullet Freight Systems, Inc. in connection with the acquisition of Bullet Freight Systems, Inc. We issued this Series 2 warrant to this warrantholder in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. The holder had adequate access to information about our company through information provided to it in connection with the acquisition.
 
In connection with the GTS merger, which will occur simultaneously with this offering, we will issue an aggregate of 21,635 shares of our common stock to two entities affiliated with our largest stockholder, five GTS employees, and one additional accredited investor, in exchange for all of the issued and outstanding common stock of GTS. In addition, upon consummation of the GTS merger, we will assume options to purchase an aggregate of 3,459 shares of our common stock (post-split), which are held by 15 current GTS employees, in connection with the conversion of all outstanding options to purchase GTS common stock issued by GTS to its employees. These shares and options will be issued in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 promulgated thereunder as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. Each holder has or will have adequate access to information about our company through its or his relationship with our company or through information provided to it or him.
 
We did not, nor do we plan to, pay or give, directly or indirectly, any commission or other remuneration, including underwriting discounts or commissions, in connection with any of the issuances of securities listed above. In addition, each of the certificates issued or to be issued representing the securities in the transactions listed above bears or will bear a restrictive legend permitting the transfer thereof only in compliance with applicable securities laws. The recipients of securities in each of the transactions listed above represented to us or will be required to represent to us their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof. All recipients had or have adequate access, through their employment or other relationship with our company or through other access to information provided by our company, to information about our company.


II-2


Table of Contents

 
Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
 
  (a)  Exhibits
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number  
Exhibit
 
  1     Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
  3 .2   Second Amended and Restated Bylaws
  *4     Second Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2007, by and among the Registrant and the stockholders named therein
  5     Opinion of Greenberg Traurig, LLP
  *10 .1   Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2007, by and among the Registrant; the Lenders (as defined therein); LaSalle Bank National Association, as Administrative Agent; and U.S. Bank National Association, as Syndication Agent
  *10 .2   Amended and Restated Notes Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2007, by and among the Registrant; the Guarantors (as defined therein); and the Purchasers (as defined therein)
  *10 .3   Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2006, by and among Sargent Transportation Group, Inc.; the Acquired Entities (as defined therein); and the Sellers (as defined therein)
  *10 .4   First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 29, 2008, among the Registrant; the Borrowers and the Lenders named therein; and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent
  *10 .5   Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2009, among the Registrant; the Lenders (as defined therein); and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent
  *10 .6   Third Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2009, among the Registrant; the Lenders (as defined therein); and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent
  *10 .7   First Amendment to Amended and Restated Notes Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2008, among the Registrant; the Issuers named therein; and the Purchasers named therein
  *10 .8   Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Notes Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2009, among the Registrant; the Issuers named therein; and the Purchasers named therein
  *10 .9   Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2009, by and among the Registrant, the Roadrunner Companies (as defined therein), and the Purchasers named therein
  *10 .10   Employment Letter Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Mark A. DiBlasi
  *10 .11   Employment Letter Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Peter R. Armbruster
  *10 .12   Employment Letter Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Brian J. van Helden
  *10 .13   Employment Letter Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Scott L. Dobak
  10 .14   2010 Incentive Compensation Plan
  10 .15   Form of Indemnification Agreement
  10 .16   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 7, 2010, by and among the Registrant; GTS Transportation Logistics, Inc.; and Group Transportation Services Holdings, Inc.
  10 .17   Advisory Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Thayer | Hidden Creek Management, L.P.
  *10 .18   Commitment letter, dated April 19, 2010, from U.S. Bank National Association to the Registrant
  *21     List of Subsidiaries
  23 .1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP relating to the consolidated financial statements of Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc. and subsidiaries
  *23 .2   Consent of Armstong & Associates, Inc.
  *23 .3   Consent of American Trucking Associations, Inc.
  *23 .4   Consent of Greenberg Traurig, LLP (included in Exhibit 5)
  *24     Power of Attorney of Directors and Executive Officers (included on the signature page of this registration statement)
  *99 .1   Consent of Director Nominee - William S. Urkiel
  *99 .2   Consent of Director Nominee - Chad M. Utrup
  *99 .3   Consent of Director Nominee - James L. Welch


II-3


Table of Contents

 
* Previously filed.
 
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
 
The registrant has not provided any financial statement schedules because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or the notes thereto.
 
Item 17.    Undertakings.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II-4


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this amendment no. 7 to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cudahy, State of Wisconsin, on May 7, 2010.
 
ROADRUNNER TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Mark A. DiBlasi
Mark A. DiBlasi
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment no. 7 to the registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Mark A. DiBlasi

Mark A. DiBlasi
  President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   May 7, 2010
         
/s/  Peter R. Armbruster

Peter R. Armbruster
  Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, and Treasurer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)   May 7, 2010
         
/s/  Scott D. Rued*

Scott D. Rued
  Chairman of the Board   May 7, 2010
         
/s/  Judith A. Vijums*

Judith A. Vijums
  Vice President and Director   May 7, 2010
         
/s/  Ivor J. Evans*

Ivor J. Evans
  Director   May 7, 2010
         
/s/  James J. Forese*

James J. Forese
  Director   May 7, 2010
         
/s/  Samuel B. Levine*

Samuel B. Levine
  Director   May 7, 2010
         
/s/  Brian D. Young*

Brian D. Young
  Director   May 7, 2010
         
/s/  Pankaj Gupta*

Pankaj Gupta
  Director   May 7, 2010
 
*By: 
/s/  Peter R. Armbruster
 
Peter R. Armbruster
Attorney - in - Fact


II-5

Exhibit 1
                                          Shares
ROADRUNNER TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS, INC.
COMMON STOCK, $.01 PAR VALUE PER SHARE
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
                                          , 2010

 


 

                                          , 2010
ROBERT W. BAIRD & CO. INCORPORATED
BB&T CAPITAL MARKETS, a division of Scott &
Stringfellow, LLC
STIFEL, NICOLAUS & COMPANY, INCORPORATED
     As Representatives of the Several Underwriters
     Identified in Schedule II Annexed Hereto
c/o Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
777 East Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule II hereto (the “ Underwriters ”), and certain stockholders of the Company (the “ Selling Stockholders ”) named in Schedule I hereto, severally and not jointly and subject to the terms and conditions state herein, propose to sell to the several Underwriters, an aggregate of                                             shares of the common stock, $.01 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Firm Shares ”), of which                                             shares are to be issued and sold by the Company and                       shares are to be sold by the Selling Stockholders, each Selling Stockholder selling the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite such Selling Stockholder’s name in Schedule I hereto.
     The Company also proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters up to an additional                                           shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Additional Shares ”), if and to the extent that you, Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated (“ Baird ”), BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott & Stringfellow, LLC (“ BB&T ”) and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated (together with Baird and BB&T, the “ Managers ”), as managers of the offering, shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such shares of common stock granted to the Underwriters in Section 3 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Shares .” The shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share, of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred to as the “ Common Stock .” The Company and the Selling Stockholders are hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Sellers .”
     The Company has prepared and filed, in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the rules and regulations thereunder, with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (registration no. 333-152504), including a form of prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement, as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the exhibits and documents filed as part thereof

 


 

and information contained in the prospectus filed as part of the registration statement pursuant to Rule 424 or otherwise deemed to be part of the registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A or 430C under the Securities Act, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement .” If the Company files an abbreviated registration statement to register additional shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “ Rule 462 Registration Statement ”), then any reference herein to the term “ Registration Statement ” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. The Company has also filed with, or transmitted for filing to, or shall promptly after the date of this Agreement file with or transmit for filing to, the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act a final prospectus (in the form first used to confirm sales of the Shares (or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act), the “ Prospectus ”) that meets the requirements of Section 10(a) of the Securities Act. The term “ Preliminary Prospectus, ” as of any time, means any preliminary form of prospectus included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to such time or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act at such time, that omits certain information as permitted by Rule 430A(a). The “Preliminary Prospectus” without reference to a time means the Preliminary Prospectus included in the Registration Statement or deemed a part of the Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act immediately prior to the Time of Sale (as defined below).
     For purposes of this Agreement, “ free writing prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; “ Time of Sale Prospectus ” means the Preliminary Prospectus, together with the free writing prospectuses, if any, each identified in Schedule III hereto (each, a “ Permitted Free Writing Prospectus ”), and other information conveyed to purchasers of the Shares at or prior to the Time of Sale as set forth in Schedule III hereto; “ Time of Sale ” means _:___p.m. (Central Time) on the date of this Agreement; “ road show ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 433(h)(4) under the Securities Act, and “ bona fide electronic road show ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act.
     The Company has also prepared and filed, in accordance with Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”), a registration statement on Form 8-A (file no. 001-34734) to register the Common Stock under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act.
     The Managers have agreed to reserve a portion of the Shares to be purchased by them under this Agreement for sale to the Company’s directors, officers, employees and business associates and other parties related to the Company (collectively, “ Participants ”), as set forth in the Prospectus under the heading “Underwriters” (the “ Directed Share Program ”). The Shares to be sold by the Managers and their respective affiliates pursuant to the Directed Share Program are referred to hereinafter as the “ Directed Shares. ” Any Directed Shares not orally confirmed for purchase by any Participant by the end of the business day on which

2


 

this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus.
     In connection with the consummation of the public offering of the Shares contemplated in this Agreement, the Company has amended the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “ Certificate Amendment ”) to provide for (i) the split on a 149.314-for-one basis of the Company’s Class A Voting Common Stock (“ Class A Common Stock ”), Class B Non-Voting Common Stock (“ Class B Common Stock ”) and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (“ Series B Preferred Stock ”), effective May 7, 2010, and (ii) the conversion on a one-for-one basis of the shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Series B Preferred Stock into a newly authorized class of common stock, $.01 par value per share, of the Company immediately prior to the consummation of the public offering of the Shares contemplated in this Agreement. The Certificate Amendment, the stock split and the conversion are described in the Preliminary Prospectus under “Description of Capital Stock” and the stock split and the conversion are collectively referred to in this Agreement as the “ Recapitalization Transactions .”
     The Company’s subsidiary, GTS Transportation Logistics, Inc., a Delaware corporation ( “Acquisition Sub” ), intends to merge with Group Transportation Services Holdings, Inc. (“ GTS ”), a Delaware corporation, simultaneously with the public offering of the Shares contemplated in this Agreement (the “ GTS Merger ”). In connection with the GTS Merger, the Company, Acquisition Sub and GTS have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated May 7, 2010 (the “ GTS Merger Agreement ”). The consummation of the GTS Merger shall occur as of the Closing Date referred to in Section 5 hereof. For purposes of the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 1 hereof, and the opinions to be delivered pursuant to Section 6(d) hereof, the surviving corporation of the GTS Merger shall be deemed for all purposes to be a subsidiary of the Company.
     1.  Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters on the date hereof, on the Closing Date and on each Option Closing Date, if any, that:
     (a) The Registration Statement has become effective under the Securities Act; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission.
     (b) The Preliminary Prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement or pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, when so filed, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder (including, without limitation, Rule 424, 430A or 430C).
     (c) (i) The Registration Statement did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make

3


 

the statements therein not misleading; (ii) the Registration Statement complies and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder; (iii) the Preliminary Prospectus did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; (iv) the Preliminary Prospectus furnished to the Underwriters for delivery to prospective investors complied in all material respects with the Securities Act (including without limitation the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act); (v) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the Time of Sale, at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 5) and, if applicable, each Option Closing Date (as defined in Section 3), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; (vi) each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus does not conflict in any material respect with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus and was accompanied or preceded by the then-most recent Preliminary Prospectus, to the extent required by Rule 433; (vii) each road show, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and (viii) the Prospectus, as of the date it is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), at the Closing Date and at each Option Closing Date, if any, will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act (including without limitation Section 10(a) of the Securities Act) and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 1(c) do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Preliminary Prospectus, any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, any road show or the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Managers expressly for use therein, it being agreed that the only information furnished by the Underwriters to the Company expressly for use therein are the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the fifth paragraph, and the name of each Underwriter and the number of Shares each Underwriter has agreed to purchase, as set forth in the table following the first paragraph, each in the “Underwriting” section of the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.
     (d) The accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement are an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act and related regulations.

4


 

     (e) Prior to the execution of this Agreement, the Company has not, directly or indirectly, offered or sold any Shares by means of any “prospectus” (within the meaning of the Securities Act) or used any “prospectus” (within the meaning of the Securities Act) in connection with the offer or sale of the Shares, in each case other than the Preliminary Prospectus and/or the Permitted Free Writing Prospectuses; the Company has not, directly or indirectly, prepared, used or referred to any free writing prospectuses, without the prior written consent of the Managers, other than the Permitted Free Writing Prospectuses and road shows furnished or presented to the Managers before first use. Each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus has been prepared, used or referred to in compliance with Rules 164 and 433 under the Securities Act; assuming that such Permitted Free Writing Prospectus is so sent or given after the Registration Statement was filed with the Commission (and after such Permitted Free Writing Prospectus was, if required pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, filed with the Commission), the sending or giving, by any Underwriter, of any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus will satisfy the provisions of Rule 164 and Rule 433; the conditions set forth in Rule 433(b)(2) under the Securities Act are satisfied, and the Registration Statement relating to the offering of the Shares contemplated hereby, as initially filed with the Commission, includes a prospectus that, other than by reason of Rule 433 or Rule 431 under the Act, satisfies the requirements of Section 10 of the Act, including a price range where required by rule; neither the Company nor the Underwriters are disqualified, by reason of subsection (f) or (g) of Rule 164 under the Act, from using, in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares, free writing prospectuses pursuant to Rules 164 and 433 under the Act; each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act; and in the case of any bona fide electronic road shows by the Company, the Company has complied with the requirements of Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) under the Securities Act.
     (f) The Company was not an “ineligible issuer” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) as of the eligibility determination date for purposes of Rules 164 and 433 under the Act with respect to the offering of the Shares contemplated by the Registration Statement.
     (g) The Shares are approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange (the “ NYSE ”), subject to notice of issuance. To the Company’s knowledge, there are no affiliations or associations between (i) any member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) and (ii) the Company or any of the Company’s officers, directors or 5% or greater security holders or any beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities that were acquired at any time on or after the 180th day immediately preceding the date the Registration Statement was initially filed with the Commission, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement (excluding the exhibits thereto), the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

5


 

     (h) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not (i) have a material adverse effect on the assets, business, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operation or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) prevent or materially interfere with consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (the occurrence of any such effect, prevention, interference or result described in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii) being herein referred to as a “ material adverse effect ”).
     (i) Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly organized, is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect; all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims.
     (j) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.
     (k) The authorized and outstanding capitalization of the Company, after giving effect to the completion of the Recapitalization Transactions, is as set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus and will be as set forth in the Prospectus, subject, in each case, to the issuance of shares of Common Stock (i) upon exercise of stock options and warrants disclosed as outstanding in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, as the case may be, (ii) upon the grant of options under existing stock option plans described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and (iii) to effect the GTS Merger. The authorized capital stock of the Company conforms and will conform as to legal matters to the description thereof contained in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.
     (l) Following the filing of the Certificate Amendment with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the shares of Common Stock (including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders and the shares issued or to be issued, as the case may be, in connection with the GTS Merger) outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares to be sold by the Company will have been duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, issued in compliance with applicable securities laws and not issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights.

6


 

     (m) Following the filing of the Certificate Amendment with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights.
     (n) Neither the execution and delivery by the Company of, nor the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will conflict with, contravene, result in a breach or violation of, or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, or constitute a default under (i) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, regulatory or administrative agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary; (ii) the certificate of incorporation, the Certificate Amendment or the bylaws (or other organizational documents) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or (iii) any contract, agreement, obligation, covenant or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or any of their respective assets) is subject or bound, except where a breach or other violation of any such contract, agreement, obligation, covenant or instrument would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
     (o) No approval, authorization, consent or order of or filing with any federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory commission, board, body, authority or agency, or of or with any self-regulatory organization or other non-governmental regulatory authority (including, without limitation, the NYSE), or approval of the Company’s stockholders, is required in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, other than (i) registration of the Shares under the Securities Act, which has been effected (or, with respect to any Rule 462 Registration Statement, will be effected in accordance Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act), (ii) any necessary qualification under the securities or blue sky laws of the various jurisdictions in which the Shares are being offered by the Underwriters or (iii) under the FINRA Rules.
     (p) There are no actions, suits, claims, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened or contemplated to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective directors or officers is or would be a party or of which any of their respective properties is or would be subject at law or in equity, before or by any federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory commission, board, body, authority or agency, or before or by any self-regulatory organization or other non-governmental regulatory authority (including, without limitation, the NYSE) (i) other than any such action, suit, claim, investigation or proceeding accurately described in the Time of Sale Prospectus which, if resolved adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect or (ii) that are required to be described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and are not so described. There are no statutes or regulations that are required by law to be

7


 

described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required.
     (q) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
     (r) The Company’s securities are not rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act.
     (s) The financial statements included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related notes and schedules, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries or of the other entities and their respective subsidiaries, as the case may be, as of the dates indicated, and the consolidated results of operations, cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity of the Company or the other entities, as the case may be, for the periods specified and have been prepared in all material respects in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and conform in all material respects with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved; the other financial data regarding the Company and its subsidiaries contained or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus are accurately and fairly presented in all material respects and are prepared on a basis consistent with the financial statements and books and records of the Company or the other entities to which such data relate; there are no financial statements (historical or pro forma) that are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus that are not included or incorporated by reference as required; the Company and its subsidiaries do not have any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent (including any off-balance sheet obligations), not described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; and all disclosures contained or incorporated by reference in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply in all material respects with Regulation G under the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, to the extent applicable.
     (t) All statistical or market-related data included or incorporated by reference in the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and the Permitted Free Writing Prospectuses are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably believes to be reliable and accurate, and the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources to the extent required. Each “forward-looking statement” (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act or Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the

8


 

Prospectus and the Permitted Free Writing Prospectuses has been made or reaffirmed with a reasonable basis and in good faith. The projections included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus (the “ Projections ”) were made by the Company with a reasonable basis and in good faith and reflect the Company’s good faith best estimate of the matters described therein. The Projections were prepared by the Company based on reasonable assumptions, including, among other things, (i) the Company’s anticipated future performance after the consummation of the Offering and (ii) general business and economic conditions. The Projections are based upon an analysis of the data available to the Company, after due inquiry, at the time of the Projections.
     (u) The Company and its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not have a material adverse effect. There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would have a material adverse effect.
     (v) Except as disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement.
     (w) There are no contracts or documents which are required by law to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits thereto which have not been so described and filed as required.
     (x) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (i) there has not occurred any material adverse change in, or any development of which the Company is aware that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on, the assets, business, condition (financial or otherwise), management, operations or earnings of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries have not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction; (iii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock, nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of

9


 

any kind on its capital stock other than ordinary and customary dividends; and (iv) there has not been any material change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, except in each case as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, respectively.
     (y) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them which is material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.
     (z) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries owns or possesses all inventions, patent applications, patents, trademarks (both registered and unregistered), trade names, service names, copyrights, trade secrets and other proprietary information described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus as being owned or licensed by it or which is necessary for the conduct of, or material to, its businesses (collectively, the “ Intellectual Property ”), and the Company is unaware of any claim to the contrary or any challenge by any other person to the rights of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Intellectual Property. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of a claim by a third party that the Company or any of its subsidiaries has infringed or is infringing the intellectual property of such third party.
     (aa) No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent; and the Company is not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers or contractors that could have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any provision of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, except for such violations as would not have a material adverse effect.
     (bb) The Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are adequate in the businesses in which they are engaged; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or

10


 

to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a material adverse effect.
     (cc) Except as otherwise would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect, the buildings, structures and equipment owned by the Company are in good operating condition and repair and have been reasonably maintained consistent with standards generally followed in the industry (giving due account to the age and length of use, ordinary wear and tear excepted), are adequate and suitable for their present uses and, in the case of buildings and other structures, are structurally sound.
     (dd) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect.
     (ee) Except as otherwise would not have a material adverse effect, no subsidiary of the Company is subject to any material direct or indirect prohibition on paying any dividends to the Company, on making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock, on repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or on transferring any of such subsidiary’s property or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.
     (ff) The Company maintains “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act) in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance in all material respects with generally accepted accounting principles and is effective in performing the functions for which it was established. Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (i) no significant deficiency or material weakness in the design or operation of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) which is reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information, and (ii) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
     (gg) The Company maintains “disclosure controls and procedures” (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act); such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that material information

11


 

relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities, and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective in performing the functions for which they were established.
     (hh) The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that are effective and applicable to the Company as of the date hereof.
     (ii) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sent or received any communication regarding termination of, or intent not to renew, any of the contracts or agreements referred to or described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, or referred to or described in, or filed as an exhibit to, the Registration Statement that are material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and no such termination or non-renewal has been threatened by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any other party to any such contract or agreement.
     (jj) There are no business relationships or related-party transactions involving the Company or any subsidiary or any other person required to be described in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus which have not been described as required.
     (kk) All tax returns required to be filed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries have been timely filed through the date hereof, and all taxes and other assessments of a similar nature (whether imposed directly or through withholding) including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto due or claimed to be due from such entities have been timely paid, other than those being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been provided.
     (ll) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder; and the Company and its subsidiaries have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure continued compliance therewith, including without limitation a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity in all material respects with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

12


 

     (mm) Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Company has not sold, issued or distributed any shares of Common Stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Securities Act, other than (i) shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans, (ii) shares issued pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants, (iii) shares issued pursuant to the conversion of the Company’s shares of preferred stock and (iv) shares issued in connection with the GTS Merger.
     (nn) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor any of their respective directors, officers, affiliates or controlling persons has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed, or which has constituted or might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.
     (oo) The Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Preliminary Prospectus comply, and any amendments or supplements thereto will comply, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus or the Preliminary Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program.
     (pp) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency, other than those obtained, is required in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares in any jurisdiction where the Directed Shares are being offered.
     (qq) The Company has not offered, or caused the Underwriters to offer, Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company, or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.
     (rr) The GTS Merger Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company, Acquisition Sub and GTS as parties thereto and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, Acquisition Sub and GTS enforceable against the Company, Acquisition Sub and GTS, respectively, in accordance with its terms.
     (ss) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company and Acquisition Sub of the GTS Merger Agreement and the consummation of the GTS Merger and compliance by the Company with its obligations under the GTS Merger Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not or will not conflict with, contravene, result in a breach or violation of, or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (including, without limitation, Acquisition Sub and GTS) pursuant to, or constitute a default under (i) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, regulatory or administrative agency or court

13


 

having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary; (ii) the certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or other organizational documents) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or (iii) any contract, agreement, obligation, covenant or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or any of their respective assets) is subject or bound.
     (tt) No approval, authorization, consent or order of or filing with any federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory commission, board, body, authority or agency, or of or with any self-regulatory organization or other non-governmental regulatory authority or approval of the Company’s stockholders, is required for (1) the execution, delivery and performance by the Company, Acquisition Sub and GTS of the GTS Merger Agreement or (2) the consummation of the GTS Merger or any of the transactions contemplated thereby. No consents or waivers from any other person or entity are required for the execution, delivery and performance of the GTS Merger Agreement or the consummation of the GTS Merger or of any of the transactions contemplated thereby, other than such consents and waivers as have been obtained or will be obtained prior to the Closing Date.
     (uu) The Certificate Amendment has been authorized by all necessary corporate action, including the requisite vote of the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the terms of the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational document as well as the Delaware General Corporation Law. No consents or waivers from any other person or entity are required for the consummation of the Recapitalization Transactions contemplated by the Certificate Amendment, other than such consents and waivers as have previously been obtained.
     2.  Representations and Warranties of the Selling Stockholders. Each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly with the other Selling Stockholders, represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters on the date hereof, on the Closing Date and on each Option Closing Date, if any, that:
     (a) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder.
     (b) Neither the execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of, nor the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations under, this Agreement, the Custody Agreement signed by such Selling Stockholder and American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, as Custodian, relating to the deposit of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder (the “ Custody Agreement ”) and the Power of Attorney appointing certain individuals as such Selling Stockholder’s attorneys-in-fact to the extent set forth therein, relating to the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement (the “ Power of Attorney ”) will conflict with, contravene, result in a breach or violation of, or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of such Selling Stockholder pursuant to, or constitute a default under (i) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, regulatory or administrative agency or court having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder,

14


 

provided that no warranty is made in this clause (i) with respect to the antifraud provisions of federal and state securities laws; (ii) the certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or other organizational documents) of such Selling Stockholder, if applicable, or (iii) any contract, agreement, obligation, covenant or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder (or any of its assets) is subject or bound, except, in the case of this clause (iii), for such conflicts, breaches, violations or defaults that would not reasonably be expected to impair in any material respect the consummation of such Selling Stockholder’s obligations under this Agreement, the Custody Agreement or the Power of Attorney; and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations under this Agreement or the Custody Agreement or Power of Attorney of such Selling Stockholder, except such as may (i) be required by the securities or blue sky laws of the various jurisdictions in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares, (ii) not be reasonably expected to impair in any material respect the consummation of the Selling Stockholder’s obligations hereunder and (iii) have previously been made or obtained.
     (c) The Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement are represented as of the date of this Agreement by certificated securities in registered form of either Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Series B Preferred Stock of the Company (the “ Current Shares ”). Such Selling Stockholder is now the lawful owner of the Current Shares, and on the Closing Date and following conversion of the Current Shares, will be the lawful owner of the number of Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, and has now with respect to the Current Shares, and on the Closing Date with respect to the Shares, will have valid marketable title to, or a valid “security entitlement” (within the meaning of Section 408.102 of the Wisconsin Uniform Commercial Code (the “UCC”) or other applicable state statute) in respect of, the number of Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement, free and clear of all security interests, claims, liens, equities or other encumbrances, and the legal right and power, and all authorization and approval required by law, to enter into this Agreement, the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney and to sell, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement or a security entitlement in respect of such Shares.
     (d) The Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder and are valid and binding agreements of such Selling Stockholder.
     (e) Upon payment for the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, delivery of such Shares, as directed by the Underwriters, to Cede & Co. (“ Cede ”) or such other nominee as may be designated by the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”), registration of such Shares in the name of Cede or such other nominee and the crediting of such Shares on the books of DTC to securities accounts of the Underwriters (assuming that neither DTC nor any such Underwriter has notice of any “adverse claim” (within the

15


 

meaning of Section 408.102 of the UCC) to such Shares), (i) DTC shall be a “protected purchaser” of such Shares (within the meaning of Section 408.303(1) of the UCC), (ii) under Section 408.501 of the UCC, the Underwriters will acquire a valid security entitlement in respect of such Shares, and (iii) no action based on any “adverse claim” (within the meaning of 408.102 of the UCC) to such Shares may be asserted against the Underwriters with respect to such security entitlement; for purposes of this representation, such Selling Stockholder may assume that when such payment, delivery and crediting occur, (x) such shares will have been registered in the name of Cede or another nominee designated by DTC, in each case on the Company’s share registry in accordance with its certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law, (y) DTC will be registered as a “clearing corporation” (within the meaning of Section 408.102 of the UCC), and (z) appropriate entries to the accounts of each of the Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to the UCC.
     (f) Such Selling Stockholder has not, prior to the execution of this Agreement, offered or sold any Shares by means of any “prospectus” (within the meaning of the Securities Act) or used any “prospectus” (within the meaning of the Securities Act) in connection with the offer or sale of the Shares, in each case other than the then most recent Preliminary Prospectus.
     (g) If such Selling Stockholder is a beneficial owner of 5% or more of the outstanding Common Stock or of any unregistered equity securities of the Company that were acquired at any time on or after the 180th day immediately preceding the date the Registration Statement was initially filed with the Commission, such Selling Stockholder does not have any association or affiliation with a member of FINRA.
     (h) Such Selling Stockholder has not, directly or indirectly, taken any action designed, or which will constitute, or has constituted, or might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.
     (i) Such Selling Stockholder is familiar with the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and has no knowledge of any material fact, condition or information not disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus that has had, or may have, a material adverse effect. Such Selling Stockholder confirms the accuracy of (i) the information concerning the undersigned contained in the Selling Stockholder’s questionnaire furnished by the undersigned to the Company for purposes of filings with FINRA, and (ii) the information concerning the undersigned as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”
     3.  Agreements to Sell and Purchase . The Company hereby agrees to issue and sell ___ Shares, and each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, hereby agrees to sell the number of Shares set forth opposite such Selling Stockholder’s name in Schedule I hereto, to the several Underwriters at a price of $_____ per

16


 

share (the “ Purchase Price ”), and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions herein set forth, hereby agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and each Selling Stockholder at the Purchase Price the number of Firm Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Managers may determine) set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter set forth in Schedule II hereto that bears the same proportion to the number of Firm Shares to be sold by each such Seller as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.
     Moreover, the Company hereby agrees to issue and sell up to ___ Additional Shares to the Underwriters at the Purchase Price and the Underwriters, upon the basis of the representations and warranties contained herein, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, shall have the right (but not the obligation) to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to the Additional Shares at the Purchase Price. The Managers may exercise this right on behalf of the Underwriters in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which such shares are to be purchased. Each purchase date must be at least one business day after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the closing date for the Firm Shares or later than ten business days after the date of such notice. Additional Shares may be purchased by the Underwriters solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. On each day, if any, that Additional Shares are to be purchased (an “ Option Closing Date ”), each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Managers may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.
     Each Selling Stockholder agrees to comply with the terms and conditions of the “lock-up”’ agreement that it has previously entered into and delivered to the Managers on or before the date hereof, which “lock-up” agreement was executed in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto.
     Each Selling Stockholder agrees to advise the Managers promptly, and if requested by the Managers, confirm such advice in writing, so long as delivery of a prospectus relating to the Shares by an underwriter or dealer may be required under the Securities Act, any change in information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus that relates to such Selling Stockholder.
     4.  Terms of Public Offering . The Sellers are advised by the Managers that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after this Agreement has become effective as in the Managers’ judgment is advisable. The Sellers are further advised by the Managers that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $______ per share (the “ Public

17


 

Offering Price ”) and to certain dealers selected by the Managers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $_____ per share under the Public Offering Price, and that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow a concession, not in excess of $____ per share, to any Underwriter or to certain other dealers.
     5.  Payment and Delivery . Payment for the Firm Shares to be sold by each Seller shall be made to such Seller (or to accounts otherwise designated by such Seller and agreed to by the Underwriters) in Federal or other funds immediately available in Milwaukee against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., Central Time, on ___, 2010 or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than ___, 2010 as shall be designated in writing by the Managers. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date .”
     Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made to the Company (or to accounts otherwise designated by the Company and agreed to by the Underwriters) in Federal or other funds immediately available in Milwaukee against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., Central Time, on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 3 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than ___, 2010 as shall be designated in writing by the Managers.
     The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as the Managers shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to the Managers on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid, against payment of the Purchase Price therefor.
     6.  Conditions to the Underwriters’ Obligations . The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the condition that all representations and warranties on the part of the Company and each Selling Stockholder contained in this Agreement are, on the date hereof, on the Closing Date and on each Option Closing Date, if any, true and correct, the condition that the Company and each Selling Stockholder has performed their respective obligations required to be performed prior to the Closing Date and the following further conditions:
     (a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the assets, business, condition (financial or otherwise), management, operations, earnings or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus that, in the Managers’ reasonable judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in the Managers’ reasonable

18


 

judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to offer or sell the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus.
     (b) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any, a certificate, dated the Closing Date or such Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and signed by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date or such Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and that the Company has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date or such Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The delivery of the certificate provided for in this Section 6(b) shall constitute a representation and warranty of the Company as to the statements made in such certificate.
     (c) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by each Selling Stockholder (or such Selling Stockholder’s attorney-in-fact), to the effect that the representations and warranties of such Selling Stockholder contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that such Selling Stockholder has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.
     (d) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any, an opinion of Greenberg Traurig, LLP, outside counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date or such Option Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto. In rendering such opinion, Greenberg Traurig, LLP may rely as to matters of fact (but not as to legal conclusions), to the extent they deem proper, on certificates of responsible officers of the Company and its subsidiaries and of public officials. The opinion of Greenberg Traurig, LLP shall be rendered to the Underwriters at the request of the Company and shall so state therein.
     (e) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP, counsel for the Selling Stockholders, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto. In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely as to matters of fact (but not as to legal conclusions), to the extent they deem proper, on certificates of the Selling Stockholders. The opinion of such counsel shall be rendered to the Underwriters at the request of the Selling Stockholders and shall so state therein.
     (f) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any, an opinion and negative assurance letter of Foley & Lardner LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date or such Option Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters. In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely as to matters of

19


 

fact (but not as to legal conclusions), to the extent they deem proper, on certificates of responsible officers of the Company and its subsidiaries and of public officials.
     (g) The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof, the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any, a letter dated the date hereof, the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, from Deloitte & Touche, LLP, independent public accountants, addressed to the Underwriters and copied to each member of the Company’s board of directors who signed the Registration Statement at any time, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date hereof.
     (h) No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus shall have been issued, and no proceedings for such purpose shall have been instituted or threatened by the Commission; no notice of objection of the Commission to the use of the Registration Statement shall have been received; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to the Managers’ satisfaction.
     (i) The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit C or Exhibit D hereto, as applicable, between the Managers and the certain stockholders, executive officers and directors of the Company set forth on Schedule IV to this Agreement relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities, delivered to Managers on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.
     (j) The Shares shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE.
     (k) FINRA shall not have raised any objection with respect to the fairness or reasonableness of the underwriting, or other arrangements of the transactions, contemplated hereby.
     (l) The GTS Merger shall have been consummated as of the Closing Date in accordance with the terms of the GTS Merger Agreement.
     The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to the Managers on the applicable Option Closing Date of such documents as the Managers may reasonably request, including certificates of officers of the Company, legal opinions and an accountants’ comfort letter, and other matters related to the issuance of such Additional Shares.

20


 

     7.  Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:
     (a) To furnish to the Managers, without charge, three signed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to the Managers in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. Central Time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 7(f) or 7(g) below, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as the Managers may reasonably request.
     (b) Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, to furnish to the Managers a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Managers reasonably object, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.
     (c) To furnish to the Managers a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus to be prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and not to use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus to which the Managers reasonably object.
     (d) Not to take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Underwriter that the Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.
     (e) To advise the Managers promptly of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus or for additional information with respect thereto, or of notice of institution of proceedings for, or the entry of a stop order, suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus; and if the Commission should enter such a stop order, to use its best efforts to obtain the lifting or removal of such order as soon as possible.
     (f) If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or

21


 

supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when delivered to a prospective purchaser, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.
     (g) If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Securities Act) is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses Managers will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by Managers on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.
     (h) If, at or after the time this Agreement is executed and delivered, it is necessary or appropriate for a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, or a Rule 462 Registration Statement, to be filed with the Commission and become effective before the Shares may be sold, the Company will use its best efforts to cause such post-effective amendment or such Registration Statement to be filed and become effective, and will pay any applicable fees in accordance with the Securities Act, as soon as possible; and the Company will advise Managers promptly and, if requested by the Managers, will confirm such advice in writing, (i) when such post-effective amendment or such Registration Statement has become effective, and (ii) if Rule 430A or 430C under the Securities Act is used, when the Prospectus is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act (which the Company agrees to file in a timely manner in accordance with such Rules).
     (i) To file in a timely manner all reports and any definitive proxy or information statements required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to the date of the Prospectus for so long as the delivery of a prospectus (or, in lieu

22


 

thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Securities Act) is required in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares.
     (j) Promptly to furnish such information or to take such action as the Managers may reasonably request and otherwise to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as the Managers shall reasonably request, and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a consent to service of process in any jurisdiction (excluding service of process with respect to the offer and sale of the Shares); and to promptly advise the Managers of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose.
     (k) To make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to the Managers as soon as practicable an earning statement covering a period of at least twelve months beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Securities Act), which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.
     (l) To use its best efforts to cause the Shares to be listed on the NYSE.
     (m) During the period beginning on the date of the Underwriting Agreement and continuing to and including 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, and without the prior written consent of Baird with the authorization to release the lock-up letter on behalf of the Underwriters, not to (i) to issue, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of the Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, (iii) file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or (iv) publicly announce an intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (i), (ii) or (iii). The restrictions contained in the preceding sentence shall not apply to (i) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (ii) the grant of options to purchase shares of Common Stock or restricted shares or restricted stock units pursuant to the Company’s employee benefit plans under the terms of such plans in effect on the date hereof, provided, in the case of stock options, that such options are granted at fair market value, (iii) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of the Underwriting Agreement of which the Managers have been advised in writing, (iv) the issuance of

23


 

shares of Common Stock in connection with the GTS Merger, (v) the issuance of shares of Common Stock in connection with the conversion of the Company’s Series B preferred stock, (vi) the issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the reclassification of all outstanding classes of common stock into one class of common stock in a 149.314-for-one stock split as contemplated by the Registration Statement, (vii) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 relating to shares of Common Stock issued under any employee benefit plans, or (viii) the issuance of shares of Common Stock in connection with the acquisition of another company in an amount not to exceed 15% of the total shares of Common Stock outstanding following such issuance, provided that the recipient of such shares agrees to be bound by the restrictions set forth in this section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period, the restrictions imposed by this agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, unless waived by Baird. The Company shall promptly notify Baird of any earnings release, news or event that may give rise to an extension of the initial 180-day restricted period.
     (n) To prepare, if the Managers so request, a final term sheet relating to the offering of the Shares, containing only information that describes the final terms of the Shares or the offering in a form consented to by the Managers, and to file such final term sheet within the period required by Rule 433(d)(5)(ii) under the Securities Act following the date the final terms have been established for the offering of the Shares.
     (o) To comply with Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act (without reliance on Rule 164(b) under the Act) and with Rule 433(g) under the Securities Act.
     (p) Not to take, directly or indirectly, any action designed, or which will constitute, or has constituted, or might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.
     (q) Not, at any time at or after the execution of this Agreement, to offer or sell any Shares by means of any “prospectus” (within the meaning of the Securities Act) or use any “prospectus” (within the meaning of the Securities Act) in connection with the offer or sale of the Shares, except in each case other than the Prospectus.
     (r) To maintain a transfer agent and, if necessary under the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company, a registrar for the Common Stock.

24


 

     (s) To apply the net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the Shares in the manner set forth under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Prospectus.
     (t) In connection with the Directed Share Program, to ensure that the Directed Shares will be restricted to the extent and for the period required by FINRA from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation, and will direct the transfer agent to place stop transfer restrictions upon such Directed Shares for such period of time.
     (u) To comply with all applicable securities and other laws, in each jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with a Directed Share Program.
     (v) To consummate the GTS Merger on the Closing Date in accordance with the terms of the GTS Merger Agreement.
     8.  Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company agrees to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and the Company’s accountants in connection with the registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the cost of printing or producing any securities or blue sky memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares under the securities laws of the jurisdictions in which the Shares may be offered or sold and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under such securities laws as provided in Section 7(j) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters, in connection with such qualification and in connection with any Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum, (iv) all filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by FINRA, (v) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Common Stock and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on the NYSE, (vi) the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares, (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or

25


 

dissemination of any road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants (it being agreed that the Company will not be responsible for the travel and food expenses of the officers or the Chairman of the Board of the Company (except as specifically noted herein with respect to the cost of any chartered aircraft) or the Underwriters’ travel, food and lodging expenses), and one-half of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement, (x) all expenses in connection with any offer and sale of the Shares outside of the United States, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with offers and sales outside of the United States, (xi) all fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program, and (xii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section; provided, however, that the liability of the Company for reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters pursuant to clauses (iii), (iv), (x) and (xi) shall not exceed $5,000 in the aggregate.
     Whether or not the sale of the Shares provided for herein is consummated, each Selling Stockholder will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of such Selling Stockholder’s obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section 8, including (i) any fees and expenses of counsel for such Selling Stockholder, and (ii) all expenses and taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters hereunder.
     Except as expressly set forth herein, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make. Notwithstanding the above, if the sale of the Shares provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Underwriters set forth in Section 6 (except Section 6(f) and Section 6(k)) is not satisfied, because of any termination of this Agreement by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 11 hereof or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any obligation or covenant hereunder or comply with any provision hereof other than by reason of a default by any of the Underwriters, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, through the Managers on demand for all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereby.

26


 

     The provisions of this Section shall not supersede or otherwise affect any agreement that the Sellers may otherwise have for the allocation of such expenses among themselves.
     9.  Indemnity and Contribution . (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by, arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any issuer information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, any road show not constituting a free writing prospectus, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable under this Section 9(a) to the extent that such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by, arise out of or are based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Managers expressly for use therein, it being agreed that the only information furnished by the Underwriters to the Company expressly for use therein are the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the fifth paragraph, and the name of each Underwriter and the number of Shares each Underwriter has agreed to purchase, as set forth in the table following the first paragraph, each in the “Underwriting” section of the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.
     (b) Each Selling Stockholder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by, arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to

27


 

make the statements therein not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which there were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Selling Stockholder furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein. The Underwriters and each Selling Stockholder agree that the indemnity agreement contained in this clause (b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Selling Stockholder. The liability of each Selling Stockholder under this Section 9(b) shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds (before expenses) from the offering of the Shares received by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement.
     (c) Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Selling Stockholders, the directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by, arising from or based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, any road show not constituting a free writing prospectus, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which there were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Managers expressly for use therein, it being agreed that the only information furnished by the Underwriters to the Company expressly for use therein are the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the fifth paragraph, and the name of each Underwriter and the number of Shares each Underwriter has agreed to purchase, as set forth in the table following the first

28


 

paragraph, each in the “Underwriting” section of the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.
     (d) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 9(a), 9(b) or 9(c), such person (the “ indemnified party ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ indemnifying party ”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (i) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriters and all persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or who are affiliates of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, (ii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either such Section and (iii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Selling Stockholders and all persons, if any, who control any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of either such Section, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons and affiliates of any Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by Baird. In the case of any such separate firm for the Company, and such directors, officers and control persons of the Company, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company. In the case of any such separate firm for the Selling Stockholders and such control persons of any Selling Stockholders, such firm shall be designated in writing by the persons named as attorneys-in-fact for the Selling Stockholders under the Powers of Attorney. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this

29


 

paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.
     (e) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Sections 9(a), 9(b) or 9(c) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Sellers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses) received by each Seller and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Sellers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Sellers or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint. The liability of each Selling Stockholder under the contribution agreement contained in this paragraph shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds (before expenses) from the offering of the Shares received by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of subsection (e), no Selling Stockholder shall be required to contribute unless such Selling Stockholder would have had indemnification obligations pursuant to Section 9(b) above.

30


 

     (f) The Sellers and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 9(e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 9(e) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 9 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.
     10.  Directed Share Program Indemnification. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each affiliate of either of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act (the “ Underwriter Entities ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) (i) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) caused by the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program, other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of the Underwriter Entities.
     (b) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Underwriter Entity in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 10(a), the Underwriter Entity seeking indemnity, shall promptly notify the Company in writing and the Company, upon request of the Underwriter Entity, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriter Entity to represent the Underwriter Entity and any others the Company may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and

31


 

disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any Underwriter Entity shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Underwriter Entity unless (i) the Company shall have agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Company and the Underwriter Entity and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. The Company shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of the Underwriter Entities in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriter Entities. Any such separate firm for the Underwriter Entities shall be designated in writing by Baird. The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Company agrees to indemnify the Underwriter Entities from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time a Underwriter Entity shall have requested the Company to reimburse it for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the Company agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Company of the aforesaid request and (ii) the Company shall not have reimbursed the Underwriter Entity in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Baird, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Underwriter Entity is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Underwriter Entity, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of the Underwriter Entities from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.
     (c) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 10(a) is unavailable to a Underwriter Entity or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then the Company in lieu of indemnifying the Underwriter Entity thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Underwriter Entity as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriter Entities on the other hand from the offering of the Directed Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Underwriter Entities on the other hand in connection with any statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriter Entities on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Directed Shares (before deducting expenses)

32


 

and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriter Entities for the Directed Shares, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Directed Shares. If the loss, claim, damage or liability is caused by an untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriter Entities on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement or the omission or alleged omission relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriter Entities and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
     (d) The Company and the Underwriter Entities agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 10 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriter Entities were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 10(c). The amount paid or payable by the Underwriter Entities as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Underwriter Entities in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10, no Underwriter Entity shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Directed Shares distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter Entity has otherwise been required to pay. The remedies provided for in this Section 10 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.
     11.  Termination . The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by the Managers to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (a) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited or minimum prices shall have been established on, or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, or the NASDAQ Stock Market, (b) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended or materially limited on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (c) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred, (d) any moratorium or material limitation on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal, Wisconsin or New York state authorities, (e) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, act of terrorism involving the United States or declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war, or (f) any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (e) or (f), in the Managers’ judgment, is material and adverse and makes it, in the Managers’ judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

33


 

     12.  Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.
     If, on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule II bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as the Managers may specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 12 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to the Managers, the Company and the Selling Stockholders for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholders. In any such case either the Managers or the relevant Sellers shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Prospectus, in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on an Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.
     13.  Representations and Indemnities to Survive . The respective agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of the Company, each Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters set forth or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any Selling Stockholder or the Company or any of the officers, directors, employees, agents or controlling persons referred to in

34


 

Section 9 and 10 hereof, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Shares. The provisions of Sections 8, 9 and 10 hereof shall survive the termination or cancellation of this Agreement.
     14.  Entire Agreement . (a) This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the offering of the Shares, represents the entire agreement between the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the preparation of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the conduct of the offering, and the purchase and sale of the Shares.
     (b) The Company and the Selling Stockholders acknowledge that in connection with the offering of the Shares: (i) the Underwriters have acted at arm’s length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, the Company, any Selling Stockholder or any other person; (ii) the Underwriters owe the Company and Selling Stockholders only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement), if any; and (iii) the Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of the Company. Each of the Company and Selling Stockholders waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares.
     15.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
     16.  Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Wisconsin.
     17.  Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.
     18.  Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt shall be delivered, mailed or sent to the parties as follows:
(a) If to the Underwriters, to:
Steven. G. Booth
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
777 East Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
Fax: (414) 298-7800
(with a copy to)

35


 

Legal Department
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
777 East Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202,
Fax: (414) 298-7800
(with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to)
Jay O. Rothman
Foley & Lardner LLP
777 East Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
Fax: (414) 297-4900
(b) If to the Company, to:
Mark A. DiBlasi
Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc.
4900 S. Pennsylvania Avenue
Cudahy, WI 53110
Fax: (414) 362-3930
(with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to)
Brandon Lombardi
Greenberg Traurig, LLP
2375 East Camelback Road, Suite 700
Phoenix, AZ 85016
Fax: (602) 445-8100
(c) If to the Selling Stockholders, to:
Michael J. Messersmith
Vice President and Deputy General Counsel
American Capital, Ltd.
2 Bethesda Metro Center, 8th Floor
Bethesda, MD 20814
Fax: (301) 654-6714
Robert Weiss
Sankaty Credit Opportunities, L.P.
111 Huntington Avenue
Boston, MA 02199
Fax: (847) 563-5364

36


 

(with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to)
Andrew J. Terry
Ropes & Gray LLP
111 S. Wacker Dr., 46th Floor
Chicago, IL 60606
Fax: (312) 845-5501

37


 

         
  Very truly yours,

ROADRUNNER TRANSPORTATION
SYSTEMS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Mark A. DiBlasi   
    President and CEO   
 
  The Selling Stockholders named in
Schedule I hereto, acting severally
 
 
  By:      
    Attorney-in Fact   
       
Accepted as of the date hereof
ROBERT W. BAIRD & CO. INCORPORATED
BB&T CAPITAL MARKETS, a division of Scott &
Stringfellow, LLC
STIFEL, NICOLAUS & COMPANY, INCORPORATED
         
     
  By:   Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated    
    Acting severally on behalf of    
    themselves and the several
Underwriters named in
Schedule II hereto 
 
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

38

Exhibit 3.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
ROADRUNNER TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS, INC.
(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)
     The undersigned, acting in his capacity as President of Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the state of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies as follows:
     1. The name of the Corporation is Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc. The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of the state of Delaware on February 22, 2005, under the name Dawes Holding Corporation. A Certificate of Amendment to the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the state of Delaware on June 13, 2008, to change the name of the Corporation to Roadrunner Transportation Services Holdings, Inc. A Certificate of Amendment to the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the state of Delaware on March 25, 2010, to change the name of the Corporation to Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc.
     2. The undersigned hereby certifies, attests, and serves notice that the text of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
Article I
Name
     The name of the Corporation is Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).
Article II
Registered Office
     The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
Article III
Purposes
     The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).
Article IV
Capital Stock
     1.  Authorized Stock . The Corporation shall have authority to issue a total of one hundred twenty million five thousand (120,005,000) shares of capital stock, consisting of (i) one hundred five

 


 

million (105,000,000) shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), and (ii) fifteen million five thousand (15,005,000) shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”), of which five thousand (5,000) shares are designated as Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”).
     2.  Common Stock .
          A. General . The voting, dividend, and liquidation rights of the holders of Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers, privileges, preferences, and priorities of the holders of Preferred Stock.
          B. Voting Rights . Each holder of record of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in such holder’s name on the books of the Corporation. Except as otherwise required by law or this Article IV, the holders of Common Stock and the holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to stockholders for a vote.
          C. Dividends . Subject to provisions of law and this Article IV, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) may determine in its sole discretion.
          D. Liquidation . Subject to provisions of law and this Article IV, upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after the payment or provisions for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Corporation and all preferential amounts to which the holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled with respect to the distribution of assets in liquidation, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to share ratably the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution.
     3.  Preferred Stock .
          A. General .
               1.  Issuance of Preferred Stock in Classes or Series . The Preferred Stock of the Corporation may be issued in one or more classes or series at such time or times and for such consideration as the Board may determine. Each class or series shall be so designated as to distinguish the shares thereof from the shares of all other classes and series. Except as to the relative designations, preferences, powers, qualifications, rights, and privileges referred to in this Article IV, in respect of any or all of which there may be variations between different classes or series of Preferred Stock, all shares of Preferred Stock shall be identical. Different series of Preferred Stock shall not be construed to constitute different classes of shares for the purpose of voting by classes unless otherwise specifically set forth herein.
               2.  Authority to Establish Variations Between Classes or Series of Preferred Stock . The Board is expressly authorized, subject to the limitations prescribed by law and the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, without stockholder action, to provide, by adopting a resolution or resolutions, for the issuance of the undesignated Preferred Stock in one or more classes or series, each with such designations, preferences, voting powers, qualifications, special or relative rights and privileges as shall be stated in this Certificate of Incorporation or Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation, which shall be filed in accordance with the DGCL, and the resolutions of the Board creating such class or series. The authority of the Board with respect to each such class or series shall include, without limitation of the foregoing, the right to determine and fix:
                    (a) the distinctive designation of such class or series and the number of shares to constitute such class or series;

2


 

                    (b) the rate at which dividends on the shares of such class or series shall be declared and paid, or set aside for payment, whether dividends at the rate so determined shall be cumulative or accruing, and whether the shares of such class or series shall be entitled to any participating or other dividends in addition to dividends at the rate so determined, and if so, on what terms;
                    (c) the right or obligation, if any, of the Corporation to redeem shares of the particular class or series of Preferred Stock and, if redeemable, the price, terms, and manner of such redemption;
                    (d) the special and relative rights and preferences, if any, and the amount or amounts per share, which the shares of such class or series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation;
                    (e) the terms and conditions, if any, upon which shares of such class or series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of capital stock of any other class or series, including the price or prices or the rate or rates of conversion or exchange and the terms of adjustment, if any;
                    (f) the obligation, if any, of the Corporation to retire, redeem, or purchase shares of such class or series pursuant to a sinking fund or fund of a similar nature or otherwise, and the terms and conditions of such obligation;
                    (g) voting rights, if any, including special voting rights with respect to the election of directors and matters adversely affecting any class or series of Preferred Stock;
                    (h) limitations, if any, on the issuance of additional shares of such class or series or any shares of any other class or series of Preferred Stock; and
                    (i) such other preferences, powers, qualifications, special or relative rights and privileges thereof as the Board, acting in accordance with this Certificate of Incorporation, may deem advisable and are not inconsistent with law and the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation.
     4.  Series A Preferred Stock .
          A. Designation . All shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock” and shall rank equally with respect to dividend payments and liquidation preferences and be identical in all respects.
          B. Dividends . Subject to provisions of law and to all limitations on payment in the Corporation’s financing documents, the holders of record of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive cash dividends, out of assets which are legally available for the payment of such dividends, at an annual rate equal to $40.00 per share of Series A Preferred Stock (which amount shall be subject to equitable adjustment whenever there shall occur a stock dividend, stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, or other similar event involving the Series A Preferred Stock) (the “ Series A Dividend ”). Series A Dividends shall be paid in cash or by wire transfer on April 30 in each year to holders of Series A Preferred Stock as of April 15 of such year. If any Series A Dividends are not paid when due, the annual Series A Dividend rate shall be increased to $60.00 per share of Series A Preferred Stock until all delinquent dividends are paid in full. Series A Dividends shall be cumulative, without compounding, and shall accrue daily on each share of Series A Preferred Stock from the date of issue thereof. Series A Dividends payable on the Series A Preferred Stock for any period less than a full year shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 365-day year. No dividends (either those payable solely in the shares of capital stock of the Corporation or cash) shall be paid with respect to any of the Corporation’s capital stock, including on any other class or series of Preferred Stock or on Common Stock until all delinquent Series A Dividends, if any, have been paid in full. No dividends shall be paid or declared, and no other distribution shall be made, on or with respect to

3


 

the Common Stock of the Corporation as long as there are shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. Accruals of dividends shall not bear interest.
          C. Liquidation, Dissolution, or Winding Up .
               1.  Treatment at Sale, Liquidation, Dissolution, or Winding Up . In the event of any Sale Transaction (defined below), liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, before any distribution or payment is made to any holders of any shares of Common Stock or any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid first out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to holders of the Corporation’s capital stock whether such assets are capital, surplus, or earnings, an amount equal to $1,000.00 per share of Series A Preferred Stock (which amount shall be subject to equitable adjustment whenever there shall occur a stock dividend, stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, or other similar event involving the Series A Preferred Stock) plus any dividends accrued but unpaid on such shares (such amount, as so determined, is referred to herein as the “ Series A Liquidation Value ” with respect to such shares).
               2.  Insufficient Funds . If upon such Sale Transaction (as defined below) liquidation, dissolution, or winding up the assets or surplus funds of the Corporation to be distributed to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit payment to such respective holders of the full Series A Liquidation Value payable with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, then the assets available for payment or distribution to such holders shall be allocated among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, pro rata, in proportion to the full respective preferential amounts to which the holders of Series A Preferred Stock are each entitled.
               3.  Certain Transactions Treated as Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 4.C., (A) any sale of the Corporation by means of the sale or transfer of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation or a merger or other form of corporate reorganization or consolidation with or into another entity in which outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation, including shares of Preferred Stock, are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the other entity or its subsidiary and, as a result of which transaction, the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction own 50% or less of the voting power of the Corporation (in the case of a sale of shares of capital stock) or the surviving entity (in the case of a merger, corporate reorganization, or consolidation) immediately after such transaction, or (B) a sale, transfer, or lease (other than a pledge or grant of a security interest to a bona fide lender) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (other than to or by a wholly-owned subsidiary or parent of the Corporation), shall be treated as a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation and shall entitle the holders of Preferred Stock to receive the amount that would be received in a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up pursuant to this Section 4.C (each of the transactions in (A) and (B) above, a “ Sale Transaction ”). The Corporation will provide the holders of Preferred Stock with notice of all transactions which may be treated as a Sale Transaction twenty (20) days prior to the earlier of the vote relating to such transaction or the closing of such transaction.
               4.  Valuation of Consideration . For purposes of this Section 4.C., if the consideration received by the Corporation in a Sale Transaction is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. Any securities shall be valued as follows:
                    (i) If traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the volume-weighted average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the thirty-day period ending three days prior to the closing of a Sale Transaction;
                    (ii) If actively traded over the counter, the value shall be deemed to be the volume weighted average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the thirty-day period ending three days prior to the closing of a Sale Transaction; and

4


 

                    (iii) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
               5.  Distributions of Property . Whenever the distribution provided for in this Section 4.C. shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such distribution shall be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Corporation’s Board of Directors.
          D. Voting Power . Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 4.I. hereof or as otherwise required by law, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any matters required or permitted to be submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their approval.
          E. Optional Redemption .
               1.  General . At any time and from time to time the Corporation may, at the option of its Board of Directors, with funds legally available for such purpose under Delaware law, redeem the whole or any part of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a redemption price of $1,000.00 per share (which amount shall be subject to equitable adjustment whenever there shall occur a stock dividend, stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, or other similar event involving the Series A Preferred Stock) plus an amount equal to all accrued but unpaid dividends thereon to and including the redemption date.
               2.  Pro Rata Redemption . If less than all shares of Series A Preferred Stock are redeemed at any time under this Section 4.E., shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by each holder of record thereof shall be called for redemption pro rata, according to the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder, subject, however, to such adjustment as may be equitably determined by the Corporation in order to avoid the redemption of fractional shares.
               3.  Redemption Procedures . Any redemption of any or all of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4.E. shall be effected in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.E.3.
                    (a) Any such redemption shall be effected by written notice given by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, not less than thirty (30) days nor more than fifty (50) days prior to the date fixed for redemption to the holders of record of Series A Preferred Stock. Each such notice of redemption shall specify the date fixed for redemption, the redemption price, and place of payment thereof, and if less than all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by each holder of record thereof that are being called for redemption.
                    (b) On the date fixed for the redemption of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall, and at any time not more than five (5) days prior to such date may, deposit the aggregate amount of the redemption price of the shares called for redemption, with a bank, trust company or transfer agent, designated in the notice of such redemption, having a combined capital and surplus aggregating at least one hundred million dollars ($100,000,000) and formed under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, in trust for payment to the holders of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock being called for redemption, and deliver irrevocable written instructions authorizing such bank or trust company to apply such deposit solely to the redemption of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock called for redemption.
                    (c) Notice of redemption having been duly given, the redemption price of the shares being called for redemption having been deposited as aforesaid, then on the date for such redemption, the certificates for the Series A Preferred Stock called for redemption (whether or not surrendered) shall be deemed no longer outstanding for any purpose, and all rights with respect to such shares shall thereupon cease and terminate, except the right of the holders of such shares to receive, out

5


 

of such deposit in trust, on the redemption date, the redemption price to which they are entitled, without interest.
                    (d) In case any certificate for shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be surrendered by the holder thereof for payment in connection with the redemption of only a portion of the shares represented thereby, the Corporation shall deliver to or upon the order of the holder thereof a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock represented by such surrendered certificate that are not being redeemed.
                    (e) In case any holder of Series A Preferred Stock called for redemption shall not, within ninety (90) days after deposit by the corporation of funds for the redemption thereof, claim the amount deposited for redemption thereof, the bank, trust company, or transfer agent with which such funds were deposited shall, upon demand, pay over to the Corporation the balance of such amount so deposited and such bank, trust company, or transfer agent shall thereupon be relieved of all responsibility to such holder, who shall thereafter look solely to the Corporation for payment of the redemption price of its shares.
               4.  No Reissue . Shares of Series A Preferred Stock that have been redeemed, purchased, or otherwise acquired by the Corporation shall be cancelled and may not be reissued.
          F. Mandatory Redemption .
               1.  General . On November 30, 2012 (the “ Series A Redemption Date ”), the Corporation shall redeem all (but not less than all) of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The redemption price for each share of Preferred Stock redeemed pursuant to this Section 4.F.1. shall initially be $1,000.00 per share in cash plus all accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares up to and including the date fixed for redemption (the “ Series A Redemption Price ”). The Series Redemption Price shall be subject to equitable adjustment whenever there shall occur a stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, or other similar event involving a change in the Series A Preferred Stock. The Series A Redemption Price shall be payable in cash or by wire transfer on the Series A Redemption Date.
               2.  Insufficient Funds for Redemption .
                    (a) If the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock on the Series A Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem all of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any funds legally available for redemption of such shares according to the respective amounts which would be payable with respect to the number of shares owned by them if the shares to be so redeemed on such Series A Redemption Date were redeemed in full. The shares of Series A Preferred Stock not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all rights and preferences provided herein.
                    (b) At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the redemption of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, such funds will be used, as soon as practicable but no later than the end of the next succeeding fiscal quarter, to redeem the balance of such shares, or such portion thereof for which funds are then legally available, on the basis set forth above.
               3.  Redemption Proportionate . Each redemption of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4.F. shall be made so that the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed from each registered owner shall be on a pro rata basis according to the respective liquidation preferences of shares of Series A Preferred Stock which each such holder of Series A Preferred Stock owns of record as of the applicable Series A Redemption Date.

6


 

               4.  Redemption Notice . At least 15 days prior to the Series A Redemption Date, written notice (hereinafter referred to as the “ Series A Redemption Notice ”) shall be mailed, first class or certified mail, postage prepaid, by the Corporation to each holder of record of Series A Preferred Stock, at its address shown on the records of the Corporation; provided , however , that the Corporation’s failure to give such Series A Redemption Notice as to any holder shall not affect its obligation to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in this Section 4.F. hereof as to such holder. The Series A Redemption Notice shall contain the following information:
                    (a) the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by the holder which are to be redeemed by the Corporation;
                    (b) the Series A Redemption Date and the Series A Redemption Price; and
                    (c) that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, at the place designated therein, its certificate or certificates representing the Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed.
               5.  Surrender of Certificates . Each holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificate(s) representing such shares to the Corporation at the place designated in the Series A Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Series A Redemption Price for such shares as set forth in this Section 4.F. shall be paid to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate(s) and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled and retired. In the event some but not all of the Series A Preferred Stock represented by a certificate(s) surrendered by a holder are being redeemed, the Corporation shall execute and deliver to or on the order of the holder, at the expense of the Corporation, a new certificate representing the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock which were not redeemed.
               6.  Dividends after Redemption . From and after payment in full of the Series A Redemption Price, no shares of Series A Preferred Stock subject to redemption shall be entitled to any further dividends pursuant to Section 4.B. hereof; provided , however , that in all events such redemption is consummated.
          G. Registration of Transfer . The Corporation will keep at its principal office a register for the registration of shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Upon the surrender of any certificate representing shares of Series A Preferred Stock at such place, the Corporation will, at the request of the record holders of such certificate, execute and deliver (at the Corporation’s expense) a new certificate or certificates in exchange therefor representing the aggregate number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate. Each such new certificate will be registered in such name and will represent such number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock as is required by the holder of the surrendered certificate and will be substantially identical in form to the surrendered certificate.
          H. Replacement . Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation (an affidavit of the registered holder will be satisfactory) of the ownership and the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of any certificate evidencing shares of Series A Preferred Stock, and in the case of any such loss, theft, or destruction, upon receipt of an unsecured indemnity from the holder reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation or, in the case of such mutilation upon surrender of such certificate, the Corporation will (at its expense) execute and deliver in lieu of such certificate a new certificate of like kind representing the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock represented by such lost, stolen, destroyed, or mutilated certificate and dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed, or mutilated certificate.
          I. Restrictions and Limitations on Amendments to Charter . The Corporation shall not amend this Certificate of Incorporation without the approval by vote or written consent of the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, if such amendment would:

7


 

               1. amend any of the rights, preferences, privileges of, or limitations provided for herein for the benefit of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock;
               2. authorize or issue, or obligate the Corporation to authorize or issue, (A) additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock or (B) shares of Preferred Stock senior to (or on parity with) the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to liquidation preferences, dividend rights, or redemption rights; or
               3. amend any provisions of this Section 4.I.
          J. Notices . Except as otherwise expressly provided, all notices referred to herein will be in writing and will be delivered by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and will be deemed to have been given when so mailed (a) to the Corporation, at its principal executive offices and (b) to any holder of Series A Preferred Stock, at such holder’s address as it appears in the stock records of the Corporation (unless otherwise indicated in writing by any such holder).
Article V
Bylaws
     In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute and except as provided herein, the Board shall have the power to adopt, amend, repeal or otherwise alter the bylaws of the Corporation (the “ Bylaws ”) without any action on the part of the stockholders; provided , however , that any Bylaws made by the Board and any and all powers conferred by any of said Bylaws may be amended, altered, or repealed by the stockholders. The Bylaws may only be amended or repealed by the stockholders at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders the notice for which designates that an amendment or repeal of one or more of such sections is to be considered and then only by an affirmative vote of the stockholders holding 66 2/3% of the shares entitled to vote upon such amendment or repeal, voting as a single voting group.
Article VI
Indemnification of Directors
     1.  Limitation of Liability . No current or former director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except, to the extent provided by applicable law, for liability (i) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is hereafter amended to authorize corporate action further limiting or eliminating the personal liability of directors, then the liability of each current or former director of the Corporation shall be limited or eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended from time to time. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VI, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VI, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VI in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article VI, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.
     2.  Indemnification . The Corporation shall, in accordance with this Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws, indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (a “ proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director of the Corporation or is or was

8


 

serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefits plans (an “indemnitee”), against all expense, liability, and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee. The Corporation shall be required to indemnify an indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if the initiation of such proceeding (or part thereof) by the indemnitee was authorized by the Board. Each person who was, is or becomes a director shall be deemed to have served or to have continued to serve in such capacity in reliance upon the indemnity provided for in this Article VI. All rights to indemnification (and the advancement of expenses) under this Article VI shall be deemed to be provided by a contract between the Corporation and the person who serves or has served as a director of the Corporation. Such rights shall be deemed to have vested at the time such person becomes or became a director of the Corporation, and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors, and administrators. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VI shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.
     3. A director or any officer of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for the breach of any duty owed to the Corporation or its stockholders except to the extent that an exemption from personal liability is not permitted by the DGCL.
Article VII
Meetings and Keeping of Books
     Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the Bylaws may provide or as may be designated from time to time by the Board.
Article VIII
Directors
     1.  Number, Term, and Classes of Directors . The current Board consists of eight (8) members. The exact number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board. The Board shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II, and Class III. The number of directors elected to each class shall be as nearly equal in number as possible. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board. Each Class I director shall be elected to an initial term to expire at the 2011 annual meeting of stockholders, each Class II director shall be elected to an initial term to expire at the 2012 annual meeting of stockholders; and each Class III director shall be elected to an initial term to expire at the 2013 annual meeting of stockholders. Upon the expiration of the initial terms of office for each class of directors, the directors of each class shall be elected for a term of three years to serve until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation, death, or removal from office. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.
     2.  Director Vacancies . Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. At a special meeting of stockholders called expressly for that purpose, the entire Board, or any member or members thereof, may be removed, but only for cause by vote for removal of a specific director by stockholders holding at least 66 2/3% of the shares then entitled to vote at an election for directors of the Corporation, voting as a single voting group. The notice of such special meeting must state that the purpose, or one of the purposes, of the meeting is removal of the director or directors, as the case may be. Any newly created directorship or any vacancy occurring in the Board for any cause may be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the Board, although such majority is less than a

9


 

quorum, or by the sole remaining director, and each director so elected shall hold office until the expiration of the term of office of the director whom he has replaced or until his or her successor is elected and qualified.
Article IX
Special Meetings of Stockholders
     A special meeting of stockholders (a “ Special Meeting ”) for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only by (i) the Chairman of the Board, or (ii) the Board to be held at such place, date and time as shall be designated in the notice or waiver of notice thereof. Only business within the purposes described in the Corporation’s notice of meeting required by the Bylaws may be conducted at the Special Meeting. The ability of the stockholders to call a Special Meeting is specifically denied. No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or Special Meeting called in accordance with this Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent without a meeting.
Article X
Special Stockholder Notice Provisions
     1.  Nominations for Directorship Positions . Any stockholder or stockholders of the Corporation who wish to nominate a person or persons for election to the Board must deliver written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Bylaws.
     2.  Business at Stockholders’ Meetings . Any stockholder or stockholders of the Corporation who wish to place business before a meeting of the stockholders, other than nominations for election to the Board, must deliver written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Bylaws.
Article XI
Special Stockholder Voting Requirements
     Articles IX, X, XI and XII of this Certificate of Incorporation may only be amended or repealed by an affirmative vote of at least 80% of the outstanding shares of all capital stock entitled to vote upon such amendment or repeal, voting as a single voting group, unless such amendment or repeal is declared advisable by the Board by the affirmative vote of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the entire Board, notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by the DGCL.
Article XII
Amendment
     Except as expressly provided herein, the Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, or any amendment thereto, in the manner now or hereafter provided by statute, and any and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein is subject to this reservation.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

10


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been signed by the President of the Corporation this 7th day of May, 2010, and affirm that the statements made herein are true under the penalties of perjury.
         
     
  /s/ Mark A. DiBlasi    
  Mark A. DiBlasi, President   
     
 

11

Exhibit 3.2
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
ROADRUNNER TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS, INC.
Article 1
Stockholders
     1.1 Place of Meetings . Meetings of stockholders shall be held at the place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors from time to time.
     1.2 Annual Meetings . Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held at such time and place as determined by the Board of Directors, at which time they shall elect a Board of Directors and transact any other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.
     1.3 Special Meetings . A special meeting of stockholders (a “ Special Meeting ”) for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or (ii) the Board of Directors to be held at such place, date and time as shall be designated in the notice or waiver of notice thereof. Only business within the purposes described in the Corporation’s notice of meeting required by Section 1.4 may be conducted at the Special Meeting. The ability of the stockholders to call a Special Meeting is specifically denied.
     1.4 Notice of Meetings . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date, and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise provided by law, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, the written notice of any meeting shall be given no less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.
     1.5 Adjournments . Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
     1.6 Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum, the stockholders so present may, by majority vote, adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 1.5 of these Bylaws until a quorum shall attend. Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation to vote stock, including but not limited to its own stock, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.
     1.7 Organization . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, or in his or her

 


 

absence by the President, or in his or her absence by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairman designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such designation, by a chairman chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.
     1.8 Voting; Proxies . Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary of the Corporation. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so determined by the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting. At all meetings of stockholders for the election of directors a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect. All other elections and questions shall, unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, be decided by the vote of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting.
     1.9 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which record date: (a) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders or adjournment thereof, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting; (b) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, shall not be more than ten (10) days from the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors; and (c) in the case of any other action, shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such other action. If no record date is fixed: (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; (ii) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action of the Board of Directors is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law, or, if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action; and (iii) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
     1.10 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period

2


 

of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. Upon the willful neglect or refusal of the directors to produce such a list at any meeting for the election of directors, they shall be ineligible for election to any office at such meeting. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list of stockholders or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.
     1.11 Action by Consent of Stockholders . No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent without a meeting.
     1.12 Notice of Stockholder Business; Nominations .
          (a)  Annual Meetings of Stockholders . Nominations of one or more individuals to the Board of Directors of the Corporation (each, a “ Nomination ,” and more than one, “ Nominations ”) and the proposal of business other than Nominations (“ Business ”) to be considered by the stockholders of the Corporation may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (1) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting or any supplement thereto (provided, however, that reference in the Corporation’s notice of meeting to the election of directors or to the election of members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall not include or be deemed to include Nominations), (2) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or (3) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.12 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting, and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.12.
          (b)  Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such Business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting; provided, however, that reference in the Corporation’s notice of meeting to the election of directors or to the election of members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall not include or be deemed to include Nominations. Nominations may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors of the Corporation or (2) provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.12 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election, and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.12. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors of the Corporation, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may make Nominations of one or more individuals (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by Section 1.12(c)(1) shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation in accordance with Section 1.12(c)(1)(E).
          (c)  Stockholder Nominations and Business . For Nominations and Business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to Section 1.12(a)(3), the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation in compliance with this Section 1.12, and any such proposed Business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. For Nominations to be properly brought before a special meeting by a stockholder pursuant to Section 1.12(b)(2), the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation in compliance with this Section 1.12.

3


 

               (1)  Stockholder Nominations .
                    (A) Only individual(s) subject to a Nomination made in compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.12 shall be eligible for election at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, and any individual(s) subject to a Nomination not made in compliance with this Section 1.12 shall not be considered nor acted upon at such meeting of stockholders.
                    (B) For Nominations to be properly brought before an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation by a stockholder pursuant to Section 1.12(a)(3) or Section 1.12(b)(2), respectively, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation pursuant to this Section 1.12. To be timely, the stockholder’s notice must be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation as provided in Section 1.12(c)(1)(C) or Section 1.12(c)(1)(D), in the case of an annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, and Section 1.12(c)(1)(E), in the case of a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, respectively.
                    (C) In the case of an annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, to be timely, any Nomination made pursuant to Section 1.12(a)(3) shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred fiftieth (150th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred fiftieth (150th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation). In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.
                    (D) Notwithstanding Section 1.12(c)(1)(C), in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, the stockholder’s notice required by this Section 1.12 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.
                    (E) In the case of a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, to be timely, any Nomination made pursuant to Section 1.12(b)(2) shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred fiftieth (150th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of such special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation to be elected at such special meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.
                    (F) A stockholder’s notice of Nomination(s) pursuant to Section 1.12(a)(3) or Section 1.12(b)(2) shall set forth: (i) as to any Nomination to be made by such stockholder, (a) all information relating to the individual subject to such Nomination that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required,

4


 

in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), without regard to the application of the Exchange Act to either the Nomination or the Corporation, and (b) such individual’s written consent to being named in a proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; and (ii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the Nomination is made (a) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (b) the class, series, and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (c) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and such stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such Nomination, and (d) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (1) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to elect the individual subject to the Nomination and/or (2) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders of the Corporation in support of such Nomination. The Corporation may require any individual subject to such Nomination to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such individual to serve as a director of the Corporation.
               (2)  Stockholder Business .
                    (A) Only such Business shall be conducted at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation as shall have been brought before such meeting in compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.12, and any Business not brought in accordance with this Section 1.12 shall not be considered nor acted upon at such meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that if the Business is otherwise subject to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor thereto) promulgated under the Exchange Act (“ Rule 14a-8 ”), the notice requirements of this Section 1.12(c)(2) shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his, her, or its intention to present such Business at an annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Rule 14a-8, and such Business has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting.
                    (B) In the case of an annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, to be timely, any such written notice of a proposal of Business pursuant to Section 1.12(a)(3) shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred fiftieth (150th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred fiftieth (150th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation). In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.
                    (C) A stockholder’s notice of a proposal of Business pursuant to Section 1.12(a)(3) shall set forth: (i) as to the Business proposed by such stockholder, a brief description of the Business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or Business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such Business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws of the Corporation, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such Business at the meeting and any material interest in such Business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (ii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made (a) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (b) the class, series, and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are

5


 

owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (c) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and such stockholder (or a qualified representative of such stockholder) intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such Business, and (d) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (1) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposed Business and/or (2) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders of the Corporation in support of such Business.
               (d)  General .
                    (1) Except as otherwise provided by law, the chairman of the meeting of stockholders of the Corporation shall have the power and duty (a) to determine whether a Nomination or Business proposed to be brought before such meeting was made or proposed in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.12 and (b) if any proposed Nomination or Business was not made or proposed in compliance with this Section 1.12, to declare that such Nomination or Business shall be disregarded or that such proposed Nomination or Business shall not be considered or transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.12, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of such stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a Nomination or Business, such Nomination or Business shall be disregarded and such Nomination or Business shall not be considered or transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation.
                    (2) For purposes of this Section 1.12, “public announcement” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, or comparable national news service, or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
                    (3) Nothing in this Section 1.12 shall be deemed to affect (A) the rights or obligations, if any, of stockholders of the Corporation to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (to the extent that the Corporation or such proposals are subject to Rule 14a-8), or (B) the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of preferred stock of the Corporation to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation.
Article 2
Board of Directors
     2.1 Number; Qualifications . The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided , however , no director’s term shall be shortened by reason of a resolution reducing the number of directors. Directors must be natural persons who are 18 years of age or older but need not be residents of the State of Delaware, stockholders of the Corporation, or citizens of the United States.
     2.2 Staggered Board; Term . The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II, and Class III. The number of directors elected to each class shall be as nearly equal in number as possible. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. Each Class I director shall be elected to an initial term to expire at the 2011 annual meeting of stockholders, each Class II director shall be elected to an initial term to expire at the 2012 annual meeting of stockholders; and each Class III director shall be elected to an initial term to expire at the 2013 annual meeting of stockholders. Upon the expiration of the initial terms of office for each class of directors, the directors of each class shall be elected for a term of three years to serve until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation, death, or removal from office. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

6


 

     2.3 Resignation; Removal; Vacancies . Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. At a special meeting of stockholders called expressly for that purpose, the entire Board of Directors, or any member or members thereof, may be removed, but only for cause by vote for removal of a specific director by stockholders holding at least 66 2/3% of the shares then entitled to vote at an election for directors of the Corporation, voting as a single voting group. The notice of such special meeting must state that the purpose, or one of the purposes, of the meeting is removal of the director or directors, as the case may be. Any newly created directorship or any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors for any cause may be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although such majority is less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director, and each director so elected shall hold office until the expiration of the term of office of the director whom he has replaced or until his or her successor is elected and qualified.
     2.4 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places within or without the State of Delaware and at such times as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, and if so determined, notices thereof need not be given.
     2.5 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, or by any member of the Board of Directors. Notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given by the person or persons calling the meeting at least twenty-four (24) hours before the special meeting.
     2.6 Telephonic Meetings Permitted . Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting thereof by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     2.7 Quorum; Vote Required for Action . At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the whole Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except in cases in which the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide, the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.
     2.8 Organization . Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the President, or in their absence by a chairman chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.
     2.9 Informal Action by Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if such minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if such minutes are maintained in electronic form.
Article 3
Committees
     3.1 Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate two or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting

7


 

of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of the committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent permitted by law and to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all pages which may require it.
     3.2 Committee Rules . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board of Directors may make, alter, and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to Article 2 of these Bylaws.
Article 4
Officers
     4.1 Executive Officers; Election; Qualifications; Term of Office; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies . The Board of Directors shall elect a Chief Executive Officer, President, Secretary, and Treasurer, and it may, if it so determines, choose a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board from among its members. The Board of Directors may also elect one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as the Board of Directors deems necessary. Each such officer shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors after the annual meeting of stockholders next succeeding his or her election, and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. The Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause at any time, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal, or otherwise may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting.
     4.2 Powers and Duties of Executive Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Corporation as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective officers, subject to the control of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may require any officer, agent, or employee to give security for the faithful performance of his or her duties.
Article 5
Stock
     5.1 Certificates .
     (a) The Corporation is authorized to issue shares of common stock of the Corporation in certificated or uncertificated form. The shares of the common stock of the Corporation shall be registered on the books of the Corporation in the order in which they shall be issued. Any certificates for shares of the common stock, and any other shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented by certificates, shall be numbered, shall be signed by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, or a Vice President, and (ii) the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer. Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile signature. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he, she, or it were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Corporation shall send, or cause to be sent, to the record owner thereof a written statement setting forth the name of the Corporation, the name of the stockholder, the

8


 

number and class of shares, and a summary of the designations, relative rights, preferences, and limitations applicable to such class of shares and the variations in rights, preferences, and limitations determined for each series within a class (and the authority of the Board of Directors to determine variations for future series), and a full statement of any restrictions on the transfer or registration of such shares. Each stock certificate must set forth the same information or, alternatively, may state conspicuously on its front or back that the Corporation will furnish the stockholders a full statement of this information on request and without charge. Every stock certificate representing shares that are restricted as to the sale, disposition, or transfer of such shares shall also indicate that such shares are restricted as to transfer and there shall be set forth or fairly summarized upon the certificate, or the certificate shall indicate that the Corporation will furnish to any stockholders upon request and without charge, a full statement of such restriction. If the Corporation issues any certificated shares that are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and registered or qualified under the applicable state securities laws, the transfer of any such shares shall be restricted substantially in accordance with the following legend:
“THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND THE APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM.”
     (b) No certificate representing shares of stock shall be issued until the full amount of consideration therefor has been paid, except as otherwise permitted by law.
     (c) To the extent permitted by law, the Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of certificates or uncertificated shares representing fractions of a share of stock that shall entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, and participate in liquidating distributions, in proportion to the fractional holdings; or it may authorize the payment in cash of the fair value of fractions of a share of stock as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined; or it may authorize the issuance, subject to such conditions as may be permitted by law, of scrip in registered or bearer form over the signature of an officer or agent of the Corporation, exchangeable as therein provided for full shares of stock, but such scrip shall not entitle the holder to any rights of a stockholder, except as therein provided.
     5.2 Lost, Stolen, or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates . The Board of Directors may require from any person who claims their stock certificate has been lost, stolen, or destroyed an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance of either a new stock certificate or uncertificated shares, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.
     5.3 Transfer of Shares .
     (a) Transfers of shares shall be made upon the books of the Corporation (i) only by the holder of record thereof, or by a duly authorized agent, transferee or legal representative and (ii) in the case of certificated shares, upon the surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates for such shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment, or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

9


 

     (b) The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any legal, equitable, or other claim to, or interest in, such share or shares of stock on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided by law.
Article 6
Indemnification
     6.1 Right to Indemnification . The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (a “ proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise, or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans (an “ indemnitee ”), against all expense, liability, and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee. The Corporation shall be required to indemnify an indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if the initiation of such proceeding (or part thereof) by the indemnitee was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
     6.2 Prepayment of Expenses . The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an indemnitee in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided, however, that the payment of expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the director or officer to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article or otherwise.
     6.3 Claims . If a claim for indemnification or payment of expenses under this Article is not paid in full within sixty (60) days after a written claim therefor by the indemnitee has been received by the Corporation, the indemnitee may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the indemnitee was not entitled to the requested indemnification or payment of expenses under applicable law.
     6.4 Nonexclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any person by this Article 6 shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders, or disinterested directors or otherwise.
     6.5 Other Indemnification . The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise, or nonprofit entity shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise, or nonprofit enterprise.
     6.6 Nature of Indemnification Rights; Amendment or Repeal . Each person who was, is, or becomes a director or officer shall be deemed to have served or to have continued to serve in such capacity in reliance upon the indemnity provided for in this Article 6. All rights to indemnification (and the advancement of expenses) under this Article 6 shall be deemed to be provided by a contract between the Corporation and the person who serves or has served as a director or officer of the Corporation. Such rights shall be deemed to have vested at the time such person becomes or became a director or officer of

10


 

the Corporation, and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors, and administrators. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article 6 shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.
     6.7 Insurance for Indemnification . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Article 7
Miscellaneous
     7.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.
     7.2 Seal . The corporate seal shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors.
     7.3 Notices . Except as may otherwise be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any notice to the Corporation, any stockholder or director must be in writing and may be transmitted by: mail, private carrier or personal delivery; telegraph or teletype; or telephone, wire or wireless equipment which transmits a facsimile of the notice. Written notice by the Corporation to its stockholders shall be deemed effective when mailed, if mailed with first-class postage prepaid and correctly addressed to the stockholder’s address shown in the Corporation’s current record of stockholders. Except as set forth in the previous sentence, written notice shall be deemed effective at the earliest of the following: (a) when received; (b) five days after its deposit in the United States mail, as evidenced by the postmark, if mailed with first-class postage, prepaid, and correctly addressed; (c) on the date shown on the return receipt, if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, and receipt is signed by or on behalf of the addressee; or (d) if sent to a stockholder’s address, telephone number, or other number appearing on the records of the Corporation, when dispatched by telegraph, teletype or facsimile equipment.
     7.4 Waiver of Notice of Meetings of Stockholders, Directors, and Committees . Any written waiver of notice, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.
     7.5 Interested Directors; Quorum . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his, her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a

11


 

quorum; or (b) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved, or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof, or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
     7.6 Form of Records . Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be kept on, or be in the form of, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, microphotographs, or any other information storage device, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect the same.
     7.7 Amendment of Bylaws .
          (a) These Bylaws may only be amended or repealed by the stockholders at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders the notice for which designates that an amendment or repeal of one or more of such sections is to be considered and then only by an affirmative vote of the stockholders holding 66 2/3% of the shares entitled to vote upon such amendment or repeal, voting as a single voting group.
          (b) The Board of Directors shall have the power to amend or repeal the Bylaws of, or adopt new bylaws for, the Corporation. However, any such bylaws, or any alternation, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws, may be subsequently amended or repealed by the stockholders as provided in Article 7, Section 7.7(a) of these Bylaws.

12

Exhibit 5
(GREENBERGTRAURIG LOGO)
May 7, 2010
Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc.
4900 S. Pennsylvania Ave.
Cudahy, Wisconsin 53110
Re:         Registration Statement on Form S-1
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     As legal counsel to Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc. (formerly known as Roadrunner Transportation Services Holdings, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), we have assisted in the preparation of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-152504 (the “Registration Statement”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of up to 10,600,644 shares of common stock of the Company covered by the Registration Statement (the “Shares”). The Shares include 9,000,000 shares of common stock to be sold by the Company, 1,600,644 shares of common stock to be sold by certain selling stockholders named in the Registration Statement, and an over-allotment option granted by the Company to the underwriters of the offering to purchase up to an additional 1,590,096 shares of common stock. The facts, as we understand them, are set forth in the Registration Statement.
     With respect to the opinion set forth below, we have examined originals, certified copies, or copies otherwise identified to our satisfaction as being true copies of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials, and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of rendering this opinion.
     Subject to the assumptions that the documents and signatures examined by us are genuine and authentic and the persons executing the documents examined by us have the legal capacity to execute such documents, and subject to the further limitations and qualifications set forth below, it is our opinion that (A) the portion of the Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and will be validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable, when (i) the Registration Statement as then amended shall have been declared effective by the Commission, (ii) the Underwriting Agreement described in the Registration Statement shall have been duly executed and delivered, and (iii) the Shares have been duly executed, authenticated, delivered, paid for, and sold by the Company as described in the Registration Statement and in accordance with the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement; and (B) the portion of the Shares to be sold by the selling stockholders pursuant to the Registration Statement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company and are validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable.
     We render this opinion with respect to, and express no opinion herein concerning the application or effect of the law of any jurisdiction other than, the existing laws of the United States of America, and of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Delaware Constitution, and reported judicial decisions relating thereto.
     We hereby expressly consent to any reference to our firm in the Registration Statement and in any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act for this same offering, inclusion of this Opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and the incorporation by reference into any such additional registration statement, and to the filing of this Opinion with any other appropriate governmental agency.
Sincerely,
/s/ Greenberg Traurig, LLP

Exhibit 10.14
Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc.
 
2010 Incentive Compensation Plan

 


 

Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc.
2010 Incentive Compensation Plan
     1.  Purpose . The purpose of this 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to assist Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and its Related Entities (as hereinafter defined) in attracting, motivating, retaining and rewarding high-quality executives and other employees, officers, directors, consultants and other persons who provide services to the Company or its Related Entities by enabling such persons to acquire or increase a proprietary interest in the Company in order to strengthen the mutuality of interests between such persons and the Company’s shareholders, and providing such persons with annual and long-term performance incentives to expend their maximum efforts in the creation of shareholder value. The Plan is intended to qualify certain compensation awarded under the Plan for tax deductibility under Section 162(m) of the Code (as hereafter defined) to the extent deemed appropriate by the Plan Administrator (as hereafter defined).
     2.  Definitions . For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below, in addition to such terms defined in Section 1 hereof or in the respective Sections of the Plan.
          (a) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity compensation plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, the rules and regulations of any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are granted under the Plan.
          (b) “ Award ” means any award granted pursuant to the terms of this Plan including, an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Stock Unit, Stock granted as a bonus or in lieu of another award, Dividend Equivalent, Other Stock-Based Award or Performance Award, together with any other right or interest, granted to a Participant under the Plan.
          (c) “ Award Agreement ” means the written agreement evidencing an Award granted under the Plan.
          (d) “ Beneficiary ” means the person, persons, trust or trusts which have been designated by a Participant in his or her most recent written beneficiary designation filed with the Plan Administrator to receive the benefits specified under the Plan upon such Participant’s death or to which Awards or other rights are transferred if and to the extent permitted under Section 10(b) hereof. If, upon a Participant’s death, there is no designated Beneficiary or surviving designated Beneficiary, then the term Beneficiary means the person, persons, trust or trusts entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution to receive such benefits.
          (e) “ Beneficial Owner ”, “ Beneficially Owning ” and “ Beneficial Ownership ” shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act and any successor to such Rule.
          (f) “ Board ” means the Company’s Board of Directors.
          (g) “ Cause ” shall, with respect to any Participant, have the meaning specified in the Award Agreement. In the absence of any definition in the Award Agreement, “Cause” shall have the equivalent meaning or the same meaning as “cause” or “for cause” set forth in any employment, consulting, or other agreement for the performance of services between the Participant and the Company or a Related Entity or, in the absence of any such definition in

2


 

such agreement, such term shall mean (i) the failure by the Participant to perform his or her duties as assigned by the Company (or a Related Entity) in a reasonable manner, (ii) any material violation or material breach by the Participant of his or her employment, consulting or other similar agreement with the Company (or a Related Entity), if any, (iii) any violation or breach by the Participant of his or her confidential information and invention assignment, non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disclosure and/or other similar agreement with the Company or a Related Entity, if any, (iv) any act by the Participant of dishonesty or bad faith with respect to the Company (or a Related Entity), (v) any material violation or breach by the Participant of the Company’s or a Related Entity’s policy for employee conduct, if any, (vi) use of alcohol, drugs or other similar substances in a manner that adversely affects the Participant’s work performance, or (vii) the commission by the Participant of any act, misdemeanor, or crime reflecting unfavorably upon the Participant or the Company or any Related Entity. No act shall constitute Cause pursuant to this paragraph until the Company has provided the Participant with written notice of the specific act or acts that constitutes Cause and permitted the Participant a reasonable period of time, not in excess of fifteen (15) days to “cure” any such act(s) to the extent such act(s) are curable.
          (h) “ Change in Control ” means and shall be deemed to have occurred on the earliest of the following dates:
               (i) the date on which any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Existing Shareholders, obtains “beneficial ownership” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) or a pecuniary interest in thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities (“ Voting Stock ”);
               (ii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar transaction other than a transaction: (1) in which substantially all of the holders of Company’s Voting Stock hold or receive directly or indirectly fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting stock of the resulting entity or a parent company thereof, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to the transaction; or (2) in which the holders of Company’s capital stock immediately before such transaction will, immediately after such transaction, hold as a group on a fully diluted basis the ability to elect at least a majority of the directors of the surviving corporation (or a parent company);
               (iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or
               (iv) individuals who, on the date this Plan is adopted by the Board, are Directors (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Directors; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Director was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.
     For purposes of determining whether a Change in Control has occurred, a transaction includes all transactions in a series of related transactions, and terms used in this definition but not defined are used as defined in the Plan. The term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company.

3


 

     Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement (it being understood, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply).
          (i) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including regulations thereunder and successor provisions and regulations thereto.
          (j) “ Committee ” means a committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan with respect to at least a group of Employees, Directors or Consultants.
          (k) “ Consultant ” means any person (other than an Employee or a Director, solely with respect to rendering services in such person’s capacity as a director) who is engaged by the Company or any Related Entity to render consulting or advisory services to the Company or such Related Entity.
          (l) “ Continuous Service ” means uninterrupted provision of services to the Company or any Related Entity in the capacity as either an officer, Employee, Director or Consultant. Continuous Service shall not be considered to be interrupted in the case of (i) any approved leave of absence, (ii) transfers among the Company, any Related Entities, or any successor entities, in the capacity as either an officer, Employee, Director or Consultant or (iii) any change in status as long as the individual remains in the service of the Company or a Related Entity in the capacity as either an officer, Employee, Director, Consultant (except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement). An approved leave of absence shall include sick leave, military leave, or any other authorized personal leave.
          (m) “ Corporate Transaction ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:
               (i) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of a significant portion of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as determined by the Board in its discretion;
               (ii) a sale or other disposition of more than twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding securities of the Company; or
               (iii) a merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar transaction, whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation.
          (n) “ Covered Employee ” means an Eligible Person who is a Covered Employee as specified in Section 7(d) of the Plan.
          (o) “ Director ” means a member of the Board or the board of directors of any Related Entity.
          (p) “ Disability ” means a permanent and total disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e) of the Code), as determined by a medical doctor satisfactory to the Plan Administrator.
          (q) “ Dividend Equivalent ” means a right, granted to a Participant under Section 6(g) hereof, to receive cash, Stock, other Awards or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of Shares, or other periodic payments.

4


 

          (r) “ Effective Date ” means the effective date of this Plan, which shall be the date this Plan is adopted by the Board, subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company.
          (s) “ Eligible Person ” means each officer, Director, Employee or Consultant who provides services to the Company or any Related Entity. An Employee on leave of absence may be considered as still in the employ of the Company or a Related Entity for purposes of eligibility for participation in the Plan.
          (t) “ Employee ” means any person, including an officer or Director, who is an employee of the Company or any Related Entity. The payment of a director’s fee by the Company or a Related Entity shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.
          (u) “ Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto.
          (v) “ Existing Shareholders ” means any shareholder as of the day before the Company’s initial Registration Statement on Form S-1 is effective.
          (w) “ Fair Market Value ” means the fair market value of Shares, Awards or other property as determined by the Plan Administrator, or under procedures established by the Plan Administrator. Unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, the Fair Market Value of a Share as of any given date, after which the Stock is publicly traded on a stock exchange or market, shall be the closing sale price per share reported on a consolidated basis for stock listed on the principal stock exchange or market on which the Stock is traded on such date; provided, however, that with respect to the determination of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date that the Stock is first sold to the public in the initial public offering, the Fair Market Value per Share shall be the price at which Shares are first sold to the public as specified in the final prospectus for the initial public offering.
          (x) “ Good Reason ” shall, with respect to any Participant, have the meaning specified in the Award Agreement. In the absence of any definition in the Award Agreement, “Good Reason” shall have the equivalent meaning (or the same meaning as “good reason” or “for good reason”) set forth in any employment, consulting or other agreement for the performance of services between the Participant and the Company or a Related Entity or, in the absence of any such definition in such agreement, such term shall mean (i) the material diminution in the Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities as assigned by the Company or a Related Entity, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial or inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company (or a Related Entity) promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Participant; (ii) any material failure by the Company (or a Related Entity) to comply with its obligations to the Participant as agreed upon, other than an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure not occurring in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company (or a Related Entity) promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Participant; (iii) the Company’s (or Related Entity’s) requiring the Participant to be based at any office or location more than fifty (50) miles from the location of employment as of the date of Award, except for travel reasonably required in the performance of the Participant’s responsibilities; (iv) any purported termination by the Company (or a Related Entity) of the Participant’s Continuous Service otherwise than for Cause as defined in Section 2(f), death, or by reason of the Participant’s Disability as defined in Section 2(o); or (v) any material reduction in the Participant’s base salary. An event shall constitute Good Reason only if the Participant gives notice to the Company of any circumstances which the Participant believes constitute Good Reason, within 90 days of the first occurrence of such circumstances and the Company shall have 30 days after receipt of such notice to cure such circumstances, if possible.

5


 

          (y) “ Option ” means a right granted to a Participant under Section 6(b) hereof, to purchase Stock or other property at a specified price during specified time periods. Any Option granted under the Plan is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.
          (z) “ Option Expiration Date ” means the date of expiration of the Option’s maximum term as set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option.
          (aa) “ Other Stock-Based Awards ” means Awards granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 6(i) hereof.
          (bb) “ Parent ” means any corporation (other than the Company), whether now or hereafter existing, in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations in the chain (other than the Company) owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the chain.
          (cc) “ Participant ” means a person who has been granted an Award under the Plan which remains outstanding, including a person who is no longer an Eligible Person.
          (dd) “ Performance Award ” means a right, granted to an Eligible Person under Sections 6(h) and 7 hereof, to receive Awards based upon performance criteria specified by the Plan Administrator.
          (ee) “ Performance Period ” means that period established by the Plan Administrator at the time any Performance Award is granted or at any time thereafter during which any performance goals specified by the Plan Administrator with respect to such Award are to be measured.
          (ff) “ Person ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, and shall include a “group” as defined in Section 12(d) thereof.
          (gg) “ Plan Administrator ” means the Board or any Committee delegated by the Board to administer the Plan. There may be different Plan Administrators with respect to different groups of Eligible Persons.
          (hh) “ Related Entity ” means any Subsidiary and any business, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity designated by the Plan Administrator in which the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, holds a substantial ownership interest.
          (ii) “ Restricted Stock ” means Stock granted to a Participant under Section 6(d) hereof, that is subject to certain restrictions, including a risk of forfeiture.
          (jj) “ Rule 16b-3 ” and “ Rule 16a-1(c)(3) ” means Rule 16b-3 and Rule 16a-1(c)(3), as from time to time in effect and applicable to the Plan and Participants, promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
          (kk) “ Share ” means a share of the Company’s Common Stock, and the share of such other securities as may be substituted (or resubstituted) for Stock pursuant to Section 10(c) hereof.

6


 

          (ll) “ Stock ” means the Company’s Common Stock, and such other securities as may be substituted (or resubstituted) for the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to Section 10(c) hereof.
          (mm) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 6(c) hereof.
          (nn) “ Stock Unit ” means a right, granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 6(e) hereof, to receive Shares, cash or a combination thereof at the end of a specified period of time.
          (oo) “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation (other than the Company), whether now or hereafter existing, in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
     3.  Administration.
          (a) Administration by Board . The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration to a Committee, as provided in Section 3(b).
          (b) Delegation to Committee.
               (i)  General . The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, and the term “Committee” shall apply to any person or persons to whom such authority has been delegated. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and revest in the Board the administration of the Plan.
               (ii)  Section 162(m) and Rule 16b-3 Compliance . In the discretion of the Board, the Committee may consist solely of two or more “Outside Directors”, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, and/or solely of two or more “Non-Employee Directors”, in accordance with Rule 16b-3. In addition, the Board or the Committee may delegate to a committee the authority to grant Awards to eligible persons who are either (a) not then Covered Employees and are not expected to be Covered Employees at the time of recognition of income resulting from such Award, (b) not persons with respect to whom the Company wishes to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, or (c) not then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
          (c) Powers of the Plan Administrator . The Plan Administrator shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:
               (i) To determine from time to time which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Awards; when and how each Award shall be granted; what type or combination of types of Award shall be granted; the provisions of each Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive Shares or cash pursuant to an Award; and the number of Shares or amount of cash with respect to which an Award shall be granted to each such person.

7


 

               (ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Plan Administrator, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.
               (iii) To amend the Plan or an Award as provided in Section 10(e).
               (iv) To terminate or suspend the Plan as provided in Section 10(e).
               (v) To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (1) the reduction of the exercise price of any outstanding Award under the Plan, if any, (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Award and the grant in substitution therefor of (A) a new Award under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company covering the same or a different number of Shares, (B) cash and/or (C) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion), or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.
               (vi) To adopt such modifications, procedures, and subplans as may be necessary or desirable to comply with provisions of the laws of foreign countries in which the Company or Related Entities may operate to assure the viability of the benefits from Awards granted to Participants performing services in such countries and to meet the objectives of the Plan.
               (vii) To make all determinations required under the Plan or any Award Agreements thereunder, including, but not limited to, the determination if there has been a Change in Control, a Corporate Transaction, whether a termination of Continuous Service was for Cause or for Good Reason and whether a Participant is precluded from selling the Shares subject to an Award by federal or state securities laws or by agreement.
               (viii) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Plan Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan.
          (d) Effect of Plan Administrator’s Decision . All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Plan Administrator in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.
          (e) Arbitration . Any dispute or claim concerning any Award granted (or not granted) pursuant to the Plan or any disputes or claims relating to or arising out of the Plan shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding and confidential arbitration conducted pursuant to the rules of JAMS, Inc. (“JAMS”) in the nearest city in which JAMS conducts business to the city in which the Participant is employed by the Company. The Company shall pay all arbitration fees. In addition to any other relief, the arbitrator may award to the prevailing party recovery of its attorneys’ fees and costs. By accepting an Award, the Participant and the Company waive their respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried by a judge or jury.
          (f) Limitation of Liability . The Plan Administrator, and each member thereof, shall be entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him or her by any officer or Employee, the Company’s independent auditors, Consultants or any other agents assisting in the administration of the Plan. Members of the Plan Administrator, and any officer or Employee acting at the direction or on behalf of the Plan Administrator, shall not be personally liable for any action or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company with respect to any such action or determination.

8


 

     4.  Shares Issuable Under the Plan.
          (a) Limitation on Overall Number of Shares Available for Issuance Under the Plan . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10(c) hereof, the total number of Shares that may be issued in connection with Awards under the Plan shall not exceed in the aggregate 2,500,000 Shares. Any Shares issued under the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or treasury shares.
          (b) Availability of Shares Not Issued Pursuant to Awards.
               (i) If any Shares subject to an Award are forfeited, expire or otherwise terminate without issuance of such Shares, or any Award is settled for cash or otherwise does not result in the issuance of all or a portion of the Shares subject to such Award, the Shares shall, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration, termination, cash settlement or non-issuance, again be available for Awards under the Plan.
               (ii) If any Shares issued pursuant to an Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company, including, but not limited to, any repurchase or forfeiture caused by the failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares, then such forfeited or repurchased Shares shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan.
               (iii) In the event that any Option or other Award is exercised by the withholding of Shares from the Award by the Company, or withholding tax liabilities arising from such Option or other Award are satisfied by the withholding of Shares from the Award by the Company, then only the net number of Shares actually issued to the Participant, excluding the Shares withheld, shall be counted as issued for purposes of determining the maximum number of Shares available for grant under the Plan.
          (c) Application of Limitations . The limitation contained in this Section 4 shall apply not only to Awards that are settled by the delivery of Shares but also to Awards relating to Shares but settled only in cash (such as cash-only Stock Appreciation Rights). The Plan Administrator may adopt reasonable counting procedures to ensure appropriate counting, avoid double counting (as, for example, in the case of tandem or substitute awards) and may make adjustments if the number of Shares actually delivered differs from the number of shares previously counted in connection with an Award.
     5.  Eligibility; Per-Person Award Limitations . Awards may be granted under the Plan only to Eligible Persons. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10(c), for each fiscal year in which awards granted under the Plan are subject to the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, an Eligible Person may not be granted Awards under which more than 2,500,000 Shares could be received by the Participant.
     In addition, the maximum dollar value payable to any one Participant with respect to Performance Units is $5,000,000 per each twelve (12) month period in a Performance Period (pro-rated on a straight-line basis for any Performance Period that is greater than or less than twelve (12) months in length).
     6.  Terms of Awards.
          (a) General . Awards may be granted on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6. In addition, the Plan Administrator may impose on any Award or the exercise thereof, at the date of grant or thereafter (subject to Section 10(e)), such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Plan Administrator shall determine, including terms requiring forfeiture of Awards in the event of termination of the

9


 

Participant’s Continuous Service and terms permitting a Participant to make elections relating to his or her Award. The Plan Administrator shall retain full power and discretion to accelerate, waive or modify, at any time, any term or condition of an Award that is not mandatory under the Plan.
          (b) Options . The Plan Administrator is authorized to grant Options to any Eligible Person on the following terms and conditions:
               (i)  Stock Option Agreement . Each grant of an Option shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Such Award Agreement shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Plan Administrator deems appropriate for inclusion in the Award Agreement. The provisions of the various Award Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.
               (ii)  Number of Shares . Each Award Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 10(c) hereof. The Award Agreement shall also specify that the Option is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” as such term is defined under Section 422 of the Code.
               (iii)  Exercise Price . Each Award Agreement shall state the price at which Shares subject to the Option may be purchased (the “ Exercise Price ”), which shall be, determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator; provided, however, that the Exercise Price shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of grant. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, all Options shall be structured to avoid the imposition of any excise tax under Section 409A of the Code, unless otherwise specifically determined by the Plan Administrator.
               (iv)  Time and Method of Exercise . The Plan Administrator shall determine the time or times at which or the circumstances under which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), the time or times at which Options shall cease to be or become exercisable following termination of Continuous Service or upon other conditions, the methods by which the exercise price may be paid or deemed to be paid (including, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, a cashless exercise procedure), the form of such payment, including, without limitation, cash, Stock, net exercise, other Awards or awards granted under other plans of the Company or a Related Entity, other property (including notes or other contractual obligations of Participants to make payment on a deferred basis) or any other form of consideration legally permissible, and the methods by or forms in which Stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants.
               (v)  Termination of Service . Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided in the Plan and unless otherwise specifically provided by the Plan Administrator with respect to an Option and set forth in the Award Agreement, an Option shall be exercisable after a Participant’s termination of Continuous Service only during the applicable time period determined in accordance with this Section and thereafter shall terminate and no longer be exercisable:
                    (A)  Death or Disability . If the Participant’s Continuous Service terminates because of the death or Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Participant’s Continuous Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s legal representative or estate) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such other period of time as determined by the Plan Administrator, in its discretion) after the date on which the Participant’s

10


 

Continuous Service terminated, but in any event only with respect to the vested portion of the Option and no later than the Option Expiration Date.
                    (B)  Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Continuous Service.
                    (C)  Other Termination of Service . If the Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Participant on the date on which the Participant’s Continuous Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Plan Administrator, in its discretion) after the date on which the Participant’s Continuous Service terminated, but in any event only with respect to the vested portion of the Option and no later than the Option Expiration Date.
                    (D)  Extension for Securities Law Violations . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 6(b)(v) above and contingent upon this provision not adversely affecting the exemption of the Option from the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, if the Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason, except Cause, and the Participant is precluded by federal or state securities laws from selling the Shares, so that the Participant has less than a thirty (30) day period from the termination of Participant’s Continuous Service to the expiration date of the Option in which the Participant would be permitted by federal or state securities laws to sell the Shares, then the period for exercising the Option following the termination of Participant’s Continuous Service shall automatically be extended by an additional period of up to thirty (30) days measured from the date the Participant is first free to sell Shares; provided, however, that in no event shall the Option be exercisable after the specified Option Expiration Date. The determination of whether the Participant is precluded from selling the Shares subject to the Option by federal or state securities laws shall be made by the Plan Administrator and such determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.
          (c) Stock Appreciation Rights . The Plan Administrator is authorized to grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Participants on the following terms and conditions:
               (i)  Agreement . Each grant of a Stock Appreciation Right shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Such Award Agreement shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Plan Administrator deems appropriate for inclusion in the Award Agreement. The provisions of the various Award Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.
               (ii)  Right to Payment . A Stock Appreciation Right shall confer on the Participant to whom it is granted a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of one share of stock on the date of exercise over (B) the grant price of the Stock Appreciation Right as determined by the Plan Administrator.
               (iii)  Other Terms . The Plan Administrator shall determine at the date of grant or thereafter, the time or times at which and the circumstances under which a Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised in whole or in part (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), the time or times at which Stock Appreciation Rights shall cease to be or become exercisable following termination of Continuous Service or upon other conditions, the form of payment upon exercise of Shares, cash or other property, the method of exercise, method of settlement, form of consideration payable in settlement (either cash, Shares or other property), method by or forms in which Stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants, whether or not a Stock Appreciation Right

11


 

shall be in tandem or in combination with any other Award, and any other terms and conditions of any Stock Appreciation Right. Stock Appreciation Rights may be either freestanding or in tandem with other Awards. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code or otherwise specifically determined by the Plan Administrator, each Stock Appreciation Right shall be structured to avoid the imposition of any excise tax under Section 409A of the Code.
          (d) Restricted Stock . The Plan Administrator is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to any Eligible Person on the following terms and conditions:
               (i)  Grant and Restrictions . Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability, risk of forfeiture and other restrictions, if any, as the Plan Administrator may impose, or as otherwise provided in this Plan. The terms of any Restricted Stock grant under the Plan shall be set forth in a written Award Agreement which shall contain provisions determined by the Plan Administrator and not inconsistent with the Plan. The restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), in such installments or otherwise, as the Plan Administrator may determine at the date of grant or thereafter. Except to the extent restricted under the terms of the Plan and any Award Agreement relating to the Restricted Stock, a Participant granted Restricted Stock shall have all of the rights of a shareholder, including the right to vote the Restricted Stock and the right to receive dividends thereon (subject to any mandatory reinvestment or other requirement imposed by the Plan Administrator). During the restricted period applicable to the Restricted Stock, subject to Section 10(b) below, the Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, margined or otherwise encumbered by the Participant.
               (ii)  Forfeiture . Except as otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, upon termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service during the applicable restriction period, the Participant’s Restricted Stock that is at that time subject to a risk of forfeiture that has not lapsed or otherwise been satisfied shall be forfeited to or reacquired by the Company; provided that the Plan Administrator may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock shall be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and the Plan Administrator may in other cases waive in whole or in part the forfeiture of Restricted Stock.
               (iii)  Certificates for Shares . Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Plan Administrator shall determine. If certificates representing Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, the Plan Administrator may require that such certificates bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, that the Company retain physical possession of the certificates, that the certificates be kept with an escrow agent and that the Participant deliver a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, relating to the Restricted Stock.
               (iv)  Dividends and Splits . As a condition to the grant of an Award of Restricted Stock, the Plan Administrator may require or permit a Participant to elect that any cash dividends paid on a share of Restricted Stock be automatically reinvested in additional shares of Restricted Stock or applied to the purchase of additional Awards under the Plan. Unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, Shares distributed in connection with a stock split or stock dividend, and other property distributed as a dividend, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such Shares or other property have been distributed.

12


 

          (e) Stock Units . The Plan Administrator is authorized to grant Stock Units to Participants, which are rights to receive Shares, cash or other property, or a combination thereof at the end of a specified time period, subject to the following terms and conditions:
               (i)  Award and Restrictions . Satisfaction of an Award of Stock Units shall occur upon expiration of the time period specified for such Stock Units by the Plan Administrator (or, if permitted by the Plan Administrator, as elected by the Participant). In addition, Stock Units shall be subject to such restrictions (which may include a risk of forfeiture) as the Plan Administrator may impose, if any, which restrictions may lapse at the expiration of the time period or at earlier specified times (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), separately or in combination, in installments or otherwise, as the Plan Administrator may determine. The terms of an Award of Stock Units shall be set forth in a written Award Agreement which shall contain provisions determined by the Plan Administrator and not inconsistent with the Plan. Stock Units may be satisfied by delivery of Stock, cash equal to the Fair Market Value of the specified number of Shares covered by the Stock Units, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Plan Administrator at the date of grant or thereafter. Prior to satisfaction of an Award of Stock Units, an Award of Stock Units carries no voting or dividend or other rights associated with share ownership. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code or otherwise specifically determined by the Plan Administrator, each Stock Unit shall be structured to avoid the imposition of any excise tax under Section 409A of the Code.
               (ii)  Forfeiture . Except as otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, upon termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service during the applicable time period or portion thereof to which forfeiture conditions apply (as provided in the Award Agreement evidencing the Stock Units), the Participant’s Stock Units (other than those Stock Units subject to deferral at the election of the Participant) shall be forfeited; provided that the Plan Administrator may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Stock Units shall be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and the Plan Administrator may in other cases waive in whole or in part the forfeiture of Stock Units.
               (iii)  Dividend Equivalents . Unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator at date of grant, any Dividend Equivalents that are granted with respect to any Award of Stock Units shall be either (A) paid with respect to such Stock Units at the dividend payment date in cash or in Shares of unrestricted Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends, or (B) deferred with respect to such Stock Units and the amount or value thereof automatically deemed reinvested in additional Stock Units, other Awards or other investment vehicles, as the Plan Administrator shall determine or permit the Participant to elect.
          (f) Bonus Stock and Awards in Lieu of Obligations . The Plan Administrator is authorized to grant Stock as a bonus, or to grant Stock or other Awards in lieu of Company obligations to pay cash or deliver other property under the Plan or under other plans or compensatory arrangements, provided that, in the case of Participants subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the amount of such grants remains within the discretion of the Plan Administrator to the extent necessary to ensure that acquisitions of Stock or other Awards are exempt from liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. Stock or Awards granted hereunder shall be subject to such other terms as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator.
          (g) Dividend Equivalents . The Plan Administrator is authorized to grant Dividend Equivalents to any Eligible Person entitling the Eligible Person to receive cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of Shares, or other periodic payments. Dividend Equivalents may be awarded on a free-standing basis or in connection with another Award. The terms of an Award of Dividend Equivalents shall be set forth in a written Award Agreement which shall contain provisions determined by the Plan Administrator and not inconsistent with the Plan. The Plan Administrator

13


 

may provide that Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or distributed when accrued or shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Stock, Awards, or other investment vehicles, and subject to such restrictions on transferability and risks of forfeiture, as the Plan Administrator may specify. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code or otherwise specifically determined by the Plan Administrator, each Dividend Equivalent shall be structured to avoid the imposition of any excise tax under Section 409A of the Code.
          (h) Performance Awards . The Plan Administrator is authorized to grant Performance Awards to any Eligible Person payable in cash, Shares, other property, or other Awards, on terms and conditions established by the Plan Administrator, subject to the provisions of Section 7 if and to the extent that the Plan Administrator shall, in its sole discretion, determine that an Award shall be subject to those provisions. The performance criteria to be achieved during any Performance Period and the length of the Performance Period shall be determined by the Plan Administrator upon the grant of each Performance Award. Except as provided in this Plan or as may be provided in an Award Agreement, Performance Awards will be distributed only after the end of the relevant Performance Period. The performance goals to be achieved for each Performance Period shall be conclusively determined by the Plan Administrator and may be based upon the criteria set forth in Section 7(b), or in the case of an Award that the Plan Administrator determines shall not be subject to Section 7 hereof, any other criteria that the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine should be used for that purpose. The amount of the Award to be distributed shall be conclusively determined by the Plan Administrator. Performance Awards may be paid in a lump sum or in installments following the close of the Performance Period or, in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator, on a deferred basis.
          (i) Other Stock-Based Awards . The Plan Administrator is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to any Eligible Person such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Shares, as deemed by the Plan Administrator to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, including, without limitation, convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into Stock, purchase rights for Stock, Awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company or any other factors designated by the Plan Administrator, and Awards valued by reference to the book value of Stock or the value of securities of or the performance of specified Related Entities or business units. The Plan Administrator shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards. The terms of any Award pursuant to this Section shall be set forth in a written Award Agreement which shall contain provisions determined by the Plan Administrator and not inconsistent with the Plan. Stock delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 6(i) shall be purchased for such consideration (including without limitation loans from the Company or a Related Entity), paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, including, without limitation, cash, Stock, other Awards or other property, as the Plan Administrator shall determine. Cash awards, as an element of or supplement to any other Award under the Plan, may also be granted pursuant to this Section 6(i). Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code or otherwise specifically determined by the Plan Administrator, each Award shall be structured to avoid the imposition of any excise tax under Section 409A of the Code.
     7.  Tax Qualified Performance Awards.
          (a) Covered Employees . A Committee, composed in compliance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, in its discretion, may determine at the time an Award is granted to an Eligible Person who is, or is likely to be, as of the end of the tax year in which the Company would claim a tax deduction in connection with such Award, a Covered Employee, that the provisions of this Section 7 shall be applicable to such Award.

14


 

          (b) Performance Criteria . If an Award is subject to this Section 7, then the lapsing of restrictions thereon and the distribution of cash, Shares or other property pursuant thereto, as applicable, shall be contingent upon achievement of one or more objective performance goals. Performance goals shall be objective and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code and regulations thereunder including the requirement that the level or levels of performance targeted by the Committee result in the achievement of performance goals being “substantially uncertain.” One or more of the following business criteria for the Company, on a consolidated basis, and/or for Related Entities, or for business or geographical units of the Company and/or a Related Entity (except with respect to the total shareholder return and earnings per share criteria), shall be used by the Committee in establishing performance goals for such Awards: (1) earnings per share; (2) revenues or margins; (3) cash flow; (4) operating margin; (5) return on net assets, investment, capital, or equity; (6) economic value added; (7) direct contribution; (8) net income; pretax earnings; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; earnings after interest expense and before extraordinary or special items; operating income; income before interest income or expense, unusual items and income taxes, local, state or federal and excluding budgeted and actual bonuses which might be paid under any ongoing bonus plans of the Company; (9) working capital; (10) management of fixed costs or variable costs; (11) identification or consummation of investment opportunities or completion of specified projects in accordance with corporate business plans, including strategic mergers, acquisitions or divestitures; (12) total shareholder return; and (13) debt reduction. Any of the above goals may be determined on an absolute or relative basis or as compared to the performance of a published or special index deemed applicable by the Committee including, but not limited to, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index or a group of companies that are comparable to the Company. The Committee shall exclude the impact of an event or occurrence which the Committee determines should appropriately be excluded, including without limitation (i) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, and other unusual or non-recurring charges, (ii) an event either not directly related to the operations of the Company or not within the reasonable control of the Company’s management, or (iii) a change in accounting standards required by generally accepted accounting principles.
          (c) Performance Period; Timing For Establishing Performance Goals . Achievement of performance goals in respect of such Performance Awards shall be measured over a Performance Period no shorter than twelve (12) months and no longer than five (5) years, as specified by the Committee. Performance goals shall be established not later than ninety (90) days after the beginning of any Performance Period applicable to such Performance Awards, or at such other date as may be required or permitted for “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.
          (d) Adjustments . The Committee may, in its discretion, reduce the amount of a settlement otherwise to be made in connection with Awards subject to this Section 7, but may not exercise discretion to increase any such amount payable to a Covered Employee in respect of an Award subject to this Section 7. The Committee shall specify the circumstances in which such Awards shall be paid or forfeited in the event of termination of Continuous Service by the Participant prior to the end of a Performance Period or settlement of Awards.
          (e) Committee Certification . No Participant shall receive any payment under the Plan unless the Committee has certified, by resolution or other appropriate action in writing, that the performance criteria and any other material terms previously established by the Committee or set forth in the Plan, have been satisfied to the extent necessary to qualify as “performance based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.
     8.  Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards or Sales.
          (a) Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards . Awards granted under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted either alone or

15


 

in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution or exchange for, any other Award or any award granted under another plan of the Company, any Related Entity, or any business entity to be acquired by the Company or a Related Entity, or any other right of a Participant to receive payment from the Company or any Related Entity. Such additional, tandem, and substitute or exchange Awards may be granted at any time. If an Award is granted in substitution or exchange for another Award or award, the Plan Administrator shall require the surrender of such other Award or award in consideration for the grant of the new Award. In addition, Awards may be granted in lieu of cash compensation, including in lieu of cash amounts payable under other plans of the Company or any Related Entity.
          (b) Form and Timing of Payment Under Awards; Deferrals . Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, payments to be made by the Company or a Related Entity upon the exercise of an Option or other Award or settlement of an Award may be made in such forms as the Plan Administrator shall determine, including, without limitation, cash, other Awards or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis. Except as may be prohibited by Section 409A of the Code, the settlement of any Award may be accelerated in the discretion of the Plan Administrator or upon occurrence of one or more specified events (in addition to a Change in Control). Installment or deferred payments may be required by the Plan Administrator (subject to Section 10(g) of the Plan) or permitted at the election of the Participant on terms and conditions established by the Plan Administrator. Payments may include, without limitation, provisions for the payment or crediting of a reasonable interest rate on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of Dividend Equivalents or other amounts in respect of installment or deferred payments denominated in Stock.
          (c) Exemptions from Section 16(b) Liability . It is the intent of the Company that this Plan comply in all respects with applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3 or Rule 16a-1(c)(3) to the extent necessary to ensure that neither the grant of any Awards to nor other transaction by a Participant who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act is subject to liability under Section 16(b) thereof (except for transactions acknowledged in writing to be non-exempt by such Participant). Accordingly, if any provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement does not comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Rule 16a-1(c)(3) as then applicable to any such transaction, such provision will be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Rule 16a-1(c)(3) so that such Participant shall avoid liability under Section 16(b).
          (d) Code Section 409A . If and to the extent that the Plan Administrator believes that any Awards may constitute a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” under Section 409A of the Code, (i) any payment that is to be made on account of a Change in Control shall only be made if the event constitutes a Change in Control and a change in control event for purposes of Section 409A and (ii) the terms and conditions set forth in the Award Agreement for that Award shall be drafted in a manner that is intended to comply with, and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with, the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code, but nothing herein shall be construed as an entitlement to or a guarantee of any particular tax treatment to the Participant.
     9.  Change in Control; Corporate Transaction .
          (a) Change in Control .
               (i) The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, accelerate the vesting, exercisability, lapsing of restrictions, or expiration of deferral of any Award, including upon a Change in Control. In addition, the Plan Administrator may provide in an Award Agreement that the performance goals relating to any Award will be deemed to have been met upon the occurrence of any Change in Control.

16


 

               (ii) In addition to the terms of Sections 9(a)(i) above, the effect of a “change in control,” may be provided (1) in an employment, compensation, or severance agreement, if any, between the Company or any Related Entity and the Participant, relating to the Participant’s employment, compensation, or severance with or from the Company or such Related Entity, or (2) in the Award Agreement.
          (b) Corporate Transactions . In the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (together, the “ Successor Corporation ”) may either (i) assume any or all Awards outstanding under the Plan; (ii) continue any or all Awards outstanding under the Plan; or (iii) substitute similar stock awards for outstanding Awards (it being understood that similar awards include, but are not limited to, awards to acquire the same consideration paid to the shareholders or the Company, as the case may be, pursuant to the Corporate Transaction). In the event that any Successor Corporation does not assume or continue any or all such outstanding Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Awards, then with respect to Awards that have been not assumed, continued or substituted, then such Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to such effective time (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction).
          In the event that the Successor Corporation in a Corporate Transaction refuses to assume, continue or substitute for an Award, then the Award shall fully vest and be exercisable (if applicable) as to all of the Shares subject to such Award, including Shares as to which such Award would not otherwise be vested or, if applicable, exercisable. If an Award becomes fully vested and, if applicable, exercisable in lieu of assumption, continuation or substitution in the event of a Corporate Transaction, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Participant in writing or electronically at least five (5) business days prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction that the Award shall be fully vested and, if applicable, exercisable immediately prior to and contingent upon the effective time of the Corporate Transaction. For the purposes of this Section, an Award shall be considered assumed or substituted if, following the Corporate Transaction, the assumed or substituted award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Corporate Transaction, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Corporate Transaction by holders of Stock for each Share held on the effective time of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however , that if such consideration received in the Corporate Transaction is not solely common stock of the Successor Corporation, the Plan Administrator may, with the consent of the Successor Corporation, provide for the consideration to be received from the Award (or, if applicable, upon the exercise of the Award), for each Share subject to the Award, to be solely common stock of the Successor Corporation equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock in the Corporate Transaction. An Award shall be considered continued if the Award continues in accordance with its terms and continues to be for same number of Shares as prior to the Corporate Transaction. The Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether each Award has been assumed, continued, substituted or terminated pursuant to the terms of this Section.
          The Plan Administrator, in its discretion and without the consent of any Participant, may (but is not obligated to) either (i) accelerate the vesting of any Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Awards may be exercised) in full or as to some percentage of the Award to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Plan Administrator shall determine (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction) or (ii) provide for a cash payment in exchange for the termination of an Award or any portion thereof where such cash payment is equal to the Fair Market Value of the Shares that the Participant would receive if the Award were fully vested and exercised (if applicable) as of such date (less any applicable exercise price).
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to Restricted Stock and any other Award granted under the Plan where the Company has any forfeiture, reacquisition or repurchase

17


 

rights, the forfeiture, reacquisition or repurchase rights for such Awards may be assigned by the Company to the Successor Corporation (or the Successor Corporation’s parent company) in connection with such Corporate Transaction. In the event any such rights are not continued or assigned to the Successor Corporation, then such rights shall lapse and the Award shall be fully vested as of the effective time of the Corporate Transaction. In addition, the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may (but is not obligated to) provide that any forfeiture, reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to any such Awards shall lapse in whole or in part (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction).
          (c) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, then all outstanding Awards shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and Shares subject to the Company’s repurchase option may be repurchased by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such stock is still in Continuous Service.
     10.  General Provisions.
          (a) Compliance With Legal and Other Requirements . The Company may, to the extent deemed necessary or advisable by the Plan Administrator, postpone the issuance or delivery of Stock or payment of other benefits under any Award until completion of such registration or qualification of such Stock or other required action under any federal or state law, rule or regulation, listing or other required action with respect to any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Stock or other Company securities are listed or quoted, or compliance with any other obligation of the Company, as the Plan Administrator, may consider appropriate, and may require any Participant to make such representations, furnish such information and comply with or be subject to such other conditions as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of Stock or payment of other benefits in compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations, listing requirements, or other obligations. The foregoing notwithstanding, in connection with a Change in Control, the Company shall take or cause to be taken no action, and shall undertake or permit to arise no legal or contractual obligation, that results or would result in any postponement of the issuance or delivery of Stock or payment of benefits under any Award or the imposition of any other conditions on such issuance, delivery or payment, to the extent that such postponement or other condition would represent a greater burden on a Participant than existed on the ninetieth (90 th ) day preceding the Change in Control.
          (b) Limits on Transferability; Beneficiaries.
               (i)  General . Except as provided in the Award Agreement, a Participant may not assign, sell, transfer, or otherwise encumber or subject to any lien any Award or other right or interest granted under this Plan, in whole or in part, other than by will or by operation of the laws of descent and distribution, and such Awards or rights that may be exercisable shall be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant or his or her guardian or legal representative.
               (ii)  Permitted Transfer of Option . The Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit the transfer of an Option as follows: (A) by gift to a member of the Participant’s Immediate Family (as defined below) or (B) by transfer by instrument to a trust providing that the Option is to be passed to beneficiaries upon death of the Participant. For purposes of this Section 10(b)(ii), “ Immediate Family ” shall mean the Participant’s spouse (including a former spouse subject to terms of a domestic relations order); child, stepchild, grandchild, child-in-law; parent, stepparent, grandparent, parent-in-law; sibling and sibling-in-law, and shall include adoptive relationships. If a determination is made by counsel for the Company that the restrictions contained in this Section 10(b)(ii) are not required by applicable federal or state securities laws under the circumstances, then the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit the transfer of Awards to one or more Beneficiaries or other transferees during the

18


 

lifetime of the Participant, which may be exercised by such transferees in accordance with the terms of such Award, but only if and to the extent permitted by the Plan Administrator pursuant to the express terms of an Award Agreement (subject to any terms and conditions which the Plan Administrator may impose thereon, and further subject to any prohibitions and restrictions on such transfers pursuant to Rule 16b-3). A Beneficiary, transferee, or other person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant shall be subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award Agreement applicable to such Participant, except as otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, and to any additional terms and conditions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Plan Administrator.
          (c) Adjustments.
               (i)  Adjustments to Awards . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Stock, or other property), recapitalization, forward or reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, share exchange, liquidation, dissolution or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Stock and/or such other securities of the Company or any other issuer, then the Plan Administrator shall, to avoid anti-dilution or other enlargement or loss of value to Participant Awards, equitably adjust (A) the number and kind of Shares reserved for issuance in connection with Awards granted thereafter, (B) the number and kind of Shares by which annual per-person Award limitations are measured under Section 5 hereof, (C) the number and kind of Shares subject to or deliverable in respect of outstanding Awards, (D) the exercise price, grant price or purchase price relating to any Award and/or make provision for payment of cash or other property in respect of any outstanding Award, and (E) any other aspect of any Award that the Plan Administrator determines to be appropriate.
               (ii)  Other Adjustments . The Plan Administrator (which shall be a Committee to the extent such authority is required to be exercised by a Committee to comply with Code Section 162(m)) is authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards (including Awards subject to performance goals) in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, acquisitions and dispositions of businesses and assets) affecting the Company, any Related Entity or any business unit, or the financial statements of the Company or any Related Entity, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, tax rates and regulations or business conditions or in view of the Plan Administrator’s assessment of the business strategy of the Company, any Related Entity or business unit thereof, performance of comparable organizations, economic and business conditions, personal performance of a Participant, and any other circumstances deemed relevant; provided that no such adjustment shall be authorized or made if and to the extent that such authority or the making of such adjustment would cause Options, Stock Appreciation Rights or Performance Awards granted to Participants designated by the Plan Administrator as Covered Employees and intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m) and the regulations thereunder to otherwise fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder.
          (d) Taxes . Consistent with applicable law and after giving due consideration to various accounting guidance regarding withholding at minimum statutory rates, the Company and any Related Entity are authorized to withhold from any Award granted, any payment relating to an Award under the Plan, including from a distribution of Stock, or any payroll or other payment to a Participant, amounts of withholding and other taxes due or potentially payable in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Plan Administrator may deem advisable to enable the Company and Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. This authority shall include authority to withhold or receive Stock or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Participant’s tax obligations, either on a mandatory or elective basis in the discretion of the Plan Administrator.

19


 

          (e) Changes to the Plan and Awards . The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan, or any Committee’s authority to grant Awards under the Plan, without the consent of shareholders or Participants. Any amendment or alteration to the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s shareholders if such shareholder approval is deemed necessary and advisable by the Board. However, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination of the Plan may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under any previously granted and outstanding Award. The Plan Administrator may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any Award theretofore granted and any Award Agreement relating thereto, except as otherwise provided in the Plan; provided that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such action may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under such Award.
          (f) Limitation on Rights Conferred Under Plan . Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as (i) giving any Eligible Person or Participant the right to continue as an Eligible Person or Participant or in the employ of the Company or a Related Entity; (ii) interfering in any way with the right of the Company or a Related Entity to terminate any Eligible Person’s or Participant’s Continuous Service at any time, (iii) giving an Eligible Person or Participant any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan or to be treated uniformly with other Participants and Employees, or (iv) conferring on a Participant any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company unless and until the Participant is duly issued or transferred Shares in accordance with the terms of an Award.
          (g) Unfunded Status of Awards; Creation of Trusts . The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant or obligations to deliver Stock pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company; provided that the Plan Administrator may authorize the creation of trusts and deposit therein cash, Stock, other Awards or other property, or make other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations under the Plan. Such trusts or other arrangements shall be consistent with the “unfunded” status of the Plan unless the Plan Administrator otherwise determines with the consent of each affected Participant. The trustee of such trusts may be authorized to dispose of trust assets and reinvest the proceeds in alternative investments, subject to such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator may specify and in accordance with applicable law.
          (h) Nonexclusivity of the Plan . Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor its submission to the shareholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board or the Committee thereof to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable including incentive arrangements and awards which do not qualify under Code Section 162(m).
          (i) Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. The Plan Administrator shall determine whether cash, other Awards or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.
          (j) Governing Law . The validity, construction and effect of the Plan, any rules and regulations under the Plan, and any Award Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws, and applicable federal law.
          (k) Plan Effective Date and Shareholder Approval; Termination of Plan . The Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date, subject to subsequent approval within twelve (12) months of its adoption by the Board by shareholders of the Company eligible to vote in the election of directors, by a vote sufficient to meet the requirements of Code Sections 162(m)

20


 

(if applicable), Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act (if applicable), applicable Nasdaq requirements, and other laws, regulations, and obligations of the Company applicable to the Plan. Awards may be granted subject to shareholder approval, but may not be exercised or otherwise settled in the event shareholder approval is not obtained. The Plan shall terminate no later than ten (10) years from the date of the later of (x) the Effective Date and (y) the date an increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan is approved by the Board (so long as such increase is also approved by the shareholders).

21

Exhibit 10.15
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
     THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of ___, 2010 between Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                      (“ Indemnitee ”).
RECITALS:
     WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly held corporations as directors, officers, or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;
     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among U.S.-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”) and Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate ”) of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”). The Bylaws, the Certificate, and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers, and other persons with respect to indemnification;
     WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;
     WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;
     WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent, and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;
     WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and the Certificate and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder;
     WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Bylaws, the Certificate, and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve, and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified;

 


 

     WHEREAS, in recognition of past services and in order to induce Indemnitee to continue to serve as an officer or director of the Company, the Company has determined and agreed to enter into this Agreement with Indemnitee; and
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve and/or continue to serve as an officer or director after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:
          1. Services to the Company . Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law). This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise (as hereinafter defined)) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that Indemnitee’s employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), if any, is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as may be otherwise provided in any written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), other applicable formal severance policies duly adopted by the Board, or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, by the Bylaws, the Certificate, and the DGCL. The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement shall continue in force after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as an officer or director of the Company.
          2. Indemnity of Indemnitee . The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:
               (a)  Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2 if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 2(a) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue, or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.
               (b)  Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2 if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 2(b) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue, or matter therein if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue, or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or any court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that such indemnification may be made, despite the adjudication of liability.
               (c)  Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue, or matter therein, in whole or in part, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection

2


 

therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues, or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue, or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue, or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue, or matter.
               (d)  Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.
          3. Additional Indemnity . In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 2 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.
          4.  Contribution.
               (a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 2 and 3 hereof is available in respect of any threatened, pending, or completed Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.
               (b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending, or completed Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), the Company shall pay to Indemnitee the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall not enter into any settlement of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against the Company.
               (c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors, or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.
               (d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, and/or

3


 

Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees, and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).
          5. Advancement of Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if, and only to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined by a final, non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free. This Section 5 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 9 .
          6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification . It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the law and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:
               (a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request for indemnification or advancement of Expenses, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, as soon as is reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof. Such written request to the Company shall include a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying such Proceeding, to the extent known. The omission by Indemnitee to notify the Company hereunder will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.
               (b) If a claim under this Agreement, under any statute, or under any provision of the Certificate or Bylaws providing for indemnification is not paid in full by the Company within ten (10) days after a written request for payment thereof has first been received by the Company, Indemnitee shall, at any time thereafter, be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration. In any such action by Indemnitee to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid for the Expenses of bringing such action. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses incurred in connection with any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that Indemnitee has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Company, and Indemnitee shall be entitled to receive interim payments of Expenses pursuant to Section 5 unless and until such defense

4


 

may be finally adjudicated by court order or judgment from which no further right of appeal exists. It is the parties’ intention that if the Company contests Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, the question of Indemnitee’s right to indemnification shall be for the court to decide, and neither the failure of the Company (including the Board, any committee or subgroup of the Board, independent legal counsel or the Company’s stockholders) to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct required by applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Company (including the Board, any committee or subgroup of the Board, independent legal counsel or the Company’s stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
               (c) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent, or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(c) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.
               (d) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition of a Proceeding short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption, and uncertainty. In the event that any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such Proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such Proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.
               (e) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue, or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement, or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.
          7. Remedies of Indemnitee.
               (a) In the event that Indemnitee seeks a judicial adjudication of Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on Indemnitee’s behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 14(c) of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses, or insurance recovery.
               (b) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Agreement that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding, and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to

5


 

Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses, or insurance recovery, as the case may be.
               (c) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.
          8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.
               (a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration, or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration, or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Certificate, the Bylaws, and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, limits the indemnification rights that would be afforded currently under the Certificate, the Bylaws, and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that such change, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute, or rule to be applied to this Agreement, shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties’ rights and obligations hereunder. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even though he may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any action or other covered Proceeding.
               (b) The Company shall at all times maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the officers and directors of the Company with coverage (in an amount not less than $5,000,000) for losses from wrongful acts, or to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement, unless the maintenance of any such policy or policies becomes prohibitively expensive. In all policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent, or fiduciary under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policy(ies). The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policy(ies).
               (c)  [ The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by                      and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort ( i.e. , its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate and Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement

6


 

between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8(c) . ]
          9.  Exception to Right of Indemnification . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:
               (a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy; or
               (b) (i) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act ”), or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized from the sale of the Company’s securities, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act); or
               (c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) the proceeding was initiated to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement, any other agreement or insurance policy, or under the Bylaws or the Certificate, or (iv) as otherwise required under the laws of the State of Delaware.
          10. Duration of Agreement . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under this Agreement) by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement.
          11. Period of Limitations . No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s estate, spouse, heirs, executors, or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter period shall govern.
          12. Security . To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s

7


 

obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust, or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of Indemnitee.
          13. Enforcement.
               (a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve, or continue to serve, as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.
               (b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate, the Bylaws, and any applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.
          14. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:
               (a) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the request of the Company, including on or prior to the date of this Agreement.
               (b) “ Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.
               (c) “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.
               (d) “ Proceeding ” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement.
          15. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, illegal or otherwise unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by

8


 

law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.
          16. Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that any action is instituted by Indemnitee under this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 14(c) of this Agreement) incurred by Indemnitee with respect to such action. In the event of an action instituted by or in the name of the Company under this Agreement or to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 14(c) of this Agreement) in defense of such action (including with respect to Indemnitee’s counterclaims and cross claims made in such action).
          17. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto [ and the Fund Indemnitors ] . No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
          18. Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Company or of any other enterprise at the Company’s request.
          19. Notice By Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.
          20. Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:
               (a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature hereto.

9


 

  (b)   To the Company at:
 
      4900 Pennsylvania Avenue
Cudahy, Wisconsin 53110
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.
          21. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
          22. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
          23. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of law rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Court ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

10


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.
             
    ROADRUNNER TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
   
    Name: Mark A. DiBlasi    
    Title: President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    INDEMNITEE    
 
           
         
 
  Name:      
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
  Address:    
 
           
         
 
           
         
 
           
         
 
           
         

11


 

Schedule to Exhibit 10.15
The form of Indemnification Agreement was or will be executed by the following persons:
Mark A. DiBlasi
Peter R. Armbruster
Brian J. van Helden
Scott L. Dobak
Scott D. Rued
Judith A. Vijums
Ivor J. Evans
James J. Forese
Samuel B. Levine
Brian D. Young
Pankaj Gupta
William S. Urkiel
Chad M. Utrup
James L. Welch

 

Exhibit 10.16
 
AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
 
Among
Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc.,
GTS Transportation Logistics, Inc.,
and
Group Transportation Services Holdings, Inc.
May 7, 2010

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
ARTICLE I — THE MERGER
    1  
 
       
1.1 The Merger
    1  
1.2 Effective Time
    1  
1.3 Effects of the Merger
    1  
1.4 Certificate of Incorporation
    1  
1.5 Officers
    1  
1.6 Effect on GTS Common Stock
    2  
1.7 Exchange of Shares
    2  
1.8 Effect on GTS Stock Options
    3  
1.9 Supplementary Action
    3  
 
       
ARTICLE II — CLOSING
    3  
 
       
2.1 Closing
    3  
2.2 Termination in Absence of Qualified Public Offering
    3  
2.3 Other Termination Rights
    3  
 
       
ARTICLE III — REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF GTS
    4  
 
       
3.1 Corporate Existence and Qualification
    4  
3.2 Authority, Approval, and Enforceability
    4  
3.3 Capitalization and Corporate Records
    4  
3.4 No GTS Defaults or Consents
    5  
3.5 No Proceedings
    6  
3.6 Employee Benefit Matters
    6  
3.7 Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities
    7  
3.8 Absence of Certain Changes
    7  
3.9 Compliance with Laws
    8  
3.10 Litigation
    8  
3.11 Real Property
    8  
3.12 Commitments
    8  
3.13 Intangible Rights
    9  
3.14 Equipment and Other Tangible Property
    9  
3.15 Permits; Environmental Matters
    9  
3.16 Taxes
    9  
3.17 Affiliate Transactions
    9  
3.18 Brokers
    9  
3.19 Indemnity Claims
    10  
 
       
ARTICLE IV — REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ROADRUNNER
    10  
 
       
4.1 Corporate Existence and Qualification
    10  
4.2 Authority, Approval, and Enforceability
    10  
4.3 Capitalization and Corporate Records
    10  
4.4 No Roadrunner Defaults or Consents
    11  
4.5 No Proceedings
    12  
4.6 Employee Benefit Matters
    12  
4.7 Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities
    12  
4.8 Absence of Certain Changes
    13  
4.9 Compliance with Laws
    14  
4.10 Litigation
    14  
4.11 Real Property
    14  
4.12 Commitments
    14  
4.13 Intangible Rights
    14  

-ii-


 

         
    Page
4.14 Equipment and Other Tangible Property
    15  
4.15 Permits; Environmental Matters
    15  
4.16 Taxes
    15  
4.17 Affiliate Transactions
    15  
4.18 Brokers
    15  
 
       
ARTICLE V — OBLIGATIONS PRIOR TO CLOSING
    15  
 
       
5.1 Access to Information and Properties
    15  
5.2 Conduct of Business and Operations
    16  
5.3 General Restrictions
    16  
5.4 Notice Regarding Changes
    17  
5.5 Ensure Conditions Met
    17  
5.6 Confidentiality
    17  
 
       
ARTICLE VI — CONDITIONS
    17  
 
       
6.1 Conditions to Obligations of GTS
    17  
6.2 Conditions to Obligations of Roadrunner
    17  
6.3 Mutual Conditions
    18  
 
       
ARTICLE VII — MISCELLANEOUS
    18  
 
       
7.1 Further Assurances
    18  
7.2 Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements; No Recourse
    18  
7.3 Notices
    18  
7.4 Governing Law
    20  
7.5 Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers
    20  
7.6 Binding Effect, Assignment, and Third-Party Beneficiaries
    20  
7.7 Exhibits and Schedules
    20  
7.8 Multiple Counterparts
    20  
7.9 References and Construction
    20  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII — DEFINITIONS
    21  
 
       
8.1 Affiliate
    21  
8.2 Code
    21  
8.3 Collateral Agreements
    21  
8.4 Contracts
    21  
8.5 Damages
    21  
8.6 Environmental Laws
    21  
8.7 Funded Indebtedness
    21  
8.8 Governmental Authorities
    21  
8.9 Hazardous Material
    22  
8.10 Knowledge
    22  
8.11 Legal Requirements
    22  
8.12 Permits
    22  
8.13 Person
    22  
8.14 Qualified Public Offering
    22  
8.15 Subsidiary
    22  
8.16 Tax
    22  
8.17 Tax Return
    22  

-iii-


 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
     This AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the 7th day of May, 2010, by and among (i) Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly known as Roadrunner Transportation Services Holdings, Inc. (“ Roadrunner ”), (ii) GTS Transportation Logistics, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Roadrunner (“ Acquisition Sub ”), and (iii) Group Transportation Services Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ GTS ”).
Recitals
     A. Roadrunner, the sole stockholder of Acquisition Sub, deems it advisable and in its best interest that Acquisition Sub merge (the “ Merger ”) with and into GTS as provided herein, and the Board of Directors of Roadrunner has approved and adopted the form, terms, and provisions of this Agreement and the Merger.
     B. The Board of Directors of GTS deems the Merger advisable and in the best interest of said corporation and its stockholders, and the Board of Directors and stockholders of GTS have approved and adopted the form, terms, and provisions of this Agreement and the Merger.
Agreement
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:
ARTICLE I — THE MERGER
     1.1 The Merger . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation Law ”), Acquisition Sub shall be merged with and into GTS at the Effective Time. Following the Effective Time, the separate corporate existence of Acquisition Sub shall cease and GTS shall continue as the surviving corporation (the “ Surviving Corporation ”) and shall succeed to and assume all the rights and obligations of Acquisition Sub in accordance with the Corporation Law. The parties intend for the Merger to qualify as a tax-free reorganization pursuant to Sections 368(a)(1)(A) and 368(a)(2)(E) of the Code.
     1.2 Effective Time . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, on the Closing Date, the parties shall file a certificate of merger (the “ Certificate of Merger ”) executed in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Corporation Law and shall make all other filings or recordings required under the Corporation Law. The Merger shall become effective at such time as the Certificate of Merger is duly filed with the Delaware Secretary of State or at such other time as set forth in the Certificate of Merger (the time the Merger becomes effective being referred to herein as the “ Effective Time ”).
     1.3 Effects of the Merger . The Merger shall have the effects set forth in the applicable provisions of the Corporation Law.
     1.4 Certificate of Incorporation . The Certificate of Incorporation of GTS as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter changed or amended as provided therein or by applicable law.
     1.5 Officers . The officers of GTS immediately prior to the Effective Time and such other persons as Roadrunner shall designate shall be the officers of the Surviving Corporation until the earlier of their resignation or removal or until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified, as the case may be.

1


 

     1.6 Effect on GTS Common Stock . As of the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder of any shares of the outstanding capital stock of GTS:
          (a) Each share of GTS common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ GTS Common Stock ”) that is held in the treasury of GTS shall automatically be cancelled and retired and shall cease to exist, and no consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor.
          (b) Each share of GTS Common Stock that is owned by Roadrunner or Acquisition Sub shall automatically be canceled and retired and shall cease to exist, and no consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor.
          (c) Subject to Sections 1.6(d) and 1.6(e) hereof, each share of GTS Common Stock issued and outstanding (other than shares of GTS Common Stock to be canceled in accordance with Sections 1.6(a) and 1.6(b) hereof) shall be converted into the right to receive (i) 0.95 of a share (the “ Exchange Ratio ”), of Roadrunner Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Roadrunner Common Stock ”), which ratio shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 1.6(e) .
          (d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any issued and outstanding shares of GTS Common Stock held by a Person (a “ Dissenting Stockholder ”) who objects to the Merger and complies with all the provisions of Section 262 of the Corporation Law concerning the right of holders of GTS Common Stock to dissent from the Merger and require appraisal of their shares of GTS Common Stock (“ Dissenting Shares ”) shall not be converted as described in Section 1.6(c) but shall become the right to receive such consideration as may be determined to be due to such Dissenting Stockholder pursuant to Section 262 of the Corporation Law. If, after the Effective Time, a Dissenting Stockholder withdraws its demand for appraisal or fails to perfect or otherwise loses its right of appraisal, in any case pursuant to the Corporation Law, its shares of GTS Common Stock shall be deemed to be converted as of the Effective Time into the right to receive shares of Roadrunner Common Stock as specified in Section 1.6(c) . GTS shall give Roadrunner (i) prompt notice of any demands for appraisal of shares of GTS Common Stock received by GTS, and (ii) the opportunity to participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to any such demands. GTS shall not voluntarily make any payment with respect to any demands for appraisal and will not, except with the prior written consent of Roadrunner, settle or offer to settle any such demands.
          (e) At the Effective Time, each certificate previously representing any GTS Common Stock shall thereafter represent the right to receive the number of shares of Roadrunner Common Stock into which such GTS Common Stock have been converted. Certificates representing GTS Common Stock shall be exchanged for certificates representing shares of Roadrunner Common Stock issued in consideration therefore upon the surrender of such certificates in accordance with the provisions hereof. If, prior to the Effective Time, Roadrunner or GTS should split or combine the Roadrunner Common Stock or GTS Common Stock, or pay a stock dividend or other stock distribution in Roadrunner Common Stock or GTS Common Stock, then the Exchange Ratio will be appropriately adjusted to reflect such split, combination, dividend, or other distribution.
     1.7 Exchange of Shares.
          (a) On the Closing Date and after the Effective Time, Roadrunner shall make available, and each holder of GTS Common Stock shall be entitled to receive upon surrender to Roadrunner of one or more certificates representing GTS Common Stock for cancellation, certificates representing the number of shares of Roadrunner Common Stock into which such shares of GTS Common Stock are converted in the Merger. The shares of Roadrunner Common Stock into which the GTS Common Stock shall be converted in the Merger shall be deemed to have been issued at the Effective Time.
          (b) At and after the Effective Time, the holders of stock certificates representing GTS Common Stock to be exchanged for shares of Roadrunner Common Stock pursuant to this Agreement (“ Certificates ”) shall cease to have any rights as stockholders of GTS, except for the right to surrender

-2-


 

such Certificates in exchange for certificates for shares of Roadrunner Common Stock as provided hereunder.
     1.8 Effect on GTS Stock Options .
          (a) All options (the “ GTS Stock Options ”) outstanding, whether or not exercisable and whether or not vested, at the Effective Time under GTS’ Key Employee Equity Plan (collectively, the “ GTS Stock Option Plan ”), shall remain outstanding following the Effective Time. At the Effective Time, the GTS Stock Options shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any further action on the part of GTS or the holder thereof, be assumed by Roadrunner. From and after the Effective Time, all references to GTS in the GTS Stock Option Plan and the applicable stock option agreements issued thereunder shall be deemed to refer to Roadrunner, which shall have assumed the GTS Stock Option Plan as of the Effective Time by virtue of this Agreement and without any further action. Each GTS Stock Option assumed by Roadrunner (each, a “ Substitute Option ”) shall be exercisable upon the same terms and conditions as under the applicable GTS Stock Option Plan and the applicable option agreement issued thereunder, except that (A) each such Substitute Option shall be exercisable for, and represent the right to acquire, that whole number of shares of Roadrunner Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) equal to the number of shares of GTS Common Stock subject to such GTS Stock Option multiplied by the Exchange Ratio; and (B) the option price per share of Roadrunner Common Stock shall be an amount equal to the option price per share of GTS Common Stock subject to such GTS Stock Option in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time divided by the Exchange Ratio (the option price per share, as so determined, being rounded upward to the nearest full cent). Such Substitute Option shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions as such GTS Stock Option.
          (b) As soon as practicable after the Effective Time, Roadrunner shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to each holder of a Substitute Option an appropriate notice setting forth such holder’s rights pursuant thereto and such Substitute Option shall continue in effect on the same terms and conditions (subject to the adjustments required by this Section 1.8 after giving effect to the Merger). Roadrunner shall comply with the terms of all such Substitute Options.
     1.9 Supplementary Action . If at any time after the Effective Time, any further assignments or assurances in law or any other things are necessary or desirable to vest or to perfect or confirm of record in the Surviving Corporation the title to any property or rights of GTS, or otherwise to carry out the provisions of this Agreement, the officers and directors of the Surviving Corporation are hereby authorized and empowered, in the name of and on behalf of GTS, to execute and deliver any and all things necessary or proper to vest or to perfect or confirm title to such property or rights in the Surviving Corporation, and otherwise to carry out the purposes and provisions of this Agreement.
ARTICLE II — CLOSING
     2.1 Closing . Subject to the conditions stated in Article VI of this Agreement, the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ”) shall be held immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, and the Closing may not occur in the absence of a Qualified Public Offering. The date upon which the Closing occurs is hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date .”
     2.2 Termination in Absence of Qualified Public Offering . If by the close of business on July 31, 2010, a Qualified Public Offering has not occurred, then either Roadrunner or GTS may thereafter terminate this Agreement by written notice to such effect, to the other parties hereto, without liability of or to any party to this Agreement or any stockholder, director, officer, employee, or representative of such party.
     2.3 Other Termination Rights . This Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated hereby may be abandoned (a) by Roadrunner, if GTS materially breaches any of its representations, warranties or obligations under this Agreement and such breach is not cured within 10 days after written notice to GTS by Roadrunner; provided, however, that no cure period will be required for any such breach that by its nature cannot be cured or if, as a result of such breach, one or more of the

-3-


 

conditions to Roadrunner’s obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby would not be satisfied at or prior to July 31, 2010, (b) by GTS, if Roadrunner materially breaches any of its representations, warranties or obligations under this Agreement and such breach is not cured within 10 days after written notice to Roadrunner by GTS; provided, however, that no cure period will be required for any such breach that by its nature cannot be cured or if, as a result of such breach, one or more of the conditions to GTS’ obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby would not be satisfied at or prior to July 31, 2010 or (c) by either Roadrunner or GTS if a court of competent jurisdiction shall have issued an order permanently restraining or prohibiting the transactions contemplated by the Agreement, and such order shall have become final and nonappealable.
     2.4 Effect of Termination . In the event of termination by Roadrunner or GTS pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.3 , written notice thereof shall be given to the other party and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be terminated, without further action by any party. In the event of the termination of this Agreement and the abandonment of the transactions contemplated hereby pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.3 hereof, this Agreement shall become void and there shall be no liability on the part of any party hereto except (a) the obligations provided for in this Section 2.4 , Article VII and Article VIII hereof shall survive any such termination of this Agreement and (b) nothing herein shall relieve any party from liability for breach of this Agreement.
ARTICLE III — REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF GTS
     GTS hereby represents and warrants to Roadrunner and Acquisition Sub that:
     3.1 Corporate Existence and Qualification . GTS is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; GTS has the corporate power to own, manage, lease, and hold its properties and to carry on its business as and where such properties are presently located and such business is presently conducted; and neither the character of GTS’ properties nor the nature of GTS’ business requires GTS to be duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction.
     3.2 Authority, Approval, and Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by GTS, and GTS has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and all Collateral Agreements executed and delivered or to be executed and delivered in connection with the transactions provided for hereby, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Collateral Agreements, and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Collateral Agreements. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation by GTS of the Merger and of the other transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of GTS (including the approval of GTS’ Board of Directors and stockholders) and no other corporate proceedings on the part of GTS are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement and each Collateral Agreement to which GTS is a party constitutes, or upon execution and delivery will constitute, the legal, valid, and binding obligation of GTS, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by general equitable principles or by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, or similar laws and judicial decisions from time to time in effect which affect creditors’ rights generally.
     3.3 Capitalization and Corporate Records.
          (a) The authorized capital stock of GTS consists solely of 100,000 shares of GTS Common Stock. All issued and outstanding shares of GTS’ capital stock are owned by the Persons and in the amounts set forth on Schedule 3.3(a) and no shares of capital stock are held in GTS’ treasury. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.3(a) , to GTS’ knowledge all of such shares set forth on Schedule 3.3(a) are held free and clear of any and all liens, mortgages, adverse claims, charges, security interests, encumbrances, or other restrictions or limitations whatsoever. All of the outstanding shares of GTS are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and were not issued in violation of (i) any preemptive or other rights of any Person to acquire securities of GTS, or (ii) any applicable federal or

-4-


 

state securities laws, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “ Securities Laws ”). Except as listed on Schedule 3.3(a) , there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, convertible securities, rights (preemptive or otherwise), warrants, calls, or agreements relating to any shares of capital stock of GTS.
          (b) The copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of GTS provided to Roadrunner are true, accurate, and complete and reflect all amendments made through the date of this Agreement. GTS’ stock and minute books made available to Roadrunner for review were correct and complete as of the date of such review, no further entries have been made through the date of this Agreement, and such minute books contain an accurate record of all corporate actions of the stockholders and directors (and any committees thereof) of GTS taken by written consent or at a meeting since inception. All material corporate actions taken by GTS have been duly authorized or ratified.
          (c) Except for the Subsidiaries of GTS listed on Schedule 3.3(c) , GTS does not own, directly or indirectly, any outstanding voting securities of or other interests in any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, or other business entity. Schedule 3.3(c) hereto sets forth the name of each Subsidiary of GTS, and, with respect to each such Subsidiary, the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or organized, the number of shares of its authorized capital stock, and the number and class of shares thereof duly issued and outstanding. The outstanding shares of capital stock or equity interests of each such Subsidiary are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable, and were not issued in violation of (i) any preemptive or other rights of any Person to acquire securities of such Subsidiary, or (ii) any applicable Securities Laws. All such shares or other equity interests are owned by GTS free and clear of any and all liens, pledges, encumbrances, charges, agreements, or claims of any kind whatsoever, except as set forth in Schedule 3.3(c) hereto. No shares of capital stock are held by any Subsidiary as treasury stock. There is no existing option, warrant, call, commitment, or agreement to which any GTS Subsidiary is a party requiring, and there are no convertible securities of any GTS Subsidiary outstanding which upon conversion would require, the issuance of any additional shares of capital stock or other equity interests of any GTS Subsidiary or other securities convertible into shares of capital stock or other equity interests of any GTS Subsidiary or other equity securities of any GTS Subsidiary. Each GTS Subsidiary is a duly organized and validly existing corporation or other entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing under the laws of (i) each jurisdiction in which it owns or leases real property and (ii) each other jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or the ownership of its assets requires such qualification. Each GTS Subsidiary has all requisite corporate or other entity power and authority to own its properties and carry on its business as presently conducted.
          (d) No Subsidiary of GTS owns any shares of GTS Common Stock.
     3.4 No GTS Defaults or Consents . Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 3.4 attached hereto, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Collateral Agreements nor the carrying out of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will:
               (i) violate or conflict with any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the charter or bylaws of GTS;
               (ii) violate any material Legal Requirements applicable to GTS;
               (iii) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under (whether with or without notice or the lapse of time or both), or accelerate or permit the acceleration of the performance required by, or give any other party the right to terminate, or require any authorization, consent or approval under any material Contract or material Permit binding upon or applicable to GTS;
               (iv) result in the creation of any lien, charge, or other encumbrance on any material properties of GTS or any shares of GTS capital stock; or

-5-


 

               (v) require GTS to obtain or make any waiver, consent, action, approval, or authorization of, or registration, declaration, notice, or filing with, any Governmental Authority.
     3.5 No Proceedings . No suit, action, or other proceeding is pending or, to the Knowledge of GTS, threatened before any Governmental Authority seeking to restrain GTS or prohibit its entry into this Agreement or prohibit the Closing, or seeking damages against GTS or its properties as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
     3.6 Employee Benefit Matters.
          (a) Schedule 3.6(a) provides a description of each of the following, if any, which is sponsored, maintained or contributed to by GTS or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of the employees or agents of GTS or any of its Subsidiaries, which has been so sponsored, maintained, or contributed to at any time during any such corporation’s existence or with respect to which GTS or any of its Subsidiaries has or could reasonably be expected to have any material liability:
               (i) each material “employee benefit plan,” as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ ERISA ”) (including, but not limited to, employee benefit plans, such as foreign plans, which are not subject to the provisions of ERISA) (“ Plan ”); and
               (ii) each material personnel policy, employee manual or other written statements of rules or policies concerning employment, stock option plan, collective bargaining agreement, bonus plan or arrangement, incentive award plan or arrangement, vacation and sick leave policy, severance pay policy or agreement, deferred compensation agreement or arrangement, consulting agreement, employment contract and each other employee benefit plan, agreement, arrangement, program, practice, or understanding that is not described in Section 3.6(a)(i) (“ Benefit Program or Agreement ”).
          (b) Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 3.6(b) ,
               (i) Neither GTS nor any of its Subsidiaries contributes to or has an obligation to contribute to, and neither GTS nor any of its Subsidiaries has at any time contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to, and neither GTS nor any of its Subsidiaries has any actual or contingent liability under a multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA (“ Multiemployer Plan ”) or a multiple employer plan within the meaning of Section 413(b) and (c) of the Code;
               (ii) GTS and its Subsidiaries have performed in all material respects all obligations, whether arising by operation of Legal Requirements or by Contract, required to be performed by them in connection with the GTS Plans and any GTS Benefit Program or Agreement, and to the Knowledge of GTS, there have been no material defaults or violations by any other party to the GTS Plans or any GTS Benefit Program or Agreement;
               (iii) All reports and disclosures relating to the GTS Plans required to be filed with or furnished to governmental agencies, GTS Plan participants or GTS Plan beneficiaries have been filed or furnished in all material respects in accordance with applicable law in a timely manner, and each GTS Plan and each GTS Benefit Program or Agreement has been administered in all material respects in compliance with its governing documents; and
               (iv) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of any or all of the transactions contemplated hereby will: (A) entitle any current or former employee of GTS or any of its Subsidiaries to severance pay, unemployment compensation or any similar payment, (B) accelerate the time of payment or vesting or increase the amount of any compensation due to any such employee or former employee, or (C) directly or indirectly result in any payment made to or

-6-


 

on behalf of any Person to constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code.
     3.7 Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities .
          (a) True and complete copies of GTS’ consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2009 and GTS’ consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2009 (the “ GTS Financial Statements ”) are attached hereto as Schedule 3.7(a) . The GTS Financial Statements present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition and consolidated results of operations of GTS and its Subsidiaries as of and for the year ended December 31, 2009. The GTS Financial Statements have been prepared in all material respects in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) consistently applied.
          (b) Except for (i) the liabilities reflected on GTS’ December 31, 2009 balance sheet included with the GTS Financial Statements, (ii) trade payables and accrued expenses incurred since December 31, 2009 in the ordinary course of business, (iii) executory contract obligations under (x) Contracts listed on Schedule 3.12 , and/or (y) Contracts not required to be listed on Schedule 3.12 , and (iv) the liabilities set forth on Schedule 3.7(b) attached hereto, GTS and its Subsidiaries do not have any material liabilities or obligations (whether accrued, absolute, contingent, known, unknown or otherwise, and whether or not of a nature required to be reflected or reserved against in a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP).
     3.8 Absence of Certain Changes.
          (a) Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 3.8(a) attached hereto or as contemplated by this Agreement, since December 31, 2009, there has not been:
               (i) any event, circumstance or change that had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations or financial condition of GTS and its Subsidiaries; or
               (ii) any damage, destruction or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) that had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations or financial condition of GTS and its Subsidiaries.
               (b) Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 3.8(b) attached hereto, since December 31, 2009, neither GTS nor any of its Subsidiaries has done any of the following:
               (i) merged into or with or consolidated with, any other corporation or acquired the business or assets of any Person;
               (ii) purchased any securities of any Person;
               (iii) created, incurred, assumed, guaranteed, or otherwise become liable or obligated with respect to any indebtedness, or made any loan or advance to, or any investment in, any Person, except in each case in the ordinary course of business;
               (iv) sold, transferred, leased, mortgaged, encumbered, or otherwise disposed of, or agreed to sell, transfer, lease, mortgage, encumber, or otherwise dispose of, any properties except (i) in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) pursuant to any agreement specified on Schedule 3.12 ;
               (v) adopted any Plan or Benefit Program or Agreement, or granted any increase in the compensation payable or to become payable to directors, officers, or employees (including, without limitation, any such increase pursuant to any bonus, profit-sharing or other plan or

-7-


 

commitment), other than merit increases to non-officer employees in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;
               (vi) engaged in any one or more material activities or transactions outside the ordinary course of business;
               (vii) declared, set aside, or paid any dividends, or made any distributions or other payments in respect of its equity securities, or repurchased, redeemed, or otherwise acquired any such securities;
               (viii) amended its charter or bylaws or comparable governing documents;
               (ix) issued any capital stock or other securities, or granted, or entered into any agreement to grant, any options, convertible rights, other rights, warrants, calls or agreements relating to its capital stock; or
               (x) committed to do any of the foregoing.
     3.9 Compliance with Laws . Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 3.9 , GTS and its Subsidiaries comply in all material respects with any and all applicable Legal Requirements.
     3.10 Litigation . Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 3.10 , there are no claims, actions, suits, investigations, or proceedings against GTS or any of its Subsidiaries pending or, to the Knowledge of GTS, threatened in any court or before or by any Governmental Authority, or before any arbitrator, that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations or financial condition of GTS and its Subsidiaries.
     3.11 Real Property.
          (a) Schedule 3.11(a) sets forth a list of all real property or any interest therein (including without limitation any option or other right or obligation to purchase any real property or any interest therein) owned by GTS or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case setting forth the street address and legal description of each property covered thereby.
          (b) Schedule 3.11(b) sets forth a list of all leases, licenses or similar agreements relating to the use or occupancy by GTS or any of its Subsidiaries of real estate owned by a third party, true and correct copies of which have previously been furnished to Roadrunner, in each case setting forth (i) the lessor and lessee thereof and the date of each of the Leases, and (ii) the street address of each property covered thereby.
     3.12 Commitments.
          (a) Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 3.11(b) or Schedule 3.12 , neither GTS nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any of the following, whether written or oral:
               (i) any Contract relating to the use of any material properties, real or personal, whether as landlord, tenant, licensor, or licensee;
               (ii) any Contract relating to the borrowing of money or the guarantee of any obligation or the deferred payment of the purchase price of any properties;
               (iii) any Contract with any Affiliate of GTS;
               (iv) any Contract for the sale of any assets that in the aggregate have a net book value of greater than $250,000; or

-8-


 

               (v) any other Contract that is material to the business of GTS.
          (b) Neither GTS, any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the Knowledge of GTS, any other party is in breach of any of the terms or covenants of any Contract listed or required to be listed in Schedule 3.11(b) or Schedule 3.12 .
     3.13 Intangible Rights . Set forth in Schedule 3.13 is a list and description of all material foreign and domestic patents, patent rights, trademarks, service marks, trade names, brands, and copyrights (whether or not registered and, if applicable, including pending applications for registration) owned, used, licensed, or controlled by GTS or any of its Subsidiaries. GTS and its Subsidiaries own or have the right to use any and all information, know-how, trade secrets, patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, software, formulae, methods, processes, and other intangible properties that are necessary or customarily used by GTS and its Subsidiaries in their businesses including, but not limited to, the intangible rights listed in Schedule 3.13 .
     3.14 Equipment and Other Tangible Property . Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 3.14 , the equipment, furniture, machinery, vehicles, structures, fixtures, and other tangible property owned by GTS and its Subsidiaries, other than inventory, is suitable for the purposes for which intended and in all material respects in good operating condition and repair consistent with normal industry standards, except for ordinary wear and tear, and except for such assets as shall have been taken out of service on a temporary basis for repairs or replacement consistent with prior practices and normal industry standards.
     3.15 Permits; Environmental Matters.
          (a) Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 3.15(a) , GTS and its Subsidiaries have all Permits necessary for them to conduct their business and operations as presently conducted. Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 3.15(a) , all such Permits are in effect, no proceeding is pending or, to the Knowledge of GTS, threatened to modify, suspend or revoke, withdraw, terminate, or otherwise limit any such Permits, and no administrative or governmental actions have been taken or, to the Knowledge of GTS, threatened in connection with the expiration or renewal of such Permits which could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the ability of GTS and its Subsidiaries to conduct their business and operations as presently conducted.
          (b) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.15(b) , there are no material claims, liabilities, investigations, litigation, administrative proceedings, whether pending or, to the Knowledge of GTS, threatened, or judgments or orders relating to any Hazardous Materials asserted or threatened against GTS or any of its Subsidiaries or relating to any real property currently or formerly owned or leased by GTS or any of its Subsidiaries.
          (c) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.15(c) , GTS and its Subsidiaries comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, including obtaining and maintaining in effect all Permits required by applicable Environmental Laws.
     3.16 Taxes . GTS and its Subsidiaries have filed all Tax Returns that they were required to file under applicable Legal Requirements. All such Tax Returns were correct and complete in all respects when filed and were prepared in substantial compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements. All Taxes due and owing by GTS or any of its Subsidiaries (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been paid.
     3.17 Affiliate Transactions . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.17, there are no Contracts between GTS or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any Affiliate of GTS, on the other hand.
     3.18 Brokers . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.18, no broker, finder or financial advisor or other Person is entitled to any brokerage fees, commissions, finders’ fees or financial advisory fees in

-9-


 

connection with the transactions contemplated hereby by reason of any action taken by GTS or any of its directors, officers, stockholders, employees, representatives or agents.
     3.19 Indemnity Claims . GTS has not made any claims for indemnification under that certain Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 29, 2008, by and among GTS, Michael Valentine, Group Transportation Services, Inc. and GTS Direct, LLC (the “ GTS Purchase Agreement ”), and, to the Knowledge of GTS, there have been no material defaults or violations by any other party to the GTS Purchase Agreement that give rise to any such claims as of the date hereof.
ARTICLE IV — REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ROADRUNNER
     Roadrunner hereby represents and warrants to GTS that:
     4.1 Corporate Existence and Qualification . Roadrunner is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; Roadrunner has the corporate power to own, manage, lease, and hold its properties and to carry on its business as and where such properties are presently located and such business is presently conducted; and neither the character of Roadrunner’s properties nor the nature of Roadrunner’s business requires Roadrunner to be duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction.
     4.2 Authority, Approval, and Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each of Roadrunner and Acquisition Sub, and each of Roadrunner and Acquisition Sub has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and all Collateral Agreements executed and delivered or to be executed and delivered in connection with the transactions provided for hereby, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Collateral Agreements, and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Collateral Agreements. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation by Roadrunner and Acquisition Sub of the Merger and of the other transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Roadrunner and Acquisition Sub (including approval of Acquisition Sub’s Board of Directors and sole stockholder) and no other corporate proceedings on the part of Roadrunner or Acquisition Sub are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement and each Collateral Agreement to which Roadrunner or Acquisition Sub is a party constitutes, or upon execution and delivery will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by general equitable principles or by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, or similar laws and judicial decisions from time to time in effect which affect creditors’ rights generally.
     4.3 Capitalization and Corporate Records.
          (a) The authorized capital stock of Roadrunner consists of 317,000 shares of stock, of which (i) 298,000 shares are designated as Class A Voting Common Stock, (ii) 2,000 shares are designated as Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, (iii) 5,000 shares are designated as Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, and (iv) 12,000 shares are designated as Series B Convertible Preferred Common Stock. All issued and outstanding shares of Roadrunner’s capital stock immediately prior to the Closing will be owned of record by the Persons and in the amounts set forth on Schedule 4.3(a) and no shares of capital stock are held in Roadrunner’s treasury. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.3 , to Roadrunner’s knowledge the shares set forth on Schedule 4.3(a) are held by such Persons free and clear of any and all liens, mortgages, adverse claims, charges, security interests, encumbrances, or other restrictions or limitations whatsoever. All of the outstanding shares of Roadrunner will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable and not issued in violation of (i) any preemptive or other rights of any Person to acquire securities of Roadrunner, or (ii) any applicable Securities Laws. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.3(a) , there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, convertible securities, rights (preemptive or otherwise), warrants, calls, or agreements relating to any shares of capital stock of Roadrunner.

-10-


 

          (b) The copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of Roadrunner heretofore provided to GTS are true, accurate, and complete and reflect all amendments made through the date of this Agreement. Roadrunner’s stock and minute books made available to GTS for review were correct and complete as of the date of such review, no further entries have been made through the date of this Agreement, and such minute books contain an accurate record of all corporate actions of the stockholders and directors (and any committees thereof) of Roadrunner taken by written consent or at a meeting since January 1, 2010. All material corporate actions taken by Roadrunner have been duly authorized or ratified.
          (c) Except for the Subsidiaries of Roadrunner listed on Schedule 4.3(c) , Roadrunner does not own, directly or indirectly, any outstanding voting securities of or other interests in any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, or other business entity. Schedule 4.3(c) hereto sets forth the name of each Subsidiary of Roadrunner, and, with respect to each such Subsidiary, the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or organized, the number of shares of its authorized capital stock, and the number and class of shares thereof duly issued and outstanding. The outstanding shares of capital stock or equity interests of each such Subsidiary are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable, and were not issued in violation of (i) any preemptive or other rights of any Person to acquire securities of such Subsidiary, or (ii) any applicable Securities Laws. All such shares or other equity interests are owned by Roadrunner free and clear of any and all liens, pledges, encumbrances, charges, agreements, or claims of any kind whatsoever, except as set forth in Schedule 4.3(c) hereto. No shares of capital stock are held by any Roadrunner Subsidiary as treasury stock. There is no existing option, warrant, call, commitment or agreement to which any Roadrunner Subsidiary is a party requiring, and there are no convertible securities of any Roadrunner Subsidiary outstanding which upon conversion would require, the issuance of any additional shares of capital stock or other equity interests of any Roadrunner Subsidiary or other securities convertible into shares of capital stock or other equity interests of any Roadrunner Subsidiary or other equity securities of any Roadrunner Subsidiary. Each Roadrunner Subsidiary is a duly organized and validly existing corporation or other entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing under the laws of (i) each jurisdiction in which it owns or leases real property and (ii) each other jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or the ownership of its assets requires such qualification. Each Roadrunner Subsidiary has all requisite corporate or other entity power and authority to own its properties and carry on its business as presently conducted.
     4.4 No Roadrunner Defaults or Consents . Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 4.4 attached hereto, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Collateral Agreements nor the carrying out of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will:
               (i) violate or conflict with any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the charter or bylaws of Roadrunner;
               (ii) violate any material Legal Requirements applicable to Roadrunner;
               (iii) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under (whether with or without notice or the lapse of time or both), or accelerate or permit the acceleration of the performance required by, or give any other party the right to terminate, or require any authorization, consent or approval under any material Contract or material Permit binding upon or applicable to Roadrunner;
               (iv) result in the creation of any lien, charge, or other encumbrance on any material properties of Roadrunner or any shares of Roadrunner capital stock; or
               (v) require Roadrunner to obtain or make any waiver, consent, action, approval, or authorization of, or registration, declaration, notice, or filing with, any Governmental Authority.

-11-


 

     4.5 No Proceedings . No suit, action, or other proceeding is pending or, to the Knowledge of Roadrunner, threatened before any Governmental Authority seeking to restrain Roadrunner or prohibit its entry into this Agreement or prohibit the Closing, or seeking damages against Roadrunner or its properties as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
     4.6 Employee Benefit Matters.
          (a) Schedule 4.6(a) provides a description of each of the following, if any, which is sponsored, maintained or contributed to by Roadrunner or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of the employees or agents of Roadrunner or any of its Subsidiaries, which has been so sponsored, maintained, or contributed to at any time during any such corporation’s existence or with respect to which Roadrunner or any of its Subsidiaries has or could reasonably be expected to have any material liability:
               (i) each material Plan; and
               (ii) each material Benefit Program or Agreement.
          (b) Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 4.6(b) ,
               (i) Neither Roadrunner nor any of its Subsidiaries contributes to or has an obligation to contribute to, and neither Roadrunner nor any of its Subsidiaries has at any time contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to, and neither Roadrunner nor any of its Subsidiaries has any actual or contingent liability under a Multiemployer Plan or a multiple employer plan within the meaning of Section 413(b) and (c) of the Code;
               (ii) Roadrunner and its Subsidiaries have performed in all material respects all obligations, whether arising by operation of Legal Requirements or by Contract, required to be performed by them in connection with the Roadrunner Plans and any Roadrunner Benefit Program or Agreement, and to the Knowledge of Roadrunner, there have been no material defaults or violations by any other party to the Roadrunner Plans or any Roadrunner Benefit Program or Agreement;
               (iii) All reports and disclosures relating to the Roadrunner Plans required to be filed with or furnished to governmental agencies, Roadrunner Plan participants or Roadrunner Plan beneficiaries have been filed or furnished in all material respects in accordance with applicable law in a timely manner, and each Roadrunner Plan and each Roadrunner Benefit Program or Agreement has been administered in all material respects in compliance with its governing documents; and
               (iv) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of any or all of the transactions contemplated hereby will: (A) entitle any current or former employee of Roadrunner or any of its Subsidiaries to severance pay, unemployment compensation, or any similar payment, (B) accelerate the time of payment or vesting or increase the amount of any compensation due to any such employee or former employee, or (C) directly or indirectly result in any payment made to or on behalf of any Person to constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code.
     4.7 Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities .
          (a) True and complete copies of Roadrunner’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2009 and Roadrunner’s consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2009 (the “ Roadrunner Financial Statements ”) are attached hereto as Schedule 4.7(a) . The Roadrunner Financial Statements present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition and consolidated results of operations of Roadrunner and its Subsidiaries as of and for the year ended December 31, 2009.

-12-


 

          (b) Except for (i) the liabilities reflected on Roadrunner’s consolidated December 31, 2009 balance sheet included with the Roadrunner Financial Statements, (ii) trade payables and accrued expenses incurred since December 31, 2009 in the ordinary course of business, (iii) executory contract obligations under (x) Contracts listed on Schedule 3.12 , and/or (y) Contracts not required to be listed on Schedule 3.12 , and (iv) the liabilities set forth on Schedule 3.7(b) attached hereto, Roadrunner and its Subsidiaries do not have any material liabilities or obligations (whether accrued, absolute, contingent, known, unknown or otherwise, and whether or not of a nature required to be reflected or reserved against in a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP).
     4.8 Absence of Certain Changes.
          (a) Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 4.8(a) attached hereto, since December 31, 2009, there has not been:
               (i) any event, circumstance or change that had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations or financial condition of Roadrunner and its Subsidiaries; or
               (ii) any damage, destruction or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) that had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations or financial condition of Roadrunner and its Subsidiaries.
          (b) Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 4.8(b) attached hereto, since December 31, 2009, neither Roadrunner nor any of its Subsidiaries has done any of the following:
               (i) merged into or with or consolidated with, any other corporation or acquired the business or assets of any Person;
               (ii) purchased any securities of any Person;
               (iii) created, incurred, assumed, guaranteed, or otherwise become liable or obligated with respect to any indebtedness, or made any loan or advance to, or any investment in, any Person, except in each case in the ordinary course of business;
               (iv) sold, transferred, leased, mortgaged, encumbered, or otherwise disposed of, or agreed to sell, transfer, lease, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose of, any properties except (i) in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) pursuant to any agreement specified in Schedule 4.12 ;
               (v) adopted any Plan or Benefit Program or Agreement, or granted any increase in the compensation payable or to become payable to directors, officers, or employees (including, without limitation, any such increase pursuant to any bonus, profit-sharing or other plan or commitment), other than merit increases to non-officer employees in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;
               (vi) engaged in any one or more material activities or transactions outside the ordinary course of business;
               (vii) declared, set aside, or paid any dividends, or made any distributions or other payments in respect of its equity securities, or repurchased, redeemed, or otherwise acquired any such securities;
               (viii) amended its charter or bylaws or comparable governing documents;

-13-


 

               (ix) issued any capital stock or other securities, or granted, or entered into any agreement to grant, any options, convertible rights, other rights, warrants, calls, or agreements relating to its capital stock; or
               (x) committed to do any of the foregoing.
     4.9 Compliance with Laws . Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 4.9 , Roadrunner and its Subsidiaries comply in all material respects with any and all applicable Legal Requirements.
     4.10 Litigation . Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 4.10 , there are no claims, actions, suits, investigations, or proceedings against Roadrunner or any of its Subsidiaries pending or, to the Knowledge of Roadrunner, threatened in any court or before or by any Governmental Authority, or before any arbitrator, that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations or financial condition of Roadrunner and its Subsidiaries.
     4.11 Real Property.
          (a) Schedule 4.11(a) sets forth a list of all real property or any interest therein (including without limitation any option or other right or obligation to purchase any real property or any interest therein) owned by Roadrunner or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case setting forth the street address and legal description of each property covered thereby.
          (b) Schedule 4.11(b) sets forth a list of all leases, licenses or similar agreements relating to the use or occupancy by Roadrunner or any of its Subsidiaries of real estate owned by a third party, true and correct copies of which have previously been furnished to GTS, in each case setting forth (i) the lessor and lessee thereof and the date of each of the Leases, and (ii) the street address of each property covered thereby.
     4.12 Commitments.
          (a) Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 4.11(b) or Schedule 4.12 , neither Roadrunner nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any of the following, whether written or oral:
               (i) any Contract relating to the use of any material properties, real or personal, whether as landlord, tenant, licensor, or licensee;
               (ii) any Contract relating to the borrowing of money or the guarantee of any obligation or the deferred payment of the purchase price of any properties;
               (iii) any Contract with any Affiliate of Roadrunner;
               (iv) any Contract for the sale of any assets that in the aggregate have a net book value of greater than $250,000; or
               (v) any other Contract that is material to the business of Roadrunner.
          (b) Neither Roadrunner, any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the Knowledge of Roadrunner, any other party is in breach of any of the terms or covenants of any Contract listed or required to be listed in Schedule 4.11(b) or Schedule 4.12 .
     4.13 Intangible Rights . Set forth in Schedule 4.13 is a list and description of all material foreign and domestic patents, patent rights, trademarks, service marks, trade names, brands, and copyrights (whether or not registered and, if applicable, including pending applications for registration) owned, used, licensed, or controlled by Roadrunner or any of its Subsidiaries. Roadrunner and its

-14-


 

Subsidiaries own or have the right to use any and all information, know-how, trade secrets, patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, software, formulae, methods, processes, and other intangible properties that are necessary or customarily used by Roadrunner and its Subsidiaries in their business, including, but not limited to, the intangible rights listed in Schedule 4.13 .
     4.14 Equipment and Other Tangible Property . Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 4.14 , the equipment, furniture, machinery, vehicles, structures, fixtures and other tangible property owned by Roadrunner and its Subsidiaries, other than inventory, is suitable for the purposes for which intended and in all material respects in good operating condition and repair consistent with normal industry standards, except for ordinary wear and tear, and except for such assets as shall have been taken out of service on a temporary basis for repairs or replacement consistent with prior practices and normal industry standards.
     4.15 Permits; Environmental Matters.
          (a) Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 4.15(a) , Roadrunner and its Subsidiaries have all Permits necessary for them to conduct their business and operations as presently conducted. Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 4.15(a) , all such Permits are in effect, no proceeding is pending or, to the Knowledge of Roadrunner, threatened to modify, suspend or revoke, withdraw, terminate, or otherwise limit any such Permits, and no administrative or governmental actions have been taken or, to the Knowledge of Roadrunner, threatened in connection with the expiration or renewal of such Permits which could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the ability of Roadrunner and its Subsidiaries to conduct their business and operations as presently conducted.
          (b) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.15(b) , there are no material claims, liabilities, investigations, litigation, administrative proceedings, whether pending or, to the Knowledge of Roadrunner, threatened, or judgments or orders relating to any Hazardous Materials asserted or threatened against Roadrunner or any of its Subsidiaries or relating to any real property currently or formerly owned or leased by Roadrunner or any of its Subsidiaries.
          (c) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.15(c) , Roadrunner and its Subsidiaries comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, including obtaining and maintaining in effect all Permits required by applicable Environmental Laws.
     4.16 Taxes . Roadrunner and its Subsidiaries have filed all Tax Returns that they were required to file under applicable Legal Requirements. All such Tax Returns were correct and complete in all respects when filed and were prepared in substantial compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements. All Taxes due and owing by Roadrunner or any of its Subsidiaries (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been paid.
     4.17 Affiliate Transactions . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.17 , there are no Contracts between Roadrunner or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any Affiliate of Roadrunner, on the other hand.
     4.18 Brokers . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.18 , no broker, finder or financial advisor or other Person is entitled to any brokerage fees, commissions, finders’ fees or financial advisory fees in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby by reason of any action taken by Roadrunner or any of its directors, officers, stockholders, employees, representatives or agents.
ARTICLE V — OBLIGATIONS PRIOR TO CLOSING
     From the date of this Agreement through the Closing or the earlier termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms:
     5.1 Access to Information and Properties . Each of Roadrunner and GTS shall permit the other and the other’s Affiliates, authorized employees, agents, accountants, legal counsel, lenders, and

-15-


 

other representatives to have access to its books, records, employees, counsel, accountants, engineers, and other representatives at all times reasonably requested. Each of Roadrunner and GTS shall make available to the other for examination and reproduction all documents and data of every kind and character in its possession or control, or subject to reasonable access, including, without limitation, all files, records, data and information relating to its assets (whether stored in paper, magnetic or other storage media), and all agreements, instruments, contracts, assignments, certificates, orders, and amendments thereto.
     5.2 Conduct of Business and Operations . Each of Roadrunner and GTS shall keep the other advised as to all material operations and proposed material operations relating to its business. Each of Roadrunner and GTS shall use all reasonable commercial efforts to (a) conduct its business in the ordinary course, (b) keep available the services of present employees, (c) maintain and operate its properties in a good and workmanlike manner, and (d) comply in all material respects with all applicable Legal Requirements.
     5.3 General Restrictions . Except as otherwise expressly permitted in this Agreement or as set forth on Schedule 5.3 , without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, neither GTS nor Roadrunner shall (and neither shall permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to):
          (a) declare, set aside or pay any dividends, or make any distributions or other payments in respect of its equity securities, or repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any such securities;
          (b) merge into or with or consolidate with any other Person or acquire the business or assets of any Person;
          (c) purchase any securities of any Person;
          (d) amend its charter or bylaws or comparable governing documents;
          (e) issue any capital stock or other securities, or grant, or enter into any agreement to grant, any options, convertible rights, other rights, warrants, calls or agreements relating to its securities;
          (f) create, incur, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable or obligated with respect to any indebtedness, or make any loan or advance to, or any investment in, any Person, except in each case in the ordinary course of business;
          (g) enter into, amend or terminate any material Contract;
          (h) sell, transfer, lease, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose of, or agree to sell, transfer, lease, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose of, any material properties except (i) in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) pursuant to any Contract specified in Schedule 3.12 or Schedule 4.12 ;
          (i) engage in any one or more material activities or transactions outside the ordinary course of business;
          (j) enter into any transaction or make any commitment which could reasonably be expected to result in any of its representations or warranties contained in this Agreement to not be true and correct in all material respects after the occurrence of such transaction or event; or
          (k) commit to do any of the foregoing.

-16-


 

     5.4 Notice Regarding Changes . GTS shall promptly inform Roadrunner in writing of any change in facts and circumstances that could reasonably be expected to render any of the representations and warranties made herein by GTS inaccurate or misleading in any material respect if such representations and warranties had been made upon the occurrence of the fact or circumstance in question. Roadrunner shall promptly inform GTS in writing of any change in facts and circumstances that could render any of the representations and warranties made herein by Roadrunner inaccurate or misleading in any material respect if such representations and warranties had been made upon the occurrence of the fact or circumstance in question.
     5.5 Ensure Conditions Met . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each party hereto shall use all reasonable commercial efforts to take or cause to be taken all actions and do or cause to be done all things required under applicable Legal Requirements in order to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, (i) obtaining all Permits, authorizations, consents, and approvals of any Governmental Authority or other Person which are required for or in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Collateral Agreements, (ii) taking any and all reasonable actions necessary to satisfy all of the conditions to each party’s obligations hereunder as set forth in Article VI , and (iii) executing and delivering all agreements and documents required by the terms hereof to be executed and delivered by such party on or prior to the Closing.
     5.6 Confidentiality . Unless and until the transactions contemplated hereby have been consummated, and except as may otherwise be required by applicable law, each of the parties will, and will ensure that its representatives will, hold in strict confidence and not use in any way except in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, all confidential information obtained in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby from the other parties, or from any of their respective representatives.
ARTICLE VI — CONDITIONS
     6.1 Conditions to Obligations of GTS . The obligations of GTS to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject, at the option of GTS, to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions:
          (a) All representations and warranties of Roadrunner contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of the Closing (without giving effect to any notification provided pursuant to Section 5.4 ), and Roadrunner shall have performed and satisfied in all material respects all covenants and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed and satisfied by Roadrunner at or prior to the Closing.
          (b) As of the Closing Date, no suit, action or other proceeding (excluding any such matter initiated by or on behalf of GTS or any of its stockholders) shall be pending or threatened before any Governmental Authority seeking to restrain GTS or prohibit the Closing or seeking Damages against GTS as a result of the consummation of this Agreement.
     6.2 Conditions to Obligations of Roadrunner . The obligations of Roadrunner to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject, at the option of Roadrunner, to the satisfaction, or waiver by Roadrunner, of the following conditions:
          (a) All representations and warranties of GTS contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of the Closing (without giving effect to any notification provided pursuant to Section 5.4 ), and GTS shall have performed and satisfied in all material respects all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed and satisfied by GTS at or prior to the Closing.

-17-


 

          (b) As of the Closing Date, no suit, action or other proceeding (excluding any such matter initiated by or on behalf of Roadrunner or any of its stockholders) shall be pending or threatened before any Governmental Authority seeking to restrain Roadrunner or prohibit the Closing or seeking Damages against Roadrunner as a result of the consummation of this Agreement.
          (c) Roadrunner shall have received copies of “payoff” or “estoppel” letters or other evidence, reasonably satisfactory to it, relating the retirement, at or prior to Closing, of all Funded Indebtedness of GTS and its Subsidiaries.
     6.3 Mutual Conditions . The obligations of Roadrunner and GTS to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject, at the option of either such Party, to the satisfaction, or waiver of both such parties, of the following conditions:
          (a) Thayer | Hidden Creek Management, L.P. and Eos Management, Inc. shall have executed and delivered to Roadrunner a Termination Agreement with respect to Second Amended and Restated Management and Consulting Agreement.
          (b) Thayer | Hidden Creek Management, L.P. shall have executed and delivered to GTS a Termination Agreement with respect to the Management and Consulting Agreement.
          (c) No stockholder of GTS shall have exercised its appraisal rights pursuant to Section 262 of the Corporation Law.
          (d) Roadrunner and GTS shall have received written evidence, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each such party, of the consent to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement of all governmental, quasi-governmental and private third parties (including, without limitation, Persons leasing real or personal property to Roadrunner, GTS, or any of their respective Subsidiaries) where the absence of any such consent would result in a material violation of applicable Legal Requirements or a material breach or default under any material Contract to which Roadrunner, GTS, or any of their respective Subsidiaries is subject.
          (e) No proceeding in which any of Roadrunner, GTS, or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall be a debtor, defendant, or party seeking an order for its own relief or reorganization shall have been brought or be pending by or against such Person under any United States or state bankruptcy or insolvency law.
          (f) Roadrunner shall be reasonably satisfied that a Qualified Public Offering will be consummated immediately following or contemporaneously with the Closing.
ARTICLE VII — MISCELLANEOUS
     7.1 Further Assurances . Following the Closing, each of the parties hereto shall execute and deliver such documents, and take such other action, as shall be reasonably requested by any other party hereto to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
     7.2 Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements; No Recourse . The representations, warranties, and covenants of Roadrunner, GTS and Acquisition Sub shall not survive the Closing. If the Closing occurs, in no event shall any party hereto, or any of their respective affiliates, agents, representatives, successors or assigns, have any recourse against the present or former directors, officers, or stockholders of either Roadrunner or GTS or any of their respective Subsidiaries, Affiliates, representatives or agents with respect to any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement made by any party in this Agreement.
     7.3 Notices . Any notice, request, instruction, correspondence or other document to be given hereunder by any party hereto to another (herein collectively called “ Notice ”) shall be in writing and

-18-


 

delivered personally or mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, as follows:
     
IF TO ROADRUNNER
   
OR ACQUISITION SUB:
  Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc.
 
  4900 S. Pennsylvania Avenue
 
  Cudahy, Wisconsin 53110
 
  Attn.: Peter Armbruster
 
   
 
  With copies to:
 
   
 
  Greenberg Traurig, LLP
 
  2375 E. Camelback Road, Suite 700
 
  Phoenix, AZ 85016
 
  Attn.: Brandon Lombardi
 
   
 
  and
 
   
 
  Thayer | Hidden Creek Partners
 
  4508 IDS Center
 
  Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
 
  Attn.: Judith A. Vijums
 
   
 
  and
 
   
 
  Thayer | Hidden Creek Partners
 
  1455 Pennsylvania Ave., N.W.
 
  Suite 350
 
  Washington, D.C. 20004
 
  Attn.: Lisa Withers
 
   
IF TO GTS:
  Group Transportation Services Holdings, Inc.
 
  5876 Darrow Road
 
  Hudson, Ohio 44236
 
  Attn.: Michael Valentine
 
   
 
  With copies to :
 
   
 
  Greenberg Traurig, LLP
 
  2375 E. Camelback Road, Suite 700
 
  Phoenix, AZ 85016
 
  Attn.: Brandon Lombardi
 
   
 
  and
 
   
 
  Thayer | Hidden Creek Partners
 
  4508 IDS Center
 
  Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
 
  Attn.: Judith A. Vijums
 
   
 
  and

-19-


 

     
 
  Thayer | Hidden Creek Partners
 
  1455 Pennsylvania Ave., N.W.
 
  Suite 350
 
  Washington, D.C. 20004
 
  Attn.: Lisa Withers
Each of the above addresses for notice purposes may be changed by providing appropriate notice hereunder. Notice given by personal delivery or registered mail shall be effective upon actual receipt. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, notices to any party hereto shall not be deemed effective with respect to such party until such Notice would, but for this sentence, be effective both as to such party and as to all other Persons to whom copies are provided above to be given.
     7.4 Governing Law . The provisions of this agreement and the documents delivered pursuant hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (excluding any conflict of law rule or principle that would refer to the laws of another jurisdiction). EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY LEGALLY AND EFFECTIVELY DO SO, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREUNDER.
     7.5 Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement, together with all exhibits and schedules attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between and among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, negotiations, and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties, and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements between the parties in connection with the subject matter hereof except as set forth specifically herein or contemplated hereby. No supplement, modification or waiver of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the party to be bound thereby. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (regardless of whether similar), nor shall any such waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.
     7.6 Binding Effect, Assignment, and Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns; but neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, benefits or obligations hereunder shall be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party, provided , however , that nothing herein shall prohibit the assignment of Roadrunner’s rights and obligations to any direct or indirect subsidiary or prohibit the assignment of Roadrunner’s rights (but not obligations) to any lender. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns, any rights, benefits or obligations hereunder.
     7.7 Exhibits and Schedules . The exhibits and Schedules referred to herein are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.
     7.8 Multiple Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
     7.9 References and Construction.
          (a) Whenever required by the context, and is used in this Agreement, the singular number shall include the plural and pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identification of the Person may require. References to monetary amounts, specific named statutes and generally accepted accounting principles are intended to be and shall be construed as references to United States dollars, statutes of the United States of the stated name and United States generally accepted accounting principles, respectively, unless the context otherwise requires.

-20-


 

          (b) The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed according to their fair meaning and neither for nor against any party hereto irrespective of which party caused such provisions to be drafted. Each of the parties acknowledges that it has been represented by an attorney in connection with the preparation and execution of this Agreement.
ARTICLE VIII — DEFINITIONS
     Capitalized terms used in this Agreement are used as defined in this Article VIII or elsewhere in this Agreement.
     8.1 Affiliate . The term “ Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. The term “ Control ” as used in the preceding sentence means, with respect to a corporation, the right to exercise, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting rights attributable to the shares of the controlled corporation and, with respect to any Person other than a corporation or a natural person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person.
     8.2 Code . The term “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     8.3 Collateral Agreements . The term “ Collateral Agreements ” shall mean any or all of the exhibits to this Agreement and any and all other agreements, instruments or documents required or expressly provided under this Agreement to be executed and delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
     8.4 Contracts . The term “ Contracts ,” when described as being those of or applicable to any Person, shall mean any and all contracts, agreements, franchises, understandings, arrangements, leases, licenses, registrations, authorizations, easements, servitudes, rights of way, mortgages, bonds, notes, guaranties, liens, indebtedness, approvals or other instruments or undertakings to which such Person is a party or to which or by which such Person or the property of such Person is subject or bound, excluding any Permits.
     8.5 Damages . The term “ Damages ” shall mean any and all damages, liabilities, obligations, penalties, fines, judgments, claims, deficiencies, losses, costs, expenses and assessments (including without limitation income and other taxes, interest, penalties, and attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and disbursements).
     8.6 Environmental Laws . The term “Environmental Laws” shall mean all Legal Requirements related to the protection of human health or the environment, or the use, treatment, storage, disposal, release or transportation of Hazardous Materials, including, without limitation, the federal statutes Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, the Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act, the Solid Waste Disposal Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Clean Air Act, the Water Pollution Control Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act and the Occupational Safety and Health Act, each as amended and supplemented, and any regulations promulgated pursuant to such laws, and any analogous state or local statutes or regulations.
     8.7 Funded Indebtedness . The term “ Funded Indebtedness ” shall mean the aggregate amount (including the current portions thereof) of all (i) indebtedness for money borrowed from others, capital lease obligations, and purchase money indebtedness, and (ii) interest expense accrued but unpaid, and all prepayment premiums, on or relating to any of such indebtedness.
     8.8 Governmental Authorities . The term “ Governmental Authorities ” shall mean any nation or country (including but not limited to the United States) and any commonwealth, territory or possession thereof and any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, including but not limited to courts, departments, commissions, boards, bureaus, agencies, ministries or other instrumentalities.

-21-


 

     8.9 Hazardous Material . The term “ Hazardous Material ” shall mean all or any of the following: (a) substances that are defined or listed in, or otherwise classified pursuant to, any applicable laws or regulations as “hazardous substances,” “hazardous materials,” “hazardous wastes,” “toxic substances” or any other formulation intended to define, list or classify substances by reason of deleterious properties such as ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, carcinogenicity, reproductive toxicity, or “EP toxicity”; (b) oil, petroleum or petroleum derived substances, natural gas, natural gas liquids, or synthetic gas and drilling fluids, produced waters and other wastes associated with the exploration, development or production of crude oil, natural gas, or geothermal resources; (c) any flammable substances or explosives or any radioactive materials; and (d) asbestos in any form or electrical equipment that contains any oil or dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls in excess of fifty parts per million.
     8.10 Knowledge . The term “ Knowledge ” shall mean the actual knowledge of the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of Roadrunner or GTS, as applicable, with respect to the matter in question.
     8.11 Legal Requirements . The term “ Legal Requirements ,” when described as being applicable to any Person, shall mean any and all laws (statutory, judicial, or otherwise), ordinances, regulations, judgments, orders, directives, injunctions, writs, decrees or awards of, and any Contracts with, any Governmental Authority, in each case as and to the extent applicable to such Person or such Person’s business, operations, or properties.
     8.12 Permits . The term “ Permits ” shall mean any and all permits, rights, approvals, licenses, authorizations, legal status, orders, or Contracts under any Legal Requirement or otherwise granted by any Governmental Authority.
     8.13 Person . The term “ Person ” shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, firm, corporation, association, limited liability company, trust, or other enterprise or any governmental or political subdivision or any agency, department, or instrumentality thereof.
     8.14 Qualified Public Offering . The term “Qualified Public Offering” shall mean an underwritten public sale of Roadrunner Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement that has become effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the net proceeds of which sale to Roadrunner are at least $25 million.
     8.15 Subsidiary . The term “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any Person of which a majority of the outstanding voting securities or other voting equity interests are owned, directly or indirectly, by GTS or Roadrunner, as applicable.
     8.16 Tax . The term “ Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any federal, state, local, or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto, whether disputed or not and including any obligations to indemnify or otherwise assume or succeed to the Tax liability of any other Person.
     8.17 Tax Return . The term “ Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

-22-


 

     EXECUTED as of the date first written above.
         
  ROADRUNNER TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Judith A. Vijums    
    Judith A. Vijums,   
    Vice President   
 
  GTS TRANSPORTATION LOGISTICS, INC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Judith A. Vijums    
    Judith A. Vijums,   
    Vice President   
 
  GROUP TRANSPORTATION SERVICES HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Judith A. Vijums    
    Judith A. Vijums,   
    Vice President   
 

-23-

Exhibit 10.17
ADVISORY AGREEMENT
     This Advisory Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of May 7, 2010, by and between Thayer | Hidden Creek Management, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Advisor ”), and Roadrunner Transportation Services Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).
     WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain the Advisor and the Advisor desires to perform for the Company certain services following the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering of its common stock pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ IPO ”).
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:
     1.  Term . This Agreement shall be in effect for an initial term commencing on the consummation of the IPO and ending on the tenth anniversary thereof (the “Term”), and shall be automatically extended thereafter on a year to year basis unless the Company or the Advisor provides written notice of its desire to terminate this Agreement to the other 90 days prior to the expiration of the Term or any extension thereof; provided that (i) either the Company or the Advisor may terminate this Agreement in the event of the breach of any of the material terms or provisions of this Agreement by the other, which breach is not cured within 10 business days after notice of the same is given to the party alleged to be in breach, and (ii) the Term shall automatically expire, and no further payment will be due hereunder, if Advisor and its affiliates, on a combined basis, hold less than twenty percent (20%) of the Company’s outstanding voting capital stock. If this Agreement is terminated by the Advisor because of the breach of any of the material terms or provisions hereof by the Company, the Advisor shall be entitled to recover damages from the Company and shall not be required to mitigate or reduce damages by seeking or undertaking other management arrangements or business opportunities. No termination of this Agreement, whether pursuant to this Section 1 or otherwise, shall affect the Company’s obligation with respect to the fees, costs, and expenses incurred by the Advisor in rendering services hereunder and not paid and reimbursed by the Company as of the effective date of such termination.
     2.  Services . The Advisor shall perform or cause to be performed the following services for the Company and its subsidiaries, as well as related services as may be reasonably requested by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”):
          (a) identification, support, negotiation, and analysis of acquisitions and dispositions by the Company and its subsidiaries; and
          (b) support, negotiation, and analysis of financing alternatives, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions, capital expenditures, and refinancing of existing indebtedness.
     3.  Reimbursement of Expenses . The Company shall promptly pay (or reimburse) the Advisor for the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Advisor and its officers, employees, agents, and representatives in connection with the services rendered hereunder (including, but not limited to, all costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor in connection with attending Board meetings). All obligations or expenses reasonably incurred by the Advisor (including, but not limited to, legal, accounting and other advisors’ fees and expenses) in the performance of its duties under this Agreement shall be for the account of, on behalf of, and at the expense of the Company. The Advisor shall not be obligated to make any advance to or for the account of the Company or to pay any sums, except out of funds held in accounts maintained by the Company, nor shall the Advisor be obligated to incur any liability or obligation for the account of the Company without assurance that the necessary funds for the discharge of such liability or obligation will be provided.

 


 

     4.  Transaction Fees.
          (a) During the Term, the Company shall pay to the Advisor a transaction fee in connection with the consummation of each acquisition or divestiture by the Company or its subsidiaries (excluding purchases or sales of equipment or inventory in the ordinary course of business) that is introduced or negotiated by the Advisor or any of its affiliates (the “M&A Compensation”) plus all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Advisor and/or its affiliates incurred in negotiating, analyzing, and executing such acquisition or divestiture. The M&A Compensation and such out-of-pocket expenses shall be paid at the closing of any such acquisition or divestiture. The M&A Compensation shall be a cash sum equal to an amount to be determined through good faith negotiations between the Board and the Advisor based on purchase price for the acquisition or disposition (which on acquisitions or divestitures of assets shall also include the book value of the assumed liabilities, and on acquisitions of stock shall also include liabilities of the acquired entity that are required to be paid with funds provided by the purchaser in connection with such acquisition).
          This Section 4(a) shall not apply to any transaction (a “ Sale of the Company ”) which is (x) the sale of all, or substantially all, of the Company’s consolidated assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions; (y) the sale or issuance, or series of related sales or issuances, of equity securities of the Company in any single transaction or series of related transactions which results in any person or group of affiliated persons (other than affiliates of the Advisor) owning (on a fully-diluted basis) more than 50% of the Company’s securities having ordinary voting power to elect directors outstanding at the time of such sale or issuance or such series of sales and/or issuances; or (z) any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (regardless of which entity is the surviving corporation) if, after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, the holders of the Company’s securities having ordinary voting power to elect directors (on a fully-diluted basis) immediately prior to the merger or consolidation own securities of the surviving or resulting corporation representing 50% or less of the ordinary voting power to elect directors of the surviving or resulting corporation (on a fully-diluted basis). The amount of any fee payable to the Advisor in connection with a Sale of the Company shall be determined pursuant to the provisions of Section 4(d) below.
          (b) In the event of any public or private debt or equity financing by the Company or any of its subsidiaries negotiated by the Advisor, the Company shall pay to the Advisor a transaction fee to be determined through good faith negotiations between the Board and the Advisor plus all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Advisor and/or its affiliates incurred in negotiating, analyzing, and executing such financing. Such fee and out-of-pocket expenses shall be paid at the closing of any such financing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no fee shall be payable pursuant to this Section 4(b) if the financing is related to a transaction for which Advisor receives M&A Compensation.
          (c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Advisor acknowledges and agrees that the Company may from time to time engage the services of financial advisors in addition to the Advisor in connection with certain acquisitions, dispositions, and financing transactions if, in the judgment of the Board, such engagement is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. In such event, the amount otherwise payable to the Advisor pursuant to Section 4(a) or 4(b) hereof may be reduced to an amount, to be determined through good faith negotiations between the Board and the Advisor, that reflects the Advisor’s relative contribution to the applicable transaction. If the Board and the Advisor are unable to agree upon the amount of the reduced compensation, such compensation will be determined by arbitration in Minneapolis, Minnesota in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company and the Advisor will share equally the cost of arbitration.
          (d) In the event of any other transaction not in the ordinary course of business or unusual efforts extended or results obtained by the Advisor on behalf or for the benefit of the Company or its subsidiaries, the Board and the Advisor shall in good faith determine a fair compensation arrangement to compensate the Advisor for such matters. Such compensation arrangement shall be subject to the

2


 

approval of a majority of the disinterested members of the Board, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
          (e) If at any time when a payment of a fee is due under this Agreement the Company (i) does not have sufficient available cash to make such payment, or (ii) is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of the Company’s loan agreements or other financing arrangements, part or all of such payment, as the case may be, shall be deferred. All deferred amounts shall be immediately due and payable as soon as there is sufficient available cash or the payment is no longer prohibited under the loan agreements, as the case may be.
     5.  Other Activities of the Advisor . The Company acknowledges and agrees that neither Advisor nor any of the Advisor’s employees, partners, affiliates, or agents shall be required to devote full time and business efforts to the duties of the Advisor specified in this Agreement, but instead the Advisor shall devote only so much of such time and efforts as the Advisor reasonably deems necessary. The Company further acknowledges and agrees that the Advisor and its affiliates are engaged in the business of investing in, acquiring and/or managing businesses for the Advisor’s own account, for the account of the Advisor’s affiliates and associates and for the account of unaffiliated parties, and understands that the Advisor plans to continue to be engaged in such businesses (and other business or investment activities) during the Term. No aspect or element of such activities shall be deemed to be engaged in for the benefit of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor to constitute a conflict of interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Advisor shall be required to bring only those investments and/or business opportunities to the attention of the Company which the Advisor, in its sole discretion, believes appropriate, and nothing herein shall restrict the Advisor from investing or directly or indirectly engaging in competitive businesses.
     6.  Liability . Neither the Advisor nor any of the Advisor’s affiliates, partners, employees, or agents shall be liable to the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates for any loss, liability, damage, or expense arising out of or in connection with the Advisor’s performance of services contemplated by this Agreement, unless such loss, liability, damage, or expense shall be finally judicially determined to result directly from gross negligence, willful misconduct, or bad faith on the part of the Advisor, its affiliates, partners, employees, or agents acting within the scope of their employment or authority. The Company recognizes and confirms that the Advisor will, from time to time in acting pursuant to this engagement, be using information in reports and other information provided by others, including, without limitation, information provided by or on behalf of the Company and its subsidiaries, and that the Advisor does not assume responsibility for and may rely, without independent verification, on the accuracy and completeness of any such reports and information. The Company hereby warrants that any information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries that is furnished to the Advisor by or on behalf of the Company will be fair, accurate, and complete and will not contain any material omissions or misstatements of fact. The Company agrees that any information or advice rendered by the Advisor or its representatives in connection with this engagement is for the confidential use of the Board only, and, except as otherwise required by law, the Company will not and will not permit any third party to disclose or otherwise refer to such advice or information in any manner without the Advisor’s prior written consent.
     7.  Indemnification of the Advisor . The Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Advisor and its present and future officers, directors, affiliates, employees, and agents (“Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, and damages (or actions in respect thereof), in any way related to or arising out of the performance by such Indemnified Party of services under this Agreement, and to advance and reimburse each Indemnified Party on a monthly basis for reasonable legal and other expenses incurred by it in connection with or relating to investigating, preparing to defend, or defending any actions, claims, or other proceeding (including any investigation or inquiry) arising in any manner out of or in connection with such Indemnified Party’s performance or non-performance under this Agreement (whether or not such Indemnified Party is a named party in such proceedings); provided, however, that the Company shall not be responsible under this paragraph for any claims, liabilities, losses, damages, or expenses to the extent that they are finally judicially determined to

3


 

result from actions taken by such Indemnified Person that constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct. The provisions of Sections 6 and 7 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
     8.  Independent Contractor . The Advisor shall be an independent contractor, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed (i) to create a partnership or joint venture between the Company and the Advisor, (ii) to cause the Advisor to be responsible in any way for the debts, liabilities or obligations of the Company or any other party, or (iii) to constitute the Advisor or any employees of the Advisor or any of its affiliates as employees, officers or agents of the Company.
     9.  Notices . All notices, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when personally delivered, sent by telecopy (with receipt confirmed) on a business day during regular business hours of the recipient (or, if not, on the next succeeding business day) or one business day after being sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid).
  If to the Company :   Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc.
4900 S. Pennsylvania Ave.
Cudahy, WI 53110
Attention: Mark A. DiBlasi
 
  If to the Advisor :   Thayer | Hidden Creek Management, L.P.
c/o Thayer | Hidden Creek Partners
1455 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W. #350
Washington, D.C. 20004
Attention: Scott D. Rued
     10.  Assignment . Without the consent of the Advisor, the Company shall not assign, transfer or convey any of its rights, duties or interest under this Agreement, nor shall it delegate any of the obligations or duties required to be kept or performed by it hereunder. Without the prior written consent of the Company, the Advisor shall not assign, transfer or convey any of its rights, duties, or interests under this Agreement, nor shall it delegate any of the obligations or duties required to be kept or performed by it under this Agreement; provided that the Advisor may, without the consent of the Company, assign any and all of its rights and obligations hereunder to any of its affiliates.
     11.  Third Party Beneficiaries .
          (a) Except for the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns, nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement is intended, or will be construed, to confer upon or give any person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement; provided that the agent for the Company’s lenders named in the Company’s senior credit facility (the “ Credit Facility ”) shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary for purposes of Section 4(e) above.
          (b) The Advisor hereby agrees that the payment obligations of the Company under this Agreement, and the right of the Advisor to receive payments under this Agreement are subordinated to payment of all amounts owing or that become owing under the Credit Facility and that payments under this Agreement may be made only as permitted in the Credit Facility. Subordination of amounts payable under this Agreement on the terms set forth herein shall be effective (i) in any voluntary or involuntary insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, custodianship, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors, appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers or any other proceeding for the liquidation, dissolution, or other winding up of any of the Company or any of its successors, assigns, or transferees and (ii) against any transferee or assignee of the Advisor. The Advisor also agrees that if it receives any payment under this Agreement that is not permitted by the

4


 

Credit Facility it will promptly turn over such payment to the administrative agent named therein, if amounts are outstanding under the Credit Facility.
     12.  Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such term or provision to person or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or enforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.
     13.  Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters herein contained and any agreement hereafter made shall be ineffective to effect any change or modification, in whole or in part, unless such agreement is in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of this change or modification is sought.
     14.  Governing Laws . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to the laws of any other state.
     15.  Amendments and Waivers . No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived without the prior written consent or each party hereto.
     16.  Successors . This Agreement and all the obligations and benefits hereunder shall inure to the successors and assigns of the parties.
     17.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered by each party hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.
SIGNATURES APPEAR ON FOLLOWING PAGE

5


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Advisory Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
  THAYER | HIDDEN CREEK MANAGEMENT, L.P.
 
 
  By: Thayer | Hidden Creek Management Partners,
      L.L.C., its General Partner  
         
  By:   /s/ Scott D. Rued    
    Scott D. Rued,   
    Member   
 
  ROADRUNNER TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Mark A. DiBlasi    
    Mark A. DiBlasi,   
    President and Chief Executive Officer   
 

6

Exhibit   23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 7 to Registration Statement No. 333-152504 of our report dated March 3, 2010 (April 2, 2010 as to Note 16) (except for the first and fifth paragraphs of Note 16, as to which the date is May 7, 2010), relating to the financial statements of Roadrunner Transportation Systems, Inc., appearing in the prospectus, which is part of such registration statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such prospectus.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Minneapolis, MN
May 7, 2010